WO2001000579A1 - COMPOUNDS FOR THE MODULATION OF PPARη ACTIVITY - Google Patents

COMPOUNDS FOR THE MODULATION OF PPARη ACTIVITY Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2001000579A1
WO2001000579A1 PCT/US2000/018178 US0018178W WO0100579A1 WO 2001000579 A1 WO2001000579 A1 WO 2001000579A1 US 0018178 W US0018178 W US 0018178W WO 0100579 A1 WO0100579 A1 WO 0100579A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
alkyl
halogen
compound
hydrogen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2000/018178
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Lawrence R. Mcgee
Jonathan B. Houze
Steven M. Rubenstein
Atsushi Hagiwara
Noboru Furukawa
Hisashi Shinkai
Original Assignee
Tularik Inc.
Japan Tobacco Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to AU60643/00A priority Critical patent/AU779730B2/en
Application filed by Tularik Inc., Japan Tobacco Inc. filed Critical Tularik Inc.
Priority to EA200200105A priority patent/EA004887B1/en
Priority to NZ516455A priority patent/NZ516455A/en
Priority to IL14730800A priority patent/IL147308A0/en
Priority to ES00946961.0T priority patent/ES2437103T3/en
Priority to MXPA01013199A priority patent/MXPA01013199A/en
Priority to EP00946961.0A priority patent/EP1192137B1/en
Priority to DK00946961.0T priority patent/DK1192137T3/en
Priority to CA2377309A priority patent/CA2377309C/en
Priority to JP2001506989A priority patent/JP4295458B2/en
Publication of WO2001000579A1 publication Critical patent/WO2001000579A1/en
Priority to IL147308A priority patent/IL147308A/en
Priority to HK02105143.3A priority patent/HK1043369B/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/70—Sulfur atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/01—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C311/02—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C311/08—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/01—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C311/02—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C311/09—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by at least two halogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/15—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C311/21—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/22—Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C07C311/29—Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms having the sulfur atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00—Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/26—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/32—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/34—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings being part of the same non-condensed ring or of a condensed ring system containing that ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/23—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/46—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton having at least one of the nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, further bound to other hetero atoms
    • C07C323/49—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton having at least one of the nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, further bound to other hetero atoms to sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/65—One oxygen atom attached in position 3 or 5
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/89—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/36—Sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/48—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/06—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/14—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/24—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/28—Sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/52—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D263/54—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles
    • C07D263/56—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/52—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D263/54—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles
    • C07D263/58—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/64—Benzothiazoles with only hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/68—Benzothiazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/68—Benzothiazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D277/70—Sulfur atoms
    • C07D277/74—Sulfur atoms substituted by carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/68—Benzothiazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D277/82—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/78—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
    • C07D307/79—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D307/80—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compounds that modulate the PPAR ⁇ receptor and are useful in the diagnosis and treatment of type II diabetes (and complications thereof), hypercholesterolemia (and related disorders associated with abnormally high or low plasma lipoprotein or triglyceride levels) and inflammatory disorders.
  • the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors are transducer proteins belonging to the steroid/thyroid/retinoid receptor superfamily.
  • the PPARs were originally identified as orphan receptors, without known ligands, but were named for their ability to mediate the pleiotropic effects of fatty acid peroxisome proliferators. These receptors function as ligand-regulated transcription factors that control the expression of target genes by binding to their responsive DNA sequence as heterodimers with RXR.
  • the target genes encode enzymes involved in lipid metabolism and differentiation of adipocytes.
  • PPAR ⁇ is one member of the nuclear receptor superfamily of ligand- activated transcription factors and has been shown to be expressed in an adipose tissue- specific manner. Its expression is induced early during the course of differentiation of several preadipocyte cell lines. Additional research has now demonstrated that PPAR ⁇ plays a pivotal role in the adipogenic signaling cascade. PPAR ⁇ also regulates the ob/leptin gene which is involved in regulating energy homeostasis, and adipocyte differentiation which has been shown to be a critical step to be targeted for anti-obesity and diabetic conditions.
  • PPAR ⁇ activators In an effort to understand the role of PPAR ⁇ in adipocyte differentiation, several investigators have focused on the identification of PPAR ⁇ activators.
  • the present invention provides methods of modulating conditions which are mediated by PPAR ⁇ .
  • the methods typically involve contacting the host with a PPAR ⁇ -modulating amount of a compound having the formula: in which the symbol Ar 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; the letter X represents a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted -(C ⁇ -C 6 )alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted -(C ⁇ -C 6 )alkylenoxy, substituted or unsubstituted -(d-C ⁇ alkylenamino, substituted or unsubstituted -(Ci- C 6 )alkylene-S(O) k -, -O-, C(O)-, N(R ⁇ )-, -N(R n )C(O)-, -S(O) k - and a single bond, in which R 11 is a member selected
  • the letter Y in the above formula represents a divalent linkage, in either orientation, selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted (C ⁇ -C 6 )alkylene, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R 12 )-S(O) m -, -N(R 12 )C(O)-, -N(R 12 )-S(O) m -(R 13 )-, -S(O) n -, a single bond, and combinations thereof in which R and R are members independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl and aryl(C)-C 4 )alkyl; and the subscripts m and n are independently integers of from 0 to 2.
  • R 1 represents a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, nitro, (C,-C 8 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 8 )alkoxy, -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -C(O)R 14 , -S(O) p -R 14 , -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 , -O-C(O)-OR 17 , -O-C(O)-R 17 , -O-C(O)-NR 15 R 16 , -N(R 14 )-C(O)-NR 15 R 16 , -N(R 14 )-C(O)-R 17 and -N(R 14 )-C(O)-OR 17 , in which R 14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(d-C 4
  • R represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R 2 represents a phenyl, naphthyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl group. More preferably, R 2 is a phenyl, naphthyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl group substituted with from 0- 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , -C(O)-(C ⁇ - C 8 )alkyl, -(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl and -NH 2 . While certain preferred substituents have been provided (e.g., -OCF 3 and -CF 3 ), the terms alkyl and alkoxy are also meant to include substituted versions thereof, preferably halosubstituted versions including those specifically noted.
  • R 3 represents a halogen, cyano, nitro or a substituted or unsubstituted (C ⁇ -Cg)alkoxy group, preferably a halogen, cyano or (C t -C 4 )alkoxy group. Most preferably, halogen, methoxy or trifluoromethoxy.
  • the present invention provides compounds of the formula above, as well as pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds described above.
  • PPAR ⁇ peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor ⁇
  • NIDDM non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus
  • Et 3 N triethylamine
  • MeGH methanol
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e. Cj-Cio means one to ten carbons).
  • saturated hydrocarbon radicals include groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, cyclohexyl, (cyclohexyl)ethyl, cyclopropylmethyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like.
  • An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds.
  • unsaturated alkyl groups include vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(l,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers.
  • alkyl unless otherwise noted, is also meant to include those derivatives of alkyl defined in more detail below as “hetero alkyl,” “cycloalkyl” and “alkylene.”
  • alkylene by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an alkane, as exemplified by -CH 2 CH 2 CH2CH 2 -.
  • an alkyl group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the present invention.
  • a “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
  • heteroalkyl by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
  • the heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group.
  • the heteroatom Si may be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group, including the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
  • heteroalkyl Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, -CH 2 -NH-OCH 3 and -CH 2 -O-Si(CH 3 ) 3 .
  • heteroalkyl also included in the term “heteroalkyl” are those radicals described in more detail below as “heteroalkylene” and “heterocycloalkyl.”
  • the term “heteroalkylene” by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified by -CH 2 -CH 2 -S-CH 2 CH 2 - and -CH 2 -S-CH 2 - CH 2 -NH-CH 2 -.
  • heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini.
  • alkylene and heteroalkylene linking groups as well as all other linking group provided in the present invention, no orientation of the linking group is implied.
  • cycloalkyl and “heterocycloalkyl”, by themselves or in combination with other terms, represent, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl”, respectively. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3- cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkyl examples include 1 - (1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1 -piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3- morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, telrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1- ⁇ iperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like.
  • halo or halogen
  • substituents mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom.
  • fluoroalkyl are meant to include monofluoroalkyl and polyfluoroalkyl.
  • aryl employed alone or in combination with other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) means, unless otherwise stated, an aromatic substituent which can be a single ring or multiple rings (up to three rings) which are fused together or linked covalently.
  • the rings may each contain from zero to four heteroatoms selected from N, O, and 5, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized.
  • aryl groups that contain heteroatoms may be referred to as "heteroaryl” and can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom
  • aryl groups include phenyl, 1 -naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4- imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3- isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3- furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 2-
  • arylalkyl is meant to include those radicals in which an aryl group is attached to an alkyl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl and the like) or a heteroalkyl group (e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(l-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like).
  • alkyl group e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl and the like
  • heteroalkyl group e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(l-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like.
  • alkyl group e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl and the like
  • heteroalkyl group e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(l-n
  • R', R" and R'" each independently refer to hydrogen, unsubstituted(d-C 8 )alkyl and heteroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens, unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkoxy groups, or aryl-(C ⁇ -C 4 )alkyl groups.
  • R' and R" When R' and R" are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring.
  • -NR'R is meant to include 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl.
  • alkyl is meant to include groups such as haloalkyl (e.g., -CF 3 and -CH 2 CF ) and acyl (e.g., - C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CF 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OCH 3) and the like).
  • the aryl groups are unsubstituted or have from 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, - OR', -OC(O)R ⁇ -NR'R", -SR', -R', -CN, -NO 2 - -CO 2 R ⁇ -CONR'R", -C(O)R ⁇ - NR"C(O)R', -S(O) 2 R ⁇ -S(O) 2 NR'R", perfluoro(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, and perfluoro(C,-C 4 )alkyl.
  • substituents selected from halogen, - OR', -OC(O)R ⁇ -NR'R", -SR', -R', -CN, -NO 2 - -CO 2 R ⁇ -CONR'R", -C(O)R ⁇ - NR"C(O)R', -S(O) 2 R ⁇ -S(O) 2
  • the aryl groups have 0, 1 or 2 substituents selected from halogen, -OR', -NR'R", -SR', -R', -CN, -NO 2 - -CO 2 R', -CONR'R", -NR"C(O)R ⁇ -S(O) 2 R', -S(O) 2 NR'R", perfluoro(C ⁇ -C 4 )alkoxy, and ⁇ erfluoro(C ⁇ -C )alkyl.
  • Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula wherein T and U are independently -NH-, - O-, -CH 2 - or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 2.
  • two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH 2 ) r -B-, wherein A and B are independently -CH 2 -, -O-, - NH-, -S-, -5(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O)2NR'- or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 3.
  • One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond.
  • two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substitueht of the formula -(CH2),-X-(CH 2 ) r , where s and t are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X is -O-, -NR'-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, or -S(O) 2 NR'-.
  • the substituent R' in -NR'- and -S(O) 2 NR'- is selected from hydrogen or unsubstituted (C ⁇ -C 6 )alkyl.
  • heteroatom is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S) and silicon (Si).
  • salts are meant to include salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein.
  • base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt.
  • acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, oxalic, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, mandelic, phthalic, benzeriesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like.
  • inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous
  • salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge, S.M., et al, "Pharmaceutical Salts", Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19).
  • Certain specific compounds of the present invention contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
  • the neutral forms of the compounds may be regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner.
  • the parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of the present invention.
  • the present invention provides compounds which are in a prodrug form.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present invention.
  • prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present invention by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds of the present invention when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
  • Certain compounds of the present invention can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present invention and are intended to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • Certain compounds of the present invention possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; the racemates, diastereomers, geometric isomers and individual isomers are all intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds.
  • the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium ( 3 H), iodine-125 ( l25 I) or carbon-14 ( 14 C). All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present invention, whether radioactive or not, are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
  • a new class of compounds that interact with PPAR ⁇ has now been discovered. Depending on the biological environment (e.g., cell type, pathological condition of the host, etc.), these compounds can activate or block the actions of PPAR ⁇ . By activating the PPAR ⁇ receptor, the compounds will find use as therapeutic agents capable of modulating conditions mediated by the PPAR ⁇ receptor. As noted above, example of such conditions is NIDDM. Additionally, the compounds are useful for the prevention and treatment of complications of diabetes (e.g., neuropathy, retinopathy, glomerulosclerosis, and cardiovascular disorders), and treating hyperlipidemia. Still further, the compounds are useful for the modulation of inflammatory conditions which most recently have been found to be controlled by PPAR ⁇ (see, Ricote, et al, Nature. 391:79-82 (1998) and Jiang, et al, Nature, 391:82-86 (1998). Examples of inflammatory conditions include rheumatoid arthritis and atherosclerosis.
  • Compounds that act via antagonism of PPAR ⁇ are useful for treating obesity, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hyperlipoproteinemia, and metabolic disorders.
  • the present invention provides compounds which are represented by the formula:
  • Ar 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • Ar 1 is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic aryl group having from zero to four heteroatoms as ring members. More preferably, Ar 1 is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic aryl group comprising two fused six-membered rings, two fused five-membered rings, or a six-member ring having a fused five-membered ring, heteroaryl group containing from l to 3 nitrogen atoms in the ring or rings.
  • Ar 1 is phenyl, naphthyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-pyrimidyl, 2-quinolinyl, 3-quinolinyl, 4-isoquinolinyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-isoxazolyl and the like.
  • Ar 1 can be both unsubstituted and substituted.
  • Ar 1 is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O-(C ⁇ - C 6 )alkyl, -CF 3 , (C ⁇ -C 6 )alkyl 5 or -NO 2 .
  • Ar 1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl group containing 1 to 2 nitrogen atoms in the ring and being monosubstituted by halogen, -OCF 3 or -CF 3 .
  • Ar 1 is a phenyl or naphthyl group having from 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl or (d-Cg)alkoxy.
  • the letter X represents a divalent linkage selected from substituted or unsubstituted (C ⁇ -C 6 )alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted (C ⁇ -C6)alkylenoxy, substituted or unsubstituted (d-C 6 )alkylenamino, substituted or unsubstituted (d-C6)alkylene-S(O) k , -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R ⁇ )-, -N(R ⁇ )C(O)-, -S(O) k - and a single bond, in which R 11 is a member selected from hydrogen, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl and aryl(C ⁇ -C 4 )alkyl and the subscript k is an integer of from 0 to 2.
  • X represents -O-, -C(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted (d-C 6 )alkylene, -N(R U )-, or -S(O) k -.
  • X represents -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -CH(CH 2 CH 3 )-, -CH(isopropyl)-, - CH(CN)-, -C(O)-, -N(R H )-, or -S(O) k -.
  • X represents -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(O)-, -N(R U )-, or -S(O) k -, wherein R 11 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl and isopropyl.
  • the letter Y in the above formula represents a divalent linkage selected from substituted or unsubstituted (d-C 6 )alkylene, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R 12 )-S(O) m -, -N(R 12 )- S(O) m -N(R 13 )-, -N(R 12 )C(O)-, -S(O) n -, a single bond, and combinations thereof, in which R and R are members independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl and substituted or unsubstituted aryl(C ⁇ -C 4 )alkyl; and the subscripts m and n are independently integers of from 0 to 2.
  • Y represents -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 - or -N(R 12 )-C(O)-. More preferably, Y represents -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 - in which R 12 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl. Most preferably, Y represents -NH-S(O) 2 -. Additionally, the linkages provided herein (represented by X and Y) can be in either orientation. More particularly, for example, the nitrogen atom of -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 - can be attached to either the central benzene ring or to the R 2 group.
  • R 1 represents a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, nitro, (C r C 8 )alkyl, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkoxy, -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -C(O)R 14 , -S(O) p -R 14 , -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 , -O-C(O)-OR 17 , -O-C(O)-R 17 , -O-C(O)-NR 15 R 16 , -N(R ,4 )-C(O)-NR 15 R 16 , -N(R 14 )-C(O)-R 17 and -N(R 14 )-C(O)-OR 17 , in which R 14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(C ⁇
  • the groups can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the substituents are halogen (e.g., -CF 3 , -OCF 3 ).
  • R 1 represents hydrogen, halogen, cyano, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkoxy, - CO 2 R 14 and -C(O)NR 15 R 16 .
  • R 1 represents hydrogen, halogen, cyano, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 8 )alkoxy, -CO 2 R 14 and -C(O)NR 15 R 16 in which R 14 is (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, and R 15 and R 16 are independently hydrogen or (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • R 1 groups are discussed below with reference to groupings of compounds wherein Ar 1 is phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl and benzimidazolyl.
  • R represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R 2 represents a phenyl, naphthyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl group. More preferably, R 2 is a phenyl, naphthyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl group substituted with from 0- 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , -C(O)-(C ⁇ - C 8 )alkyl, -(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl and -NH 2 . While certain preferred substituents have been provided (e.g., -OCF 3 and -CF ), the terms alkyl and alkoxy are also meant to include substituted versions thereof, preferably halosubstituted versions including those specifically noted.
  • R 3 represents a halogen, cyano, nitro or a substituted or unsubstituted (C 1 -C 8 )alkoxy group, preferably a halogen, cyano or (C ⁇ -C 4 )alkoxy group. Most preferably, halogen, methoxy or trifluoromethoxy.
  • X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R U )- and -S-; and Y is -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 -, wherein R 12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl.
  • X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R U )- and -S-;
  • Y is -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 -, wherein R 12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (d-C 8 )alkyl; and R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl and pyridazinyl.
  • X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R* ')- and -S-;
  • Y is -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 -, wherein R 12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (d-C 8 )a ⁇ kyl;
  • R is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl and pyridazinyl;
  • Ar 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from pyridyl, phenyl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzimidazolyl.
  • the isomers are those in which the groups on the phenyl ring occupy positions that are not contiguous.
  • the compounds are those having the structural orientations represented by the formulae:
  • Still further preferred are those compounds having the structural orientation represented by formula la or lb. Still other preferred compounds, are those of formula la or lb in which the positions of R 1 and R 3 are switched (or reversed).
  • Still other preferred compounds are those in which Ar'-X- and -Y-R 2 occupy positions ortho to one another (exemplified by Ij).
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl
  • Ar 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij . Still further preferred are those embodiments in which X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO 2 -; R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (d-C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (d-C 8 )alkoxy, - C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ; R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl,
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl
  • X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R ] ')- and -S-, wherein R 11 is a member selected from hydrogen and (Ci -
  • Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R 12 )-S(O)2-, wherein R 12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl; R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C,-C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O)p-R 14 , -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 , -O-C(O)-R 17 , and -N(R 14 )-C(O)-R 17 , wherein R 14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(C ⁇ -C 4
  • X is -O-, -NH- or -S-;
  • Y is -NH-SO 2 -;
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (d- C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ - C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3) (d-C 8 )alkyl and -NH 2 ; and R 3 is selected from halogen,
  • Ar 1 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ -C 6 )alkyl, -CF 3 , (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl and -NO 2 ;
  • R 1 is a member selected from halogen, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl and (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkoxy;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (C,-C 8 )alkyl and - NH 2 , more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 and -CF 3
  • R 1 and R 3 are each independently a halogen, and R 2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , and -CF 3 .
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl
  • Ar 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij. Still further preferred are those embodiments in which X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO 2 -; R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkoxy, - C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ; R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl,
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl
  • X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R' ')- and -S-, wherein R H is a member selected from hydrogen and (Ci- C 8 )alkyl
  • Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 -, wherein R 12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (C]-C 8 )alkyl
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C,-C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 ,
  • X is -O-, -NH- or -S-;
  • Y is -N ⁇ -SO 2 -;
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (d-Cg)alkyl, (C 2 -Cg)heteroalkyl, (Ci- C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ - C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (d-Cg)alkyl and -NH 2 ; and R 3 is selected from halogen, me
  • Ar 1 is a pyridyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ -C 6 )alkyl, -CF 3 , (C C 8 )alkyl and -NO 2 ;
  • R 1 is a member selected from halogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 -
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(d-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (Ci- Cg)alkyl and -NH 2 , more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 and -CF ; and R 3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
  • R 1 and R 3 are each independently a halogen
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , and -CF 3
  • Ar 1 is a 3-pyridyl group having preferred substituents as indicated above.
  • the compounds are represented by formula I, in which Ar 1 is a pyridyl ring having a single substituent selected from halogen, -OCF 3 and -CF 3 ;
  • X is a divalent linkage selected from the group of -O-, -C(O)-, -CH 2 - and combinations thereof;
  • Y is a divalent linkage selected from the group of -NH-S(O) 2 - and -NH-C(O)-;
  • R 1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, (Ci- Cg)alkyl, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkoxy and -C(O)NR 15 R 16 in which R 15 and are selected from hydrogen, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, aryl and aryl(C ⁇ -C 4 )alkyl;
  • R is a phenyl or pyridyl ring, optionally substituted by 0-3 groups selected from halogen, (C ⁇ -C
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl
  • Ar 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij. Still further preferred are those embodiments in which X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO 2 -; R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkoxy, - C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ; R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl,
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl
  • X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N R U )- and -S-, wherein R 11 is a member selected from hydrogen and (Ci- Cg)alkyl
  • Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 -, wherein R 12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (d-C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (C r Cg)alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15
  • X is -O-, -NH- or -S-;
  • Y is -NH-SO -;
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -Cg)heteroalkyl, (Ci- C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(d- C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(C,-Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (C C 8 )alkyl and -NH 2 ; and
  • R 3 is selected from halogen,
  • Ar 1 is a naphthyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ -C 6 )alkyl, -CF 3 , (d- C 8 )alkyl and -NO2;
  • R 1 is a member selected from halogen, (C 1 -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 - C 8 )heteroalkyl and (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkoxy;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (C,- Cg)alkyl and -NH 2 , more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 and -CF 3
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzothiazolyl In another group of particularly preferred embodiments, Ar 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted benzothiazolyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij.
  • X is -O-, -NH- or -S-;
  • Y is -NH-SO 2 -;
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 - C 8 )heteroalkyl, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(d-C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3> (d-C 8 )alkyl and - NH 2 ; and R 3 is selected from halogen,
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzothiazolyl
  • X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R U )- and -S-, wherein R 11 is a member selected from hydrogen and (d- Cg)alkyl
  • Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 -, wherein R 12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C,-C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (C C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR
  • X is -O-, -NH- or -S-;
  • Y is -NH-SO 2 -;
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 -Cg)heteroalkyl, (Ci- Cg)alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(d- Cg)alkyl, -C(O)-(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (d-Cg)alkyl and -NH 2 ; and
  • R 3 is selected from halogen, me
  • Ar 1 is a benzothiazolyl group having from 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ -C 6 )alkyl, -CF 3 , (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl and -NO 2 ;
  • R 1 is selected from halogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl and (C 1 -Cg)alkoxy;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(d-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)-(C C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (d-C 8 )alkyl and - NH 2 , more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 and -CF ; and R is
  • R 1 and R 3 are each independently a halogen, and R 2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3) and -CF 3 .
  • the benzothiazolyl group is a 2-benzothiazolyl group.
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzoxazolyl In another group of particularly preferred embodiments, Ar 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted benzoxazolyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij.
  • X is -O-, -NH- or -S-;
  • Y is -N ⁇ -SO 2 -;
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 - Cg)heteroalkyl, (d-Cg)alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C,-C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (C,-C 8 )alkyl and - NH2; and R 3 is selected from halogen,
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzoxazolyl
  • X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R ⁇ )- and -S-, wherein R u is a member selected from hydrogen and (Ci- C 8 )alkyl
  • Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 -, wherein R 12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl > (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (C C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 ,
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (d- C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3) -OH, -O(d- C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)- (d-Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (C,-C 8 )alkyl and -NH 2 ; and R 3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
  • Ar 1 is a benzoxazolyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(d-C 6 )alkyl, -CF 3 , (C Cg)alkyl and -NO 2 ;
  • R 1 is selected from halogen, (d-Cg)alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl and (d- C 8 )alkoxy;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group haying from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, - OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3> (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl and -NH 2 , more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 and -CF 3 ; and R
  • R 1 and R 3 are each independently a halogen, and R 2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , and -CF 3 .
  • the benzoxazolyl group is a 2-benzoxazolyl group.
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzimidazolyl In another group of particularly preferred embodiments, Ar 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted benzimidazolyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij.
  • X is -O-, -NH- or -S-;
  • Y is -NH-SO 2 -;
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 - C 8 )heteroalkyl, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3) -OH, -O(d-C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl and - .
  • NH 2 and R 3 is
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzimidazolyl
  • X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R n )- and -S-, wherein R u is a member selected from hydrogen and (C ⁇ - Cg)alkyl
  • Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 -, wherein R 12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (C C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -
  • X is -O-, -NH- or -S-;
  • Y is -NH-SO2-;
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 -Cg)heteroalkyl, (Ci- C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR ,5 R 16 ;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C ⁇ - Cg)alkyl, -C(O)- (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (d-Cg)alkyl and -NH 2 ; and
  • R 3 is selected from halogen,
  • Ar 1 is a benzimidazolyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(d-C 6 )alkyl, -CF 3 , (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl and -NO 2 ;
  • R 1 is selected from halogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl and (Ci- C 8 )alkoxy;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(d-C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl and - NH 2 , more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 and -CF 3
  • R 1 and R 3 are each independently a halogen
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , and -CF 3
  • the benzimidazolyl group is a 2-benzimidazolyl group.
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl
  • Ar 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij.
  • X is -O-, -NH- or -S-;
  • Y is -NH-SO2-;
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl, (C 2 - C 8 )heteroalkyl, (d-C 8 )alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR 15 R 16 ;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(C,-C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (d-Cg)alkyl and - NH2; and R is selected from halogen, me
  • Ar 1 is substituted or unsubstituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl, are those that are represented by either of formulae Ii or Ij.
  • X is a divalent linkage selected from - CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R' ')- and -S-, wherein R 1 ' is a member selected from hydrogen and (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl
  • Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R 12 )-S(O) 2 -, wherein R is a member selected from hydrogen and (C ⁇ -Cg)alkyl
  • R is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkoxy, - C(O)R 14 , -CO 2
  • R 1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )heteroalkyl, (Ci- Cg)alkoxy, -C(O)R 14 , -CO 2 R 14 , -C(O)NR 15 R 16 , -S(O) p -R 14 and -S(O) q -NR ,5 R 16 ;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(d- C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)- (d-Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (C ⁇ -C 8 )alkyl and -NH 2 ; and R 3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
  • Ar 1 is a quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(Cj- C 6 )alkyl, -CF 3 , (C,-C 8 )alkyl and -NO 2 ;
  • R 1 is selected from halogen, (d-Cg)alkyl, (C 2 - Cg)heteroalkyl and (Ci- Cg)alkoxy;
  • R 2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 , -OH, -O(d-C 8 )alkyl, -C(O)-(C,-C 8 )alkyl, -CN, -CF 3 , (C C 8 )alkyl and -NH 2 , more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF 3 and -
  • R 1 and R 3 are each independently a halogen, and R is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF , and -CF 3 .
  • the quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group is selected from 2-quinolinyl, 3-quinolinyl, 4-quinolinyl, 3 -isoquinolinyl and 4- isoquinolinyl groups.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one of the above compounds in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the present invention provides methods for modulating conditions mediated by PPAR ⁇ in a host. More particularly, the conditions are selected from non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, obesity, conditions associated with abnormal plasma levels of hpoproteins or triglycerides, and inflammatory conditions such as, for example, rheumatoid arthritis and atherosclerosis.
  • Scheme 1 illustrates methods for the preparation of compounds of structural formula (la).
  • One of skill in the art will understand that similar methods can be used for the synthesis of compounds in the other structural classes.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be evaluated for modulation of the PPAR ⁇ receptor using assays such as those described in Jiang, et al, Nature 391:82-86 (1998), Ricote, et al. Nature 391:79-82 (1998) and Lehmann, et al, J. Biol Chem. 270(12): 12953-12956 (1995).
  • the compounds can be evaluated for their ability to displace radiolabeled BRL 49653 from a PPAR ⁇ -GST fusion protein as follows: Materials:
  • PPAR ⁇ -GST fusion protein prepared according to standard procedures
  • [ 3 H]-BRL 49653 having 50 Ci/mmol specific activity Polyfiltronics Unifilter 350 filtration plate and glutathione-Sepharose® beads (from Pharmacia: washed twice with lOx binding buffer in which BSA and DTI can be left out).
  • Binding buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 8.0, 50 mM KCI, 10 mM DTT, 0.02% BSA and 0.0 1% NP-40) is added in 80 microliter amounts to the wells of the filtration plate. The test compound is then added in 10 microliters of DMSO. The PPAR ⁇ -GST fusion protein and radiolabeled BRL compound are premixed in binding buffer containing 10 mM DTT and added in 10 microliter amounts to the wells of the plate to provide final concentrations of 1 ⁇ g/well of PPAR ⁇ -GST fusion protein and 10 nM [ 3 H]-BRL 49653 compound. The plate is incubated for 15 minutes.
  • Glutathione- agarose bead is added in 50 ⁇ L of binding buffer, and the plate is vigorously shaken for one hour. The plate is washed four times with 200 ⁇ L/well of binding buffer (without BSA and DTT). The bottom of the plate is sealed and 200 ⁇ L/well of scintillation cocktail is added. The top of the plate is then sealed and the radioactivity is determined.
  • compositions The compounds of the present invention can be prepared and administered in a wide variety of oral and parenteral dosage forms.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered by injection, that is, intravenously, intramuscularly, intracutaneously, subcutaneously, intraduodenally, or intraperitoneally.
  • the compounds described herein can be administered by inhalation, for example, intranasally.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered transdertnally.
  • the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and either a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of formula (I).
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid.
  • Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules.
  • a solid carrier can be one or more substances which may also act as diluents, flavoring agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.
  • the carrier is a finely divided solid which is in a mixture with the finely divided active component.
  • the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.
  • the powders and tablets preferably contain from 5% or 10% to 70% of the active compound.
  • Suitable carriers are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like.
  • the term "preparation” is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as a carrier providing a capsule in which the active component with or without other carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it. Similarly, cachets and lozenges are included.
  • Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration.
  • a low melting wax such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter
  • the active component is dispersed homogeneously therein, as by stirring.
  • the molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and thereby to solidify.
  • Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, for example, water or water/propylene glycol solutions.
  • liquid preparations can be formulated in solution in aqueous polyethylene glycol solution.
  • Aqueous solutions suitable for oral use can be prepared by dissolving the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavors, stabilizers, and thickening agents as desired.
  • Aqueous suspensions suitable for oral use can be made by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well-known suspending agents.
  • solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration.
  • liquid forms include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
  • These preparations may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation is preferably in unit dosage form. In such form the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component.
  • the unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules.
  • the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
  • the quantity of active component in a unit dose preparation may be varied or adjusted from 0.1 mg to 1000 mg, preferably 1.0 mg to 100 mg according to the particular application and the potency of the active component.
  • the composition can, if desired, also contain other compatible therapeutic agents.
  • the compounds utilized in the pharmaceutical method of the invention are administered at the initial dosage of about 0.001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg daily.
  • a daily dose range of about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg is preferred.
  • the dosages may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient, the severity of the condition being treated, and the compound being employed. Determination of the proper dosage for a particular situation is within the skill of the practitioner. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under circumstances is reached. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day, if desired.
  • Reagents and solvents used below can be obtained from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA).
  • 1H-NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian Gemini 400 MHz NMR spectrometer. Significant peaks are tabulated in the order: number of protons, multiplicity (s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; br s, broad singlet) and coupling constant(s) in Hertz.
  • Electron Ionization (El) mass spectra were recorded on a Hewlett Packard 5989A mass spectrometer.
  • the analyte was dissolved in methanol at O.lmg/mL and 1 microliter was infused with the delivery solvent into the mass spectrometer which scanned from 100 to 1500 daltons. All compounds could be analyzed in the positive ESI mode, using 1 : 1 acetonitrile/water with 1% acetic acid as the delivery solvent. The compounds provided below could also be analyzed in the negative ESI mode, using 2mM NH 4 OAc in acetonitrile/water as delivery solvent.
  • N-hydroxybenzotriazole HOBT
  • 2-( lH-benzotriazole-1- yl)- 1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate HBTU
  • NMM N-methylmorpholine
  • HOAT l-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
  • O-(7-azabenzotriazole-l-yl)-N,N,N' ,N'--tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate l-(3 -dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI).
  • Example 2 (0.457 g) in methylene chloride was added 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (0.456 g, from Maybridge), followed by pyridine (150 ⁇ L). The reaction progress was monitored by TLC, and upon completion the solvent was removed under vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between methylene chloride and water. The organic layer was drawn off and concentrated. The residue was triturated with ether to provide 0.447 g of the title compound as a white solid, mp 154-156 °C.
  • This example illustrates the synthesis of 4.1.
  • Example 3 The title compound was prepared in a manner similar to Example 3, beginning with 1.6 g of the aniline of Example 2 and 1.6 g of 4- (trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride (from Maybridge). The crude product remaining after workup was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with 10% ethyl acetate / dichloromethane and then triturated in diethyl ether and collected as a white powder (1.04 g, 35% yield), mp 143-144 °C.
  • This example illustrates the synthesis of 5.1.
  • the title compound was prepared in a manner similar to Example 3, beginning with 400 mg of the aniline prepared as described in Example 2 and 349 mg of 3-pyridylsulfonyl chloride (prepared using methods similar to those described in 7 Med. Chem. 40:1149 (1997)).
  • the crude product remaining after workup was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with 1% ethanol / dichloromethane.
  • the resulting solid was recrystalized from dichloromethane / diethyl ether and collected as a white solid (121 mg, 19%), mp 161-2 °C.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 7.1.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 10.1.
  • the title compound was oxidized with mCPBA to the corresponding sulfoxide (11.2, mp 140-144 °C).
  • the co ⁇ esponding sulfone (11.3) was prepared using 4-(methylsulfonyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride (mp 165-168 °C).
  • EXAMPLE 12 This example illustrates the preparation of 12.1.
  • the title compound was prepared in a manner similar to Example 3, beginning with 3-pyridylsulfonyl chloride (335 mg, see Example 6) and 3-fluoro-4-(3- chloro-5-pyridyloxy)aniline (310 mg, see Example 9) with the addition of a catalytic amount of 4-dimethylaminopyridine.
  • reaction was complete by TLC, the mixture was filtered to remove amine salts. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica, eluting with 5% methanol / dichloromethane. The product fractions were combined, concentrated, and the residue was triturated with diethyl ether to provide the title compound as a white solid (221 mg, 32%), mp 129 °C.
  • EXAMPLE 18 This example illustrates the preparation of 18.1.
  • the title compound was prepared in a manner similar to Example 3, beginning with 3-pyridylsulfonyl chloride (335 mg, see Example 6) and 3-chloro-4-(3- chloro-5-pyridyloxy)aniline (411 mg, 15.1) with the addition of a catalytic amount of 4- dimethylaminopyridine.
  • the reaction was completed by TLC, the mixture was filtered to remove amine salts. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica, eluting with 5% methanol / dichloromethane. The product fractions were combined, concentrated, and the residue was triturated dichloromethane to provide the title compound as a white solid (149 mg, 22%), mp 164- 165 °C.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 3-bromo-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)aniline (20.1).
  • Example 21 Using the method of Example 2, the nitro compound prepared in Example 21 (1.54 g, 6.56 mmol) was converted to 1.38 g (99%) of the title compound as an off- white solid. The product was used without further purification (upon standing several days in air the compound developed a very dark brown color). MS ESI m/e: 251.1 (M + H).
  • the title compound was prepared using the general procedure described in Example 22, starting with 150 mg (0.61 mmol) of the aniline, 155 mg (0.61 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.) of 4-rnethylsulfonebenzenesulfonyl chloride, 48 mg (0.61 mmol) of pyridine, catalytic DMAP, and 5 mL of methylene chloride. Following workup, the title compound was obtained (67 mg, 24%) as a white solid.
  • the title compound was prepared using the procedure described in Example 7, starting with 82 mg (0.33 mmol) of aniline 22.1, 72 mg (0.33 mmol) of 4- acetylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, 26 mg (0.33 mmol) of pyridine, catalytic DMAP, and 2 mL of methylene chloride. The title compound was produced (92 mg, 65%) as a white solid.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 5-amino-2-(3,5- difluorophenoxy)benzonitrile (27.1 ) .
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 28.1.
  • the compounds provided in Table 5 were prepared using 30.1 and commercially available substituted benzenesulfonyl chlorides and/or using the intermediates and methods described in the examples above.
  • nitrobenzene derivatives (33.1, 33.2 and 33.3) were reduced to the corresponding aniline derivative using the Raney nickel procedure of Example 2.
  • the aniline derivatives were then converted to the compounds shown in Table 7 using commercially available substituted benzenesulfonyl chlorides and/or using the intermediates and methods described in the examples above.
  • the title compound was prepared using the method described in Example 3, starting with 4-iodoaniline (136 mg, 0.6197 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.), 5-(4- chlorosulfonyl-2-cyanophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (136 mg, 0.4131 mmol, 34.1), pyridine (49 mg, 0.6 197 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and 3 mL of methylene chloride. The product was obtained as a white solid (187 mg, 89%).
  • the title compound was prepared using the method described in Example 35, starting with 4-acetylaniline (100 mg, 0.31 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.), 5-(4- chlorosulfonyl-2-cyanophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (62 mg, 0.46 mmol), pyridine (36 mg, 0.46 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and 3 mL of methylene chloride.
  • the title compound 36.1 was obtained as a white solid (120 mg, 92%).
  • EXAMPLE 37 This example illustrates the synthesis of 5-(4-chlorosulfonyl-2- chlorophenoxy)-3 -chloropyridine (37.1 ) .
  • the title compound was prepared using the method of Example 38, starting with 4-acetylaniline (55 mg, 0.41 mmol), 5-(4-chlorosulfonyl-2-chlorophenoxy)- 3-chloropyridine (92 mg, 0.27 mmol), pyridine (33 mg, 0.41 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and 3 mL of inethylene chloride. After workup, 39.1 was obtained as a white solid (130 mg, 93%).
  • EXAMPLE 40 This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(4-amino-2,5- dibromophenoxy)3-chloropyridine (40.1), 5-(4-amino-2,3 -dibromophenoxy)-3- chloropyridine (40.2), and 5-(4-amino-2,3 ,5-tribromophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (40.3).
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(3-chloro-4-amino-2-(N- ethylcarboxamidophenoxy))-3-chloropyridine (48.1) and 5-(5-chloro-4-amino-2-(N- ethylcarboxamidophenoxy))-3-chloropyridine (48.2).
  • the aqueous layer was extracted three times with EtOAc (50 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed twice with an aqueous brine solution (100 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , and concentrated under vacuum.
  • the crude solid was purified by chromatography (50-100% EtOAc in hexanes) to separate the products 48.1 and 48.2 from the starting materials and dibrominated materials.
  • the desired products were then rechroinatographed (1-3% MeOH in CH 2 C1 2 ) to furnish 478 mg (36%) of 48.1 and 198 mg (15%) of 48.2 as white solids.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(5-bromo-4-(2,4- dichlorobenzenesulfonamido)-2-(N-ethylcarboxamido)phenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (50.1).
  • EXAMPLE 51 This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(3-bromo-4-(2,4-dichloro-5- methylbenzenesulfonamido)-2-(N-ethylcarboxamido)phenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (51.1).
  • EXAMPLE 52 This example illustrates the synthesis of 5-(5-bromo-4-chlorosulfonyl-2- methoxyphenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (52.1).
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 53.1.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 54.1.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 55.1.
  • EXAMPLE 56 This example illustrates the preparation of 3-chloro-4-(2- naphthylxoy)nitrobenzene (56.1).
  • This example illustrates the preparation of compounds 57.1, 57.2, 57.3 and 57.4.
  • the title compound was prepared using the method described in Example 3, starting with 800 mg (6.29 mmol) of 3-chloroaniline, 1.53 g (6.29 mmol) of 2,4- dichlorosulfonylchloride, 497 mg (6.29 mmol) of pyridine, catalytic DMAP, and 10 mL of methylene chloride.
  • the title compound was obtained as a white foam (928 mg, 44%).
  • the title compound was prepared using the method of Example 59, starting with 286 mg (0.85 mmol) of 3-chloro-(2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamido)benzene (58.1), 341 mg (1.02 mmol) of anhydrous aluminum trichloride, 214 mg (1.02 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.) of 3,5-dichlorobenzoyl chloride, and 2 mL of dry dichloroethane. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (139 mg, 32%).
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 2-chloro-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)-nitrobenzene 62.1.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 2-chloro-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)-aniline 63.1.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 64.1.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 65.1.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 66.1.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 67.1.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 2-chloro-4-(3- pyridyloxy)aniline.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 70.1.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 71.1.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 72.1.
  • Compound 72.3 was converted to the co ⁇ esponding biaryl sulfoxide (72.5, m/e 526) and biaryl sulfone (72.6, m/e 542) using an oxone procedure (see, for example, Trost, et al, Tetrahedron Lett., 22:1287 (1981) and Webb, Tetrahedron Lett., 35:3457- 3460 (1994)).
  • compound 72.2 was converted to the biaryl sulfoxide (72.7, m/e 526) using a routine oxidation with mCPBA.
  • 2,3 dichloronitrobenzene (19.04g) was suspended in 40%> Na 2 CS 3 solution in water (66 ml) with 5 ml of ethanol and heated at 130°C bath temperature for 3 days. After cooling, the residue was diluted in water and acidified with 5N HCl (caution: foaming gas evolution). The tan solids were collected by filtration, rinsed with water and dried under vacuum to give 19.9g of an intermediate complex (73.1). The crude 73.1 (6.03 g) was added to neat sulfuryl chloride (20 ml) cautiously over about 5 minutes. The mixture was then heated at 50° C. The character of the solid changed but did not dissolve. The reaction was quenched by pouring onto ice.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 76.2 and sulfonamides derived from it.
  • Example 76.4 Anal, calcd. for M+0.5 H 2 O: 48.72 % C, 3.56 % H, 4.94 % N; found:
  • the salt was suspended in water at 95°C.
  • the pH of the suspension was adjusted to pH 9 with 0.5 N NaOH.
  • the solids were collected by filtration, rinsed with water and dissolved in ethylether/methylene chloride.
  • the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate. After concentration, 2-amino-4-methyl-7- chlorobenzothiazole (77.2) (7.47g) was obtained as a white solid.
  • 5-methyl-2-mercaptobenzothiazole (1.45 g, 8 mmol) was suspended in anhydrous THF (3.5 mL). A solution of potassium tert-butoxide (7.35 mL, 1.0 N in THF) was added in one portion. The very thick precipitate of the mercaptobenzothiazole potassium salt was dissolved by addition of DMF (1 mL). Triflate 80.1 (2 g, 6.7 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (1 mL) and added to the reaction mixture which was then heated to 50 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was pouted into 100 mL DI water and extracted 2 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with sat.
  • Triflate 81.1 2-chloro-6-methyl-4-nitro-phenol (2.5 g, 13.3 mmol) was converted to triflate 81.1 according to the method given in Example 80. Triflate 81.1 was an oil and could not be recrystallized. 4.0 g of triflate 81.1 was obtained.
  • the compounds of Table 16 were prepared by the method of example 86 from compound 84.3 and the co ⁇ esponding arylsulfonyl chloride. Table 16
  • a naphthylthioether of examples 86 or 87 (0.2 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane (10 mL) and methanol (5 mL). To the solution was added mCPBA (120 mg, 0.7 mmol, 77% pure) in six batches over 20 minute intervals. Then the solution was washed with 5% sodium thiosulfate solution, 1%> sodium bicarbonate solution and brine and then dried over magnesium sulfate. After filtering, the filtrate was concentrated to give a crude product, which was then flash chromatographed with eluent (5% ⁇ -30% ethyl acetate / dichloromethane) to afford the co ⁇ esponding sulfoxide.
  • eluent 5% ⁇ -30% ethyl acetate / dichloromethane
  • 2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-napthalene was synthesized (100%)) from 3,4,5-trichloronitrobenzene (Acros) and napthalene-2-thiol (Avocado) in a similar manner as described in example 1 using DMSO as solvent instead of DMF.
  • 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-napthalene was synthesized (100% ⁇ ) from 3-chloro-4-fluoro-nitrobenzene (Aldrich) and napthalene-2-thiol (Avocado) in a similar manner as described in example 89.
  • 3-chloro-4-(napthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (92) was synthesized (97%>) from 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-napthalene (91) in a similar manner as described in example 90.
  • the title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (90) (150 mg, 0.47 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.19 mL, 2.34 mmol) and 6-chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride (Qorpark, 109 mg, 0.52 mmol) in THF. 130 mg (56%) of 96 was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
  • the title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (90)(150 mg, 0.47 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.19 mL, 2.34 mmol) and 2-chloro-4-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (Maybridge, 144 mg, 0.52 mmol) in THF. 137 mg (52%) of 97 was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
  • the title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3-chloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (92) (150 mg, 0.53 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.21 mL, 2.63 mmol) and 6-chloro-imidazo[2,l- ⁇ ]t iazole-5-sulfonyl chloride (Maybridge, 149 mg, 0.58 mmol) in THF. 172 mg (65%>) of 98 was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
  • N-[3,5-Dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4-iodo- benzenesulfonamide(l ⁇ l) The title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (90) (150 mg, 0.47 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.19 mL, 2.34 mmol) and 4-iodobenzenesulfonyl chloride (Acros, 155 mg, 0.52 mmol) in THF. 254 mg (93%>) of 101 was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
  • the title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (90)(150 mg, 0.47 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.19 mL, 2.34 mmol) and 6-chloro-imidazo[2,l- ⁇ ]thiazole-5-sulfonyl chloride (Maybridge, 132 mg, 0.52 mmol) in THF. 172 mg (65%,) of 102 was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
  • 6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalene-2- sulfony ⁇ )-phenyl]-amide (104)
  • 6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalene-2- sulfony ⁇ )-phenyl]-amide (104)
  • 6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3,5-dichloro-4-
  • the title compound was prepared using the method of example 104, starting with 2-Chloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(naphthalen-2ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethylbenzene-sulfonamide (95, 35 mg, 0.066 mmol), r ⁇ CPBA (Aldrich, 100 mg, 0.33 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 . 38 mg (100%>) of 105 was obtained as an off white solid.
  • the title compound was prepared using the method of example 104, starting with 6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3-chloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenyl]-amide (94, 15 mg, 0.03 mmol), wCPBA (Aldrich, 50 mg, 0.15 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 . 16 mg (100%>) of 106 was obtained as an off white solid.
  • the title compound was prepared using the method of example 104, starting with 2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethylbenzene-sulfonamide (97, 30 mg, 0.05 mmol), mCPBA (Aldrich, 80 mg, 0.26 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 . 32 mg (100%) of 107 was obtained as an off white solid.
  • This example illustrates the preparation of 108.1 through 108.6.
  • This example illustrates the synthesis of 109.1.
  • EXAMPLE 111 (2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenyl)-acetic acid (111)
  • the title compound was prepared using the method of example 110, starting with diethyl malonate (Aldrich, 30.5 mL, 200 mmol), 3,4-dichloronitrobenzene (Aldrich, 19.2 g, 100 mmol), cesium carbonate (Aldrich, 81.5 g, 250 mmol) and 150 mL of aqueous 6N HCl solution. 18.8 g (87%o) of compound 111 was obtained as pale yellow solid.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Quinoline Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
  • Furan Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Modulators of PPARη activity are provided which are useful in pharmaceutical compositions and methods for the treatment of conditions such as type II diabetes and obesity.

Description

COMPOUNDS FOR THE MODULATION OF PPARγ ACTIVITY
CROSS-REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is related to USSN 60/073,042, filed January 29, 998, and USSN 09/234,327, filed January 20, 1999, and claims the benefit of USSN
60/141,672, filed June 30, 1999. This application is also related to USSN , filed
June 28, 2000, (Attorney Docket 018781 -002710US), the disclosures of each of the above being incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
STATEMENT AS TO RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER
FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
The invention described herein was not made with the aid of any federally sponsored grants.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds that modulate the PPARγ receptor and are useful in the diagnosis and treatment of type II diabetes (and complications thereof), hypercholesterolemia (and related disorders associated with abnormally high or low plasma lipoprotein or triglyceride levels) and inflammatory disorders.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPARs) are transducer proteins belonging to the steroid/thyroid/retinoid receptor superfamily. The PPARs were originally identified as orphan receptors, without known ligands, but were named for their ability to mediate the pleiotropic effects of fatty acid peroxisome proliferators. These receptors function as ligand-regulated transcription factors that control the expression of target genes by binding to their responsive DNA sequence as heterodimers with RXR. The target genes encode enzymes involved in lipid metabolism and differentiation of adipocytes. Accordingly, the discovery of transcription factors involved in controlling lipid metabolism has provided insight into regulation of energy homeostasis in vertebrates, and further provided targets for the development of therapeutic agents for disorders such as obesity, diabetes and dyslipidemia. PPARγ is one member of the nuclear receptor superfamily of ligand- activated transcription factors and has been shown to be expressed in an adipose tissue- specific manner. Its expression is induced early during the course of differentiation of several preadipocyte cell lines. Additional research has now demonstrated that PPARγ plays a pivotal role in the adipogenic signaling cascade. PPARγ also regulates the ob/leptin gene which is involved in regulating energy homeostasis, and adipocyte differentiation which has been shown to be a critical step to be targeted for anti-obesity and diabetic conditions.
In an effort to understand the role of PPARγ in adipocyte differentiation, several investigators have focused on the identification of PPARγ activators. One class of compounds, the thiazolidinediones, which were known to have adipogenic effects on preadipocyte and mesenchymal stem cells in vitro, and antidiabetic effects in animal models of non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) were also demonstrated to be PPARγ-selective ligands. More recently, compounds that selectively activate murine PPARγ were shown to possess in vivo antidiabetic activity in mice.
Despite the advances made with the thiazolidinedione class of antidiabetes agents, unacceptable side effects have limited their clinical use. Accordingly, there remains a need for potent, selective activators of PPARγ which will be useful for the treatment of NIDDM and other disorders related to lipid metabolism and energy homeostasis. Still further, compounds that block PPARγ activity would be useful for interfering with the maturation of preadipocytes into adipocytes and thus would be useful for the treatment of obesity and related disorders associated with undesirable adipocyte maturation. Surprisingly, the present invention provides compounds that are useful as activators as well as antagonists of PPARγ activity and compositions containing them, along with methods for their use.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one aspect, the present invention provides methods of modulating conditions which are mediated by PPARγ. The methods typically involve contacting the host with a PPARγ-modulating amount of a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000004_0001
in which the symbol Ar1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; the letter X represents a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted -(Cι-C6)alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted -(Cι-C6)alkylenoxy, substituted or unsubstituted -(d-C^alkylenamino, substituted or unsubstituted -(Ci- C6)alkylene-S(O)k-, -O-, C(O)-, N(Rπ)-, -N(Rn)C(O)-, -S(O)k- and a single bond, in which R11 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2- C8)heteroalkyl and aryl(Cι-C )alkyl and the subscript k is an integer of from 0 to 2. The letter Y, in the above formula represents a divalent linkage, in either orientation, selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-C6)alkylene, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R12)-S(O)m-, -N(R12)C(O)-, -N(R12)-S(O)m-(R13)-, -S(O)n-, a single bond, and combinations thereof in which R and R are members independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-C8)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and aryl(C)-C4)alkyl; and the subscripts m and n are independently integers of from 0 to 2.
The symbol R1 represents a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, nitro, (C,-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)alkoxy, -CO2R14, -C(O)NR15R16, -C(O)R14, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-OR17, -O-C(O)-R17, -O-C(O)-NR15R16, -N(R14)-C(O)-NR15R16, -N(R14)-C(O)-R17 and -N(R14)-C(O)-OR17, in which R14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(d-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl, and aryl(C!-C )alkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring; and R17 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C4)alkyl. In each of the descriptions of, for example, alkyl, alkoxy and heteroalkyl, the groups can be substituted or unsubstituted.
The symbol R represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Preferably, R2 represents a phenyl, naphthyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl group. More preferably, R2 is a phenyl, naphthyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl group substituted with from 0- 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, -C(O)-(Cι- C8)alkyl, -(Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2. While certain preferred substituents have been provided (e.g., -OCF3 and -CF3), the terms alkyl and alkoxy are also meant to include substituted versions thereof, preferably halosubstituted versions including those specifically noted.
The symbol R3 represents a halogen, cyano, nitro or a substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-Cg)alkoxy group, preferably a halogen, cyano or (Ct-C4)alkoxy group. Most preferably, halogen, methoxy or trifluoromethoxy.
In another aspect, the present invention provides compounds of the formula above, as well as pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds described above.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Abbreviations and Definitions:
The following abbreviations are used herein: PPARγ: peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor γ; NIDDM: non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus; Et3N: triethylamine; MeGH: methanol; and DMSO: dimethylsulfoxide.
The term "alkyl," by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combination thereof, which may be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e. Cj-Cio means one to ten carbons). Examples of saturated hydrocarbon radicals include groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, cyclohexyl, (cyclohexyl)ethyl, cyclopropylmethyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like. An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds. Examples of unsaturated alkyl groups include vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(l,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. The term "alkyl," unless otherwise noted, is also meant to include those derivatives of alkyl defined in more detail below as "hetero alkyl," "cycloalkyl" and "alkylene." The term "alkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an alkane, as exemplified by -CH2CH2CH2CH2-. Typically, an alkyl group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the present invention. A "lower alkyl" or "lower alkylene" is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
The term "heteroalkyl," by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon radical, or combinations thereof, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. The heteroatom Si may be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group, including the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples include -CH2-CH2-O-CH3, -CH2- CH2-NH-CH3, -CH2-CH2-N(CH3)-CH3, -CH2-S-CH2-CH3, -CH2-CH2-S(O)-CH3) -CH2- CH2-S(O)2-CH3, -CH=CH-O-CH3, -Si(CH3)3, -CH2-CH=N-OCH3, and -CH=CH-N(CH3)- CH3. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, -CH2-NH-OCH3 and -CH2-O-Si(CH3)3. Also included in the term "heteroalkyl" are those radicals described in more detail below as "heteroalkylene" and "heterocycloalkyl." The term "heteroalkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified by -CH2-CH2-S-CH2CH2- and -CH2-S-CH2- CH2-NH-CH2-. For heteroalkylene groups, heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini. Still further, for alkylene and heteroalkylene linking groups, as well as all other linking group provided in the present invention, no orientation of the linking group is implied.
The terms "cycloalkyl" and "heterocycloalkyl", by themselves or in combination with other terms, represent, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of "alkyl" and "heteroalkyl", respectively. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3- cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include 1 - (1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1 -piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3- morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, telrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1-ρiperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like.
The terms "halo" or "halogen," by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom. Additionally, terms such as "fluoroalkyl," are meant to include monofluoroalkyl and polyfluoroalkyl.
The term "aryl," employed alone or in combination with other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) means, unless otherwise stated, an aromatic substituent which can be a single ring or multiple rings (up to three rings) which are fused together or linked covalently. The rings may each contain from zero to four heteroatoms selected from N, O, and 5, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized. The aryl groups that contain heteroatoms may be referred to as "heteroaryl" and can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom Non-limiting examples of aryl groups include phenyl, 1 -naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4- imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3- isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3- furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 2- benzothiazolyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, 2-benzoxazolyl, 5-benzoxazolyl, purinyl, 2- benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolinyl, 5-isoquinolinyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5- quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolinyl, and 6-quinolinyl. Substituents for each of the above noted aryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below. The term "arylalkyl" is meant to include those radicals in which an aryl group is attached to an alkyl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl and the like) or a heteroalkyl group (e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(l-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like). Each of the above terms (e.g., "alkyl," "heteroalkyl" and "aryl") are meant to include both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical. Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided below. Substituents for the alkyl and heteroalkyl radicals (including those gioups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenyl) can be a variety of groups selected from: -OR', =O, =NR\ =N-OR', -NR'R", -SR\ -halogen, -SiR'R"R"\ - OC(O)R\ -C(O)R', -CO2R\ CONR'R", -OC(O)NR'R", -NR"C(O)R\ -NR'- C(O)NR"R"\ -NR"C(O)2R\ -NH-C(NH2)=NH, -NR'C(NH2)=NH, -NH-C(NH2)=NR', - S(O)R', -S(O)2R\ -S(O)2NR'R", -CN and -NO2 in a number ranging from zero to (2N+ 1), where N is the total number of carbon atoms in such radical. R', R" and R'" each independently refer to hydrogen, unsubstituted(d-C8)alkyl and heteroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens, unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy or thioalkoxy groups, or aryl-(Cι-C4)alkyl groups. When R' and R" are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring. For example, -NR'R" is meant to include 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. From the above discussion of substituents, one of skill in the art will understand that the term "alkyl" is meant to include groups such as haloalkyl (e.g., -CF3 and -CH2CF ) and acyl (e.g., - C(O)CH3, -C(O)CF3, -C(O)CH2OCH3) and the like). Preferably, the alkyl groups (and related alkoxy, heteroalkyl, etc.) are unsubstituted or have 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OR', =O, -NR'R", -SR', -OC(O)R\ -C(O)R\ -CO2R\ -CONR'R", -NR"C(O)R', -S(O)2R\ -S(O)2NR'R", -CN and -NO2. More preferably, the alkyl and related groups have 0, 1 or 2 substituents selected from halogen, -OR', =O, -NR'R", -SR', -CO2R\ -CONR'R", -NR"C(O)R', -CN and -NO2.
Similarly, substituents for the aryl groups are varied and are selected from halogen, -OR', -OC(O)R', -NR'R", -SR', -R', -CN, -NO2- -CO2R', -CONR'R", -C(O)R', -OC(O)NR'R", -NR"C(O)R', -NR"C(O)2R', -NR'-C(O)NR"R'", -NH-C(NH2)=NH, -NR'C(NH2)=NH, -NH-C(NH2)=NR', -S(O)R', -S(O)2R\ -S(O)2NR'R", -N3, -CH(Ph)2, perfluoro(C)-C4)alkoxy, and perfluoro(Cι-C4)alkyl, in a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on the aromatic ring system; and where R', R" and R'" are independently selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl and heteroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, (unsubstituted aryl)-(Cι-C4)alkyl, and (unsubstituted aryl)oxy-(CrC )alkyl. Preferably, the aryl groups are unsubstituted or have from 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, - OR', -OC(O)R\ -NR'R", -SR', -R', -CN, -NO2- -CO2R\ -CONR'R", -C(O)R\ - NR"C(O)R', -S(O)2R\ -S(O)2NR'R", perfluoro(C1-C4)alkoxy, and perfluoro(C,-C4)alkyl. Still more preferably, the aryl groups have 0, 1 or 2 substituents selected from halogen, -OR', -NR'R", -SR', -R', -CN, -NO2- -CO2R', -CONR'R", -NR"C(O)R\ -S(O)2R', -S(O)2NR'R", perfluoro(Cι-C4)alkoxy, and ρerfluoro(Cι-C )alkyl.
Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula wherein T and U are independently -NH-, - O-, -CH2- or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 2. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH2)r-B-, wherein A and B are independently -CH2-, -O-, - NH-, -S-, -5(O)-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2NR'- or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 3. One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed may optionally be replaced with a double bond. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl ring may optionally be replaced with a substitueht of the formula -(CH2),-X-(CH2)r, where s and t are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X is -O-, -NR'-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, or -S(O)2NR'-. The substituent R' in -NR'- and -S(O)2NR'- is selected from hydrogen or unsubstituted (Cι-C6)alkyl.
As used herein, the term "heteroatom" is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S) and silicon (Si).
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" is meant to include salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein. When compounds of the present invention contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt. When compounds of the present invention contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, oxalic, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, mandelic, phthalic, benzeriesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge, S.M., et al, "Pharmaceutical Salts", Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19). Certain specific compounds of the present invention contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
The neutral forms of the compounds may be regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner. The parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of the present invention. In addition to salt forms, the present invention provides compounds which are in a prodrug form. Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present invention. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present invention by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds of the present invention when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
Certain compounds of the present invention can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Certain compounds of the present invention may exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present invention and are intended to be within the scope of the present invention.
Certain compounds of the present invention possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; the racemates, diastereomers, geometric isomers and individual isomers are all intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention. The compounds of the present invention may also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium (3H), iodine-125 (l25I) or carbon-14 (14C). All isotopic variations of the compounds of the present invention, whether radioactive or not, are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
General:
A new class of compounds that interact with PPARγ has now been discovered. Depending on the biological environment (e.g., cell type, pathological condition of the host, etc.), these compounds can activate or block the actions of PPARγ. By activating the PPARγ receptor, the compounds will find use as therapeutic agents capable of modulating conditions mediated by the PPARγ receptor. As noted above, example of such conditions is NIDDM. Additionally, the compounds are useful for the prevention and treatment of complications of diabetes (e.g., neuropathy, retinopathy, glomerulosclerosis, and cardiovascular disorders), and treating hyperlipidemia. Still further, the compounds are useful for the modulation of inflammatory conditions which most recently have been found to be controlled by PPARγ (see, Ricote, et al, Nature. 391:79-82 (1998) and Jiang, et al, Nature, 391:82-86 (1998). Examples of inflammatory conditions include rheumatoid arthritis and atherosclerosis.
Compounds that act via antagonism of PPARγ are useful for treating obesity, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hyperlipoproteinemia, and metabolic disorders.
Embodiments of the Invention:
In one aspect, the present invention provides compounds which are represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000011_0001
In formula (I), the symbol Ar1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Preferably, Ar1 is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic aryl group having from zero to four heteroatoms as ring members. More preferably, Ar1 is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic aryl group comprising two fused six-membered rings, two fused five-membered rings, or a six-member ring having a fused five-membered ring, heteroaryl group containing from l to 3 nitrogen atoms in the ring or rings. Particularly preferred embodiments are those in which Ar1 is phenyl, naphthyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-pyrimidyl, 2-quinolinyl, 3-quinolinyl, 4-isoquinolinyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-isoxazolyl and the like. Ar1 can be both unsubstituted and substituted. In preferred embodiments, Ar1 is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O-(Cι- C6)alkyl, -CF3, (Cι-C6)alkyl5 or -NO2. In one group of preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a monocyclic heteroaryl group containing 1 to 2 nitrogen atoms in the ring and being monosubstituted by halogen, -OCF3 or -CF3. In another group of preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a phenyl or naphthyl group having from 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, cyano, nitro, (Cι-C8)alkyl or (d-Cg)alkoxy. The letter X represents a divalent linkage selected from substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-C6)alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-C6)alkylenoxy, substituted or unsubstituted (d-C6)alkylenamino, substituted or unsubstituted (d-C6)alkylene-S(O)k, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(Rπ)-, -N(Rπ)C(O)-, -S(O)k- and a single bond, in which R11 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and aryl(Cι-C4)alkyl and the subscript k is an integer of from 0 to 2. In preferred embodiments, X represents -O-, -C(O)-, substituted or unsubstituted (d-C6)alkylene, -N(RU)-, or -S(O)k-. Most preferably, X represents -O-, -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -CH(CH2CH3)-, -CH(isopropyl)-, - CH(CN)-, -C(O)-, -N(RH)-, or -S(O)k-. Still further preferred are those embodiments in which X represents -O-, -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -C(O)-, -N(RU)-, or -S(O)k-, wherein R11 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl and isopropyl.
The letter Y, in the above formula represents a divalent linkage selected from substituted or unsubstituted (d-C6)alkylene, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R12)-S(O)m-, -N(R12)- S(O)m-N(R13)-, -N(R12)C(O)-, -S(O)n-, a single bond, and combinations thereof, in which R and R are members independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-C8)alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and substituted or unsubstituted aryl(Cι-C4)alkyl; and the subscripts m and n are independently integers of from 0 to 2. In preferred embodiments, Y represents -N(R12)-S(O)2- or -N(R12)-C(O)-. More preferably, Y represents -N(R12)-S(O)2- in which R12 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-C8)alkyl. Most preferably, Y represents -NH-S(O)2-. Additionally, the linkages provided herein (represented by X and Y) can be in either orientation. More particularly, for example, the nitrogen atom of -N(R12)-S(O)2- can be attached to either the central benzene ring or to the R2 group.
The symbol R1 represents a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, nitro, (CrC8)alkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -CO2R14, -C(O)NR15R16, -C(O)R14, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-OR17, -O-C(O)-R17, -O-C(O)-NR15R16, -N(R,4)-C(O)-NR15R16, -N(R14)-C(O)-R17 and -N(R14)-C(O)-OR17, in which R14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl, and aryl(Cι-C4)alkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring; and R17 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(d-C4)alkyl. In each of the descriptions of, for example, alkyl, alkoxy and heteroalkyl, the groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Preferably, when substituted the substituents are halogen (e.g., -CF3, -OCF3). In preferred embodiments, R1 represents hydrogen, halogen, cyano, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, - CO2R14 and -C(O)NR15R16. More preferably, R1 represents hydrogen, halogen, cyano, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C1-C8)alkoxy, -CO2R14 and -C(O)NR15R16 in which R14 is (Cι-C8)alkyl, and R15 and R16 are independently hydrogen or (Cι-C8)alkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5- or 6-membered ring. Other preferred R1 groups are discussed below with reference to groupings of compounds wherein Ar1 is phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl and benzimidazolyl.
The symbol R represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Preferably, R2 represents a phenyl, naphthyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl group. More preferably, R2 is a phenyl, naphthyl, pyridazinyl or pyridyl group substituted with from 0- 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(C1-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, -C(O)-(Cι- C8)alkyl, -(Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2. While certain preferred substituents have been provided (e.g., -OCF3 and -CF ), the terms alkyl and alkoxy are also meant to include substituted versions thereof, preferably halosubstituted versions including those specifically noted.
The symbol R3 represents a halogen, cyano, nitro or a substituted or unsubstituted (C1-C8)alkoxy group, preferably a halogen, cyano or (Cι-C4)alkoxy group. Most preferably, halogen, methoxy or trifluoromethoxy. A number of preferred embodiments are provided herein. For example, in one preferred embodiment, X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(RU)- and -S-; and Y is -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (Cι-Cg)alkyl. In another preferred embodiment, X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(RU)- and -S-; Y is -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (d-C8)alkyl; and R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl and pyridazinyl. In yet another preferred embodiment, X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R* ')- and -S-; Y is -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (d-C8)aιkyl; R is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl and pyridazinyl; and Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from pyridyl, phenyl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzimidazolyl.
One of skill in the art will understand that a number of structural isomers are represented by formula I. In one group of embodiments, the isomers are those in which the groups on the phenyl ring occupy positions that are not contiguous. In other embodiments, the compounds are those having the structural orientations represented by the formulae:
Figure imgf000014_0001
(Ii) (Ij)
Still further preferred are those compounds having the structural orientation represented by formula la or lb. Still other preferred compounds, are those of formula la or lb in which the positions of R1 and R3 are switched (or reversed).
Yet other preferred compounds are those in which Ar'-X- and -Y-R2 occupy positions ortho to one another (exemplified by Ij).
Figure imgf000014_0002
(Ij) Still another group of preferred compounds are represented by the formula:
Figure imgf000014_0003
Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl
In one group of particularly preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij . Still further preferred are those embodiments in which X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (d-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (d-C8)alkoxy, - C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, - C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
Other particularly preferred embodiments wherein Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, are those that are represented by either of formulae Ii or Ij. In this group of embodiments, X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R] ')- and -S-, wherein R11 is a member selected from hydrogen and (Ci -
C8)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (Cι-C8)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C,-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)-C(O)-R17 , wherein R14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from hydrogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring; R17 is a member selected from hydrogen, (d- C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; the subscript q is 2; R is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R is a halogen or (Cι-C8)alkoxy. In further preferred embodiments, X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (d- C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι- C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3) (d-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
In still further preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (Cι-Cg)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is a member selected from halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and (Cι-C8)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(C C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C,-C8)alkyl and - NH2, more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3 and -CF3; and R is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy. Yet further preferred embodiments are those in which R1 and R3 are each independently a halogen, and R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3. Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl
In one group of particularly preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij. Still further preferred are those embodiments in which X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-Cg)alkoxy, - C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-Cg)alkyl, - C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
Other particularly preferred embodiments wherein Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, are those that are represented by either of formulae Ii or Ij. In this group of embodiments, X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R' ')- and -S-, wherein RH is a member selected from hydrogen and (Ci- C8)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (C]-C8)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C,-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)-C(O)-R17 , wherein R14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C -Cg)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(C|-C4)alkyl; R15 and R1 are members independently selected from hydrogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl and (C2-Cg)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring; R17 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; the subscript T q is 2; R is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R is a halogen or (Cι-Cg)alkoxy. In further preferred embodiments, X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NΗ-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (d-Cg)alkyl, (C2-Cg)heteroalkyl, (Ci- C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι- C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (d-Cg)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
In still further preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a pyridyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (C C8)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is a member selected from halogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2-
Cg)heteroalkyl and (Cι-Cg)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (Ci- Cg)alkyl and -NH2, more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3 and -CF ; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy. Yet further preferred embodiments are those in which R1 and R3 are each independently a halogen, and R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3. Most preferably, Ar1 is a 3-pyridyl group having preferred substituents as indicated above.
In still other particularly preferred embodiments, the compounds are represented by formula I, in which Ar1 is a pyridyl ring having a single substituent selected from halogen, -OCF3 and -CF3; X is a divalent linkage selected from the group of -O-, -C(O)-, -CH2- and combinations thereof; Y is a divalent linkage selected from the group of -NH-S(O)2- and -NH-C(O)-; R1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, (Ci- Cg)alkyl, (Cι-Cg)alkoxy and -C(O)NR15R16 in which R15 and are selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C4)alkyl; R is a phenyl or pyridyl ring, optionally substituted by 0-3 groups selected from halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, -O-(Cι-C8)alkyl and -CN; and R3 is halogen, cyano or (d-C )alkoxy.
Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl
In one group of particularly preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij. Still further preferred are those embodiments in which X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-Cg)alkoxy, - C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, - C(O)-(CrC8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
Other particularly preferred embodiments wherein Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl, are those that are represented by either of formulae Ii or Ij. In this group of embodiments, X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N RU)- and -S-, wherein R11 is a member selected from hydrogen and (Ci- Cg)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (Cι-Cg)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (d-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (CrCg)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)-C(O)-R17 , wherein R14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2-Cg)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(d-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from hydrogen, (d-C8)alkyl and (C2-Cg)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring; R17 is a member selected from hydrogen, (d- Cg)alkyl and (C2-Cg)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; the subscript q is 2; R is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R is a halogen or (Cι-Cg)alkoxy. In further preferred embodiments, X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO -; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-Cg)heteroalkyl, (Ci- C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d- C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(C,-Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
In still further preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a naphthyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (d- C8)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is a member selected from halogen, (C1-Cg)alkyl, (C2- C8)heteroalkyl and (Cι-C8)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C,- Cg)alkyl and -NH2, more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3 and -CF3; and R is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy. Yet further preferred embodiments are those in which Rl and R3 are each independently a halogen, and R is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF , and -CF3.
Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzothiazolyl In another group of particularly preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted benzothiazolyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij. Still further preferred are those embodiments in which X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2- C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-Cg)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14, -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3> (d-C8)alkyl and - NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy. Other particularly preferred embodiments wherein Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzothiazolyl, are those that are represented by either of formulae Ii or Ij. In this group of embodiments, X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(RU)- and -S-, wherein R11 is a member selected from hydrogen and (d- Cg)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (Cι-Cg)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C,-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (C C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)-C(O)-R17 , wherein R14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from hydrogen, (d-C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring; R17 is a member selected from hydrogen, (d- C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; the subscript q is 2; R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R3 is a halogen or (Cι-C8)alkoxy. In further preferred embodiments, X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2-Cg)heteroalkyl, (Ci- Cg)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14, -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d- Cg)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (d-Cg)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy. In still further preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a benzothiazolyl group having from 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is selected from halogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and (C1-Cg)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d-Cg)alkyl, -C(O)-(C C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (d-C8)alkyl and - NH2, more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3 and -CF ; and R is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoiOmethoxy. Yet further preferred embodiments are those in which R1 and R3 are each independently a halogen, and R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3) and -CF3. In particularly preferred embodiments, the benzothiazolyl group is a 2-benzothiazolyl group. Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzoxazolyl In another group of particularly preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted benzoxazolyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij. Still further preferred are those embodiments in which X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NΗ-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2- Cg)heteroalkyl, (d-Cg)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(C,-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C,-C8)alkyl and - NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
Other particularly preferred embodiments wherein Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzoxazolyl, are those that are represented by either of formulae Ii or Ij. In this group of embodiments, X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(Rπ)- and -S-, wherein Ru is a member selected from hydrogen and (Ci- C8)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (C1-C8)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (C1-C8)alkyl> (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (C C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)-C(O)-R17 , wherein R14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-Cg)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(d-C )alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring; R17 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Ci- Cg)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; the subscript q is 2; R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R3 is a halogen or (Cι-Cg)alkoxy. In further preferred embodiments, X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-;
R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (d- C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3) -OH, -O(d- C8)alkyl, -C(O)- (d-Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C,-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
In still further preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a benzoxazolyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (C Cg)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is selected from halogen, (d-Cg)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and (d- C8)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group haying from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, - OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3> (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2, more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3 and -CF3; and R is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy. Yet further preferred embodiments are those in which R1 and R3 are each independently a halogen, and R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3. In particularly preferred embodiments, the benzoxazolyl group is a 2-benzoxazolyl group. Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzimidazolyl In another group of particularly preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted benzimidazolyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij. Still further preferred are those embodiments in which X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2- C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3) -OH, -O(d-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (Cι-Cg)alkyl and - . NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
Other particularly preferred embodiments wherein Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzimidazolyl, are those that are represented by either of formulae Ii or Ij. In this group of embodiments, X is a divalent linkage selected from -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(Rn)- and -S-, wherein Ru is a member selected from hydrogen and (Cι- Cg)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from hydrogen and (Cι-C8)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (C C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)-C(O)-R17 , wherein R14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyh aryl and aryl(C]-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring; R is a member selected from hydrogen, (Ci- Cg)alkyl and (C2-Cg)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; the subscript q is 2; R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R3 is a halogen or (d-Cg)alkoxy. In further preferred embodiments, X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2-Cg)heteroalkyl, (Ci- C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR,5R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι- Cg)alkyl, -C(O)- (Cι-Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (d-Cg)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
In still further preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a benzimidazolyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is selected from halogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and (Ci- C8)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and - NH2, more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3 and -CF3; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy. Yet further preferred embodiments are those in which R1 and R3 are each independently a halogen, and R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3. In particularly preferred embodiments, the benzimidazolyl group is a 2-benzimidazolyl group.
Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl In another group of particularly preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group. Further preferred are those embodiments in which the compound is represented by any of formulae la through Ij. Still further preferred are those embodiments in which X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl, (C2- C8)heteroalkyl, (d-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(C,-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (d-Cg)alkyl and - NH2; and R is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
Other particularly preferred embodiments wherein Ar1 is substituted or unsubstituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl, are those that are represented by either of formulae Ii or Ij. In this group of embodiments, X is a divalent linkage selected from - CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R' ')- and -S-, wherein R1 ' is a member selected from hydrogen and (Cι-Cg)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R is a member selected from hydrogen and (Cι-Cg)alkyl; R is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, - C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NRl5R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and - N(R14)-C(O)-R17 , wherein R14 is a member selected from hydrogen, (C C8)alkyl, (C2- C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(d-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from hydrogen, (Cι-Cg)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the 17 nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring; R is a member selected from hydrogen, (C C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; the subscript q is 2; R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R3 is a halogen or (Cι-Cg)alkoxy. In further preferred embodiments, X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-;
R1 is a member selected from hydrogen, halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Ci- Cg)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR,5R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d- C8)alkyl, -C(O)- (d-Cg)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
In still further preferred embodiments, Ar1 is a quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cj- C6)alkyl, -CF3, (C,-C8)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is selected from halogen, (d-Cg)alkyl, (C2- Cg)heteroalkyl and (Ci- Cg)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(C,-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C C8)alkyl and -NH2, more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen, -OCF3 and -CF ; and R3 is selected from halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy. Yet further preferred embodiments are those in which R1 and R3 are each independently a halogen, and R is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from halogen, -OCF , and -CF3. In particularly preferred embodiments, the quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group is selected from 2-quinolinyl, 3-quinolinyl, 4-quinolinyl, 3 -isoquinolinyl and 4- isoquinolinyl groups.
In another aspect, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one of the above compounds in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
In yet another aspect, the present invention provides methods for modulating conditions mediated by PPARγ in a host. More particularly, the conditions are selected from non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, obesity, conditions associated with abnormal plasma levels of hpoproteins or triglycerides, and inflammatory conditions such as, for example, rheumatoid arthritis and atherosclerosis.
Preparation of the Compounds
The compounds of the present invention can be prepared using standard synthetic methods. For exemplary purposes, Scheme 1 illustrates methods for the preparation of compounds of structural formula (la). One of skill in the art will understand that similar methods can be used for the synthesis of compounds in the other structural classes.
As shown in Scheme 1, compounds of the present invention can be prepared beginning with commercially available 2-chloro-5-nitrobenzonitrile (i).
Treatment of J with a phenol, thiophenol, or optionally protected aniline in the presence of base and heat provides the adduct (ii). Reduction of the nitro group in ii with, for example, H2 in the presence of Raney nickel catalyst provides an aniline derivative (iii). Sulfonylation of iii with an appropriate arylsulfonyl halide (Ar1 502Cι) in the presence'of base (typically a tertiary amine) provides a target compound (iv). Compound iii can also be converted to a related compound of formula (vi) in which the orientation of the sulfonamide linkage is reversed. Thus, conversion of the aniline iii to the benzenesulfonyl chloride v can be accomplished using methods described in Hoffman, Organic Syntheses Collective Volume VII, p. 508-511. Subsequent treatment of v with an appropriate aniline provides the target compound vi.
Scheme 1
i
Figure imgf000025_0001
vi
Other compounds of the present invention can be prepared beginning with, for example, 3 ,4-difluoronitrobenzene, 3-chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene, 2-chloro-5- nitroanisole, 3-bromo-4-fluoronitrobenzene and the like.
Analysis of the Compounds
The compounds of the present invention can be evaluated for modulation of the PPARγ receptor using assays such as those described in Jiang, et al, Nature 391:82-86 (1998), Ricote, et al. Nature 391:79-82 (1998) and Lehmann, et al, J. Biol Chem. 270(12): 12953-12956 (1995). Alternatively, the compounds can be evaluated for their ability to displace radiolabeled BRL 49653 from a PPARγ-GST fusion protein as follows: Materials:
PPARγ-GST fusion protein (prepared according to standard procedures), [3H]-BRL 49653 having 50 Ci/mmol specific activity, Polyfiltronics Unifilter 350 filtration plate and glutathione-Sepharose® beads (from Pharmacia: washed twice with lOx binding buffer in which BSA and DTI can be left out).
Method:
Binding buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 8.0, 50 mM KCI, 10 mM DTT, 0.02% BSA and 0.0 1% NP-40) is added in 80 microliter amounts to the wells of the filtration plate. The test compound is then added in 10 microliters of DMSO. The PPARγ-GST fusion protein and radiolabeled BRL compound are premixed in binding buffer containing 10 mM DTT and added in 10 microliter amounts to the wells of the plate to provide final concentrations of 1 μg/well of PPARγ-GST fusion protein and 10 nM [3H]-BRL 49653 compound. The plate is incubated for 15 minutes. Glutathione- agarose bead is added in 50 μL of binding buffer, and the plate is vigorously shaken for one hour. The plate is washed four times with 200 μL/well of binding buffer (without BSA and DTT). The bottom of the plate is sealed and 200 μL/well of scintillation cocktail is added. The top of the plate is then sealed and the radioactivity is determined.
Formulation and Administration of the Compounds (Compositions) The compounds of the present invention can be prepared and administered in a wide variety of oral and parenteral dosage forms. Thus, the compounds of the present invention can be administered by injection, that is, intravenously, intramuscularly, intracutaneously, subcutaneously, intraduodenally, or intraperitoneally. Also, the compounds described herein can be administered by inhalation, for example, intranasally. Additionally, the compounds of the present invention can be administered transdertnally. Accordingly, the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and either a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of formula (I).
For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds of the present invention, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules. A solid carrier can be one or more substances which may also act as diluents, flavoring agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.
In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid which is in a mixture with the finely divided active component. In tablets, the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.
The powders and tablets preferably contain from 5% or 10% to 70% of the active compound. Suitable carriers are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like. The term "preparation" is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as a carrier providing a capsule in which the active component with or without other carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it. Similarly, cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration. For preparing suppositories, a low melting wax, such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter, is first melted and the active component is dispersed homogeneously therein, as by stirring. The molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and thereby to solidify. Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, for example, water or water/propylene glycol solutions. For parenteral injection, liquid preparations can be formulated in solution in aqueous polyethylene glycol solution.
Aqueous solutions suitable for oral use can be prepared by dissolving the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavors, stabilizers, and thickening agents as desired. Aqueous suspensions suitable for oral use can be made by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well-known suspending agents.
Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. These preparations may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like. The pharmaceutical preparation is preferably in unit dosage form. In such form the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component. The unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
The quantity of active component in a unit dose preparation may be varied or adjusted from 0.1 mg to 1000 mg, preferably 1.0 mg to 100 mg according to the particular application and the potency of the active component. The composition can, if desired, also contain other compatible therapeutic agents.
In therapeutic use for the treatment of obesity, NIDDM, or inflammatory conditions, the compounds utilized in the pharmaceutical method of the invention are administered at the initial dosage of about 0.001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg daily. A daily dose range of about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg is preferred. The dosages, however, may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient, the severity of the condition being treated, and the compound being employed. Determination of the proper dosage for a particular situation is within the skill of the practitioner. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under circumstances is reached. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day, if desired.
The following examples are offered by way of illustration and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.
EXAMPLES
Reagents and solvents used below can be obtained from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA). 1H-NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian Gemini 400 MHz NMR spectrometer. Significant peaks are tabulated in the order: number of protons, multiplicity (s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; br s, broad singlet) and coupling constant(s) in Hertz. Electron Ionization (El) mass spectra were recorded on a Hewlett Packard 5989A mass spectrometer.' Mass spectrometry results are reported as the ratio of mass over charge, followed by the relative abundance of each ion (in parentheses). In tables, a single m/e value is reported for the M+H (or as noted M-H) ion containing the most common atomic isotopes. Isotope patterns coπespond to the expected formula in all cases. Electrospray ionization (ESI) mass spectrometry analysis was conducted on a Hewlett-Packard 1100 MSD electrospray mass spectrometer using the HP1 100 HPLC for sample delivery. Normally the analyte was dissolved in methanol at O.lmg/mL and 1 microliter was infused with the delivery solvent into the mass spectrometer which scanned from 100 to 1500 daltons. All compounds could be analyzed in the positive ESI mode, using 1 : 1 acetonitrile/water with 1% acetic acid as the delivery solvent. The compounds provided below could also be analyzed in the negative ESI mode, using 2mM NH4OAc in acetonitrile/water as delivery solvent. Abbreviations: N-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT), 2-( lH-benzotriazole-1- yl)- 1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), N-methylmorpholine (NMM),:l-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAT), O-(7-azabenzotriazole-l-yl)-N,N,N' ,N'--tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), l-(3 -dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI).
EXAMPLE 1
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-nitro-2-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)benzonitrile (1.1).
Figure imgf000029_0001
1.1 To a solution of 2-chloro-5-nitrobenzonitrile (18.3 g, 100 mmol) and 5- chloro 3-pyridinol (13 g, 100 mmol) in DMIF (100 mL) was added powdered K2C03 (13.9 g, 100 mmol). After heating at 60°C for 12 hours, the suspension was poured into water (1 L). The resulting solid was collected by filtration, rinsed with water and dried under vacuum to afford 27.6 g (100%) of the title compound, mp 104-107 °C. 1HNMR (400 MHz) (DMSO-tfό) δ 8.755 (d, J=2.8 Hz, IH); 8.734 (br s,
IH); 8.576 (br s, IH); 8.542 (dd, 7=9.2, 2.7 Hz, IH); 7.689 (t,J=2.2 Hz, IH); 7.122 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, IH). EXAMPLE 2
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-amino-2-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)benzonitrile (2.1).
Figure imgf000030_0001
2.1
To a vigorously stirred solution of the intermediate from Example 1 (6.23 g) in ethanol and THF was added a slurry of Raney Nickel (-300 mg, Aldrich). The flask was filled with H2 at atmospheric pressure and the reduction was monitored by TLC. Starting material disappeared rapidly, to form a nitroso intermediate which gradually was converted to the desired aniline over about 5 hours. Stirring was stopped and Raney Nickel was attracted to the magnetic stirbar. The remaimng solution was filtered through Celite® which was then rinsed with ethanol and methylene chloride. The combined organic portions were concentrated to provide 5.75 g of the product aniline as an oil which was used without further purification.
1HNMR (400 MHz) (CDC13) δ 8.456 (d, J=1.9 Hz, IH); 8.3 89 (d, J=2.6 Hz, IH); 7.38 (m, IH); 7.03 (m, 3H); 4.06 (m 2H).
EXAMPLE 3
This example illustrates the synthesis of 3.1.
Figure imgf000030_0002
To a mixture of 5-amino-2-(3-chloro-5-pyridyloxy)benzonitrile from
Example 2 (0.457 g) in methylene chloride was added 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (0.456 g, from Maybridge), followed by pyridine (150 μL). The reaction progress was monitored by TLC, and upon completion the solvent was removed under vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between methylene chloride and water. The organic layer was drawn off and concentrated. The residue was triturated with ether to provide 0.447 g of the title compound as a white solid, mp 154-156 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz) (CDC13) δ 8.59 (s, IH); 8.42 (s, IH) 8.08 (d, J=8.5 Hz, IH); 7.72(t, 7=1.8, IH); 7.605 (d, J=2.7 Hz, IH) 7.53 (dd, 7=8.5, 2 Hz, IH); 7.48 (dd, 7=9.4 Hz, IH); 7.22 (s, IH); 7.0 (d, 7=9.0 Hz, IH). m/e (M-H) 456.
The title compound was oxidized to the corresponding pyridine N-oxide using 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid in methylene chloride to provide 3.2 as a white solid, m/e 470 (M+H).
Figure imgf000031_0001
3.2
EXAMPLE 4
This example illustrates the synthesis of 4.1.
Figure imgf000031_0002
The title compound was prepared in a manner similar to Example 3, beginning with 1.6 g of the aniline of Example 2 and 1.6 g of 4- (trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride (from Maybridge). The crude product remaining after workup was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with 10% ethyl acetate / dichloromethane and then triturated in diethyl ether and collected as a white powder (1.04 g, 35% yield), mp 143-144 °C.
EXAMPLE 5
This example illustrates the synthesis of 5.1.
Figure imgf000031_0003
2.1 5.1 The title compound was prepared in a manner similar to Example 3, beginning with 397 mg of the aniline prepared as described in Example 2 and 345 mg of
2-chloropyridyl-5-sulfonyl chloride (prepared according to Hoffman, R.V., Org. Syn.
Coll. Vol. VII. p. 508-511). The crude product remaining after workup was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with 15% ethyl acetate / dichloromethane. The resulting solid was recrystalized from dichloromethane to provide the title compound
(270 mg, 40%) as a white solid, m/e 419 (M-H).
EXAMPLE 6 This example illustrates the synthesis of 6.1.
Figure imgf000032_0001
The title compound was prepared in a manner similar to Example 3, beginning with 400 mg of the aniline prepared as described in Example 2 and 349 mg of 3-pyridylsulfonyl chloride (prepared using methods similar to those described in 7 Med. Chem. 40:1149 (1997)). The crude product remaining after workup was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with 1% ethanol / dichloromethane. The resulting solid was recrystalized from dichloromethane / diethyl ether and collected as a white solid (121 mg, 19%), mp 161-2 °C.
In a similar manner, 6.2 was prepared from aniline 2.1 and 5- trifluoromethyl-2-pyridinesulfonyl chloride, mp 174-176 °C.
Figure imgf000032_0002
6.2 EXAMPLE 7
This example illustrates the preparation of 7.1.
Figure imgf000033_0001
2.1 7.1
A round-bottomed flask was charged with the aniline prepared according to Example 2 (229 mg, 0.94 minol), 4-acetylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (205 mg, 0.94 mmol, prepared according to Hoffman, R.V., Org. Syn. Coll. Vol. VII, p. 508-511), pyridine (75 mg, 0.94 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.), and a catalytic amount of DMAP (Aldrich Chemical Co.). Five mL of dichloromethane were added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for eight hours. The reaction was then diluted with 25 mL of dichloromethane and washed successively with 10 mL of IN HCl and brine. The organic portion was dried over MgSO and passed through a plug of silica gel to remove baseline impurities. The resulting solid was triturated in hexanes to provide 362 mg (90%) of the title compound as a white solid.
1H NMR (400MHz) (76-DMSO) δ 10.81 (IH, s); 8.52 (IH, d, 7=1.8 Hz); 8.43 (IH, d, 7=2.3 Hz); 8.11 (2H, dd, 7=6.8 Hz, 2.0 Hz); 7.90 (2H, dd, 7=6.8 Hz, 2.0 Hz); 7.85 (IH, dd, 7=4 .4 Hz, 2.2 Hz); 7.53 (IH, d, 7=2.7 Hz); 7.35 (IH, dd, 7=9.1 Hz, 2.8 Hz); 7.35 (IH, d, 7=9.1 Hz); 2.61 (3H, s). MS ESI m/e: 425.8 (M - H).
The compounds provided in Table 1 were prepared using the methods described in Examples 1-7.
Table 1
Figure imgf000033_0002
Ra Rb Re Rd mp (°C)
7.2 Cl H Cl CH3 181-182 7.3 H H OCF3 H 118-120
7.4 H H CN H 160-163
7.5 H H SO2CH3 H 174-175
EXAMPLE 8
This example illustrates the preparation of 3-fluoro-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)nitrobenzene (8.1).
Figure imgf000034_0001
3,4-Difluoronitrobenzene (5.0 g, 32 mmol) and 5-chloro-3-pyridinol were combined using the procedure described in Example 1, to produce 8.2 g of the title compound.
'HNMR (400 MHz) (DMSO-cfc) δ 8.562 (d, 7=1.9 Hz, IH); 8.537 (d, 7=2.5 Hz, IH); 8.384 (dd, 7=10.8, 2.8 Hz, IH); 8.117 (ddd, 7=9.1, 2.7, 1.5 Hz, IH); 7.967 (t, 7=2.2 Hz, IH); 7.418 (dd, 7= 9.2, 8.4 Hz, IH).
EXAMPLE 9
This example illustrates the preparation of 3-fluoro-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)aniline (9.1).
Figure imgf000034_0002
Using the method of Example 2, 3-fluoro-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)nitrobenzene (8.1, 8.0 g) was converted to the title compound which was used directly in subsequent reactions. MS (M + H) 239.1.
1HNMR (400 MHz) (CDC13) δ 8.242 (br s, 2H); 7.142 (d, 7=2.2 Hz, IH); 6.937 (t, 7=8.7 Hz, IH); 6.5 12 (dd, 7=12, 2.6 Hz, IH); 6.444 (ddd, 7=8.4, 2.7, 1.4 Hz, lH); 3.62 (br s, 2H). EXAMPLE 10
This example illustrates the preparation of 10.1.
Figure imgf000035_0001
3-Fluoro-4-(3-chloro-5-pyridyloxy)aniline (239 mg, see Example 9) and 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (416 mg, Maybridge), were combined in a similar manner to that described in Example 3. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica, eluting with 5% ethyl acetate / dichloromethane. The product fractions were concentrated and the solid was recrystallized from diethyl ether / hexanes to provide the title compound as a white solid (350 mg, 45%), mp 149-151 °C.
EXAMPLE 11
This example illustrates the preparation of 11.1.
Figure imgf000035_0002
9.1 11.1
3-Fluoro-4-(3-chloro-5-pyridyloxy)aniline (310 mg, see Example 9) and 4- methylthiobenzenesulfonyl chloride (298 mg, prepared as described in Burton, et al, 7 Chem. Soc, 604-5 (1948)), were combined in a manner similar to that described in Example 3. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica, eluting with ethyl acetate / hexanes / dichloromethane (1 :5:4). The product fractions were concentrated and the solid was recrystallized from hexanes / diethyl ether to provide the title compound as a white solid (315 mg, 57%), mp 130-131 °C.
The title compound was oxidized with mCPBA to the corresponding sulfoxide (11.2, mp 140-144 °C). The coπesponding sulfone (11.3) was prepared using 4-(methylsulfonyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride (mp 165-168 °C).
EXAMPLE 12 This example illustrates the preparation of 12.1.
Figure imgf000036_0001
9.1 12.1
The title compound was prepared in a manner similar to Example 3, beginning with 3-pyridylsulfonyl chloride (335 mg, see Example 6) and 3-fluoro-4-(3- chloro-5-pyridyloxy)aniline (310 mg, see Example 9) with the addition of a catalytic amount of 4-dimethylaminopyridine. When reaction was complete by TLC, the mixture was filtered to remove amine salts. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica, eluting with 5% methanol / dichloromethane. The product fractions were combined, concentrated, and the residue was triturated with diethyl ether to provide the title compound as a white solid (221 mg, 32%), mp 129 °C.
EXAMPLE 13
This illustrates the synthesis of 5-(4-acetylbenzenesulfonamido-2- fluorophenoxy)-3 -chloropyridine (13.1).
Figure imgf000036_0002
9.1 13.1 This was prepared using methods outlined in Examples 10-12, starting with 238 mg (1.0 mmol) of aniline 9.1, 218 mg (1.0 mmol) of 4-acetylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, 79 mg (1.0 mmol) of pyridine, catalytic DMAP, and S mL of methylene chloride. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (269 mg, 64%).
1HNMR (400MHz) (7ή-DMSO) δ 10.75 (IH, d, 7=4.7 Hz); 8.38 (IH, dd, 7,=4.8 Hz 72=2.1 Hz); 8.26 (IH, dd, 7,=5.0 Hz 72=2.4 Hz) 8.09 (2H, m); 7.91 (2H, m); 7.52 (IH, dd, 7, =4.7 Hz 72=2.6 Hz); 7.21 (IH, dt, 7, =5 Hz 72=1.0 Hz); 7.12 (IH, dd, 7=12.2 Hz 72=1 .0 Hz); 6.92 (IH, d, 7=8.8 Hz); 2.59 (3H, t, 7=2.1 Hz). MS ESI m/e: 418.7 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 14 This example illustrates the synthesis of 3-chloro-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)nitrobenzene (14.1).
Figure imgf000037_0001
14.1
3-Chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene (5.0 g, 28 mmol) and 5-chloro-3-pyridinol were combined using the procedure described in Example 1, to produce 7.9 g of the title compound. lHNMR (400 MHz) (OMSO-d6) δ 8.571 (d, 7=2.0 Hz, IH); 8.509 (d, 7=2.4 Hz, IH); 8.499 (d, 7=2.7 Hz, IH); 8.208 (dd, 7=9.0, 2.7 Hz, IH); 7.949 (t, 7=2.3 Hz, IH); 7.335 (d, 7= 9.1 Hz, IH).
EXAMPLE 15
This example illustrates the preparation of 3-chloro-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)aniline (15.1).
Figure imgf000037_0002
15.1
Using the method of Example 2, 3-chloro-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)nitrobenzene (7.6 g) was converted to the title compound (7.2 g) and which was used directly in subsequent reactions.
1HNMR (400 MHz) (CDC13) δ 8.244 (br s, IH); 8.211 (br s, IH); 7.096
(br 5, IH); 6.929 (d, 7=8.6 Hz, IH); 6.785 (d, 7=2.6 Hz, IH); 6.592 (dd, 7=8.6, 2.6 Hz,
IH); 3.577 (br s, 2H). MS (M + H) 255.1. EXAMPLE 16
This example illustrates the preparation of 16.1.
Figure imgf000038_0001
9.1 16.1
3-Chloro-4-(3-chloro-5-pyridyloxy)aniline (410 mg, 15.1) and 2,4- dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (390 mg, Maybridge), were combined in a similar manner to that described in Example 3. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica, eluting with 5% ethyl acetate / dichloromethane. The product fractions were concentrated and the residue was triturated in hexanes to provide the title compound as a white solid (538 mg, 73%), mp 128-130 °C. 1HNMR (400 MHz) (DMSO) δ 8.40 (d, 7=1.8 Hz, IH); 8.24 (d, 7=2.4 Hz,
IH); 8.06 (d, 7=8.5 Hz, IH); 7.90 (d, 7=2.0 Hz, IH); 7.65 (dd, 7=2, 8.5 Hz, IH); 7.48 (t, 7=2.2, IH); 7.28 (d, 7=2.5 Hz, IH); 7.21 (d, 7=8.84 Hz, IH); 7.10 (dd, 7=2.5, 7.1, IH). MS m/e 465 (M+l).
Compound 16.1 was oxidized with 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid to produce the coπesponding pyridine N-oxide, 16.2, as a white solid after trituration in diethyl ether, mp 205-207 °C.
Figure imgf000038_0002
16.2
EXAMPLE 17
This example illustrates the preparation of 17.1.
Figure imgf000038_0003
15.1 17.1 3-Chloro-4-(3-chloro-5-pyridyloxy)aniline (309 mg, 15.1) and 4- methylthiobenzenesulfonyl chloride (223 mg, prepared as described in Burton, et al. .7 Chem. Soc, 604-5 (1948)), were combined in a manner similar to that described in Example 3. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica, eluting with ethyl acetate / hexanes / dichloromethane (1:5:4). The product fractions were concentrated and the residue obtained was triturated in hexanes to provide the title compound as a white solid (200 mg, 37%), mp 96-98 °C.
Oxidation of 17. \ to sulfoxide 17.2
Figure imgf000039_0001
17.2 Compound 17.1 was oxidized to the coπesponding sulfoxide using
Oxidation to sulfoxide potassium peroxymonosulfate in methanol and acetone. The reaction was monitored by TLC. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was washed with water, dried over MgSO , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 50% to 100% ethyl acetate / dichloromethane. Solvent was removed from the product fractions, and the residue was triturated in hexanes. The white solid product was collected by filtration to provide 121 mg of 17.2 (63%), mp 127-128 °C.
EXAMPLE 18 This example illustrates the preparation of 18.1.
Figure imgf000039_0002
The title compound was prepared in a manner similar to Example 3, beginning with 3-pyridylsulfonyl chloride (335 mg, see Example 6) and 3-chloro-4-(3- chloro-5-pyridyloxy)aniline (411 mg, 15.1) with the addition of a catalytic amount of 4- dimethylaminopyridine. When the reaction was completed by TLC, the mixture was filtered to remove amine salts. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica, eluting with 5% methanol / dichloromethane. The product fractions were combined, concentrated, and the residue was triturated dichloromethane to provide the title compound as a white solid (149 mg, 22%), mp 164- 165 °C.
In a similar manner, 18.2 (mp 174- 175 °C) was prepared from aniline 15.1 and 5-trifluoromethyl-2-pyridinesulfonyl chloride.
Figure imgf000040_0001
18.2
The compounds provided in Table 2 were prepared using commercially available intermediates and/or using the intermediates and methods described in the examples above.
Table 2
Figure imgf000040_0002
Ra Rb Re Rd mp (°C) or m/e
18.3 H H CF3 H 172-174°C
18.4 Cl H CF3 H 111-113°C
18.5 H H COCH3 H 434.7
18.6 H Cl Cl H 460.9 EXAMPLE 19
This example illustrates the preparation of 3-bromo-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)nitrobenzene (19.1).
Figure imgf000041_0001
19.1
3-Bromo-4-fluoronitrobenzene (available from Reidel) and 5-chloro-3- pyridinol were combined using the procedure described in Example 1 , to produce the title compound.
1HNMR (400MHZ, DMSO-76) δ 8.61 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.57 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 8.49 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.24 (dd, J = 9.3, 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.94 (dd, J = 2.4, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.3 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H). MS (El): m/z 333 (25, M+H), 332 (15, M+H), 331 (100, M+H), 330 (10, M+H), 329 (76, M+H).
EXAMPLE 20
This example illustrates the preparation of 3-bromo-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)aniline (20.1).
Figure imgf000041_0002
20.1
Using the method of Example 2, 3-bromo-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)nitrobenzene (19.1) was converted to the title compound which was used directly in subsequent reactions.
1HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-76) δ 8.32 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 8.19 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.28 (dd, J = 2.4, 2 Hz, IH), 7.2 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 6.9 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 6.62 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.6 Hz, IH). MS (El): m/e 304 (5, M+H), 303 (35, M+H), 302 (20, M+H), 301 (100, M+H), 300 (15, M+H), 299 (90, M+H). The compounds provided in Table 3 were prepared using 20.1 and commercially available intermediates and/or using the intermediates and methods described in the examples above.
Table 3
Figure imgf000042_0001
Similarly, 20.5 was prepared from aniline 20.1 and 5-trifluoromethyl-2- pyridinesulfonyl chloride, mp 202-204 °C.
Figure imgf000042_0002
20. 5
EXAMPLE 21
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(4-nitro-2-methoxyphenoxy)- 3-chloropyridine (21.1).
Figure imgf000043_0001
21.1
A round-bottomed flask was charged with 2-chloro-5-nitroanisole (1.03 g, 5.49 mmol, Avocado Chemical Co.), 5-chloro-3-pyridinol (750 mg, 5.76 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.), cesium carbonate (1.97 g, 6.04 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.), and anhydrous DMF (16 mL). The mixture was heated at 100 °C for 18 hours. The temperature was then increased to 130°C for an additional two hours, after which the reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into 800 mL of distilled water, and extracted three times with 300 mL ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were dried over MgSO4 and filtered. Solvent was removed from the filtrate under vacuum and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (5% hexanes in CH2CI2 as eluant) to provide the title compound (1.42 g, 93%) as a yellow solid. MS ESI m/e: 281.1 (M + H).
EXAMPLE 22
This example illustrates the synthesis of 5-(4-arnino-2-methoxyphenoxy)- 3-chloropyridine (22.1).
Figure imgf000043_0002
21.1 22.1
Using the method of Example 2, the nitro compound prepared in Example 21 (1.54 g, 6.56 mmol) was converted to 1.38 g (99%) of the title compound as an off- white solid. The product was used without further purification (upon standing several days in air the compound developed a very dark brown color). MS ESI m/e: 251.1 (M + H).
EXAMPLE 23
This example illustrates the synthesis of 5-(4-(2,4- dichlorobenzenesulfonamido)-2-methoxyphenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (23.1).
Figure imgf000044_0001
22.1 23.1
A round-bottomed flask was charged with aniline 22.1 (96 mg, 0.39 mmol), 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (104 mg, 0.42 mmol, Maybridge Chemical Co.), pyridine (28 mg, 0.39 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.), and a catalytic amount of DMAP (Aldrich Chemical Co.). Three mL of dichloromethane was added and the reaction mixture was stiπed at room temperature for eight hours. The resulting mixture was then diluted with 15 mL of dichloromethane and washed successively with 10 mL of IN HCl and brine. The combined organic portions were dried over MgSO4 then passed through a plug of silica gel to remove baseline impurities. Solvent was removed from the filtrate and the resulting solid was triturated in hexanes to provide the title compound (69 mg, 40%) as a white powder.
'HNMR (400MHZ) (7ή-DMSO) δ 10.81 (IH, s); 8.29 (IH, d, 7=2.1 Hz); 8.11 (IH, d, 7=2.4 Hz); 8.07 (IH, d, 7=8.5 Hz); 7.88 (IH, d, 7=2.0 Hz); 7.63 (IH, dd, 7=8.7 Hz, 2.1 Hz); 7.20 (IH, dd, 7=4 .4 Hz, 2.1 Hz); 7.07 (IH, d, 7=8.7 Hz); 6.91 (IH, d, 7= 2.4 Hz); 6.68 (IH, dd, 7=8.7 Hz, 2.5 Hz); 3.65 (3H, s). MS ESI m/e: 459.0 (M + H).
EXAMPLE 24
This example illustrates the synthesis of 5-(4- methylsulfonylbenzenesulfonamido-2-methoxyphenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (24.1).
Figure imgf000045_0001
22.1 24.1
The title compound was prepared using the general procedure described in Example 22, starting with 150 mg (0.61 mmol) of the aniline, 155 mg (0.61 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.) of 4-rnethylsulfonebenzenesulfonyl chloride, 48 mg (0.61 mmol) of pyridine, catalytic DMAP, and 5 mL of methylene chloride. Following workup, the title compound was obtained (67 mg, 24%) as a white solid.
1HNMR (400MHz) (d6-OMSO) δ 10.63 (IH, s); 8.30 (IH, d, 7=2.0 Hz); 8.14 (2H, m); 8.04 (IH, dd, 7=8.6 Hz, 1.9 Hz); 7.27 (IH, dd, 7=4.5 Hz, 2.2 Hz); 7.08 (IH, d, 7=8.6 Hz); 6.93 (IH, d, 7=2.4 Hz); 6.70 (IH, dd, 7=8.6 Hz, 2.4 Hz); 3.67 (3H s); 3.28 (3H, s). MS ESI m/e: 467.0 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 25
This example illustrates the synthesis of 5-(4-acetylbenzenesulfonamido-2- methoxyphenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (25.1).
Figure imgf000045_0002
22.1 25.1
The title compound was prepared using the procedure described in Example 7, starting with 82 mg (0.33 mmol) of aniline 22.1, 72 mg (0.33 mmol) of 4- acetylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, 26 mg (0.33 mmol) of pyridine, catalytic DMAP, and 2 mL of methylene chloride. The title compound was produced (92 mg, 65%) as a white solid.
1HNMR (400MHz) (7<5-DMSO) δ 10.52 (IH, s); 8.29 (IH, d, 7=1.9 Hz); 8.10 (3H, m); 7.92 (2H, dd, 7=8.0 Hz, 2.3 Hz); 7.23 (IH, dd, 7=4.5 Hz, 2.4 Hz); 7.06 (IH, d, 7=8.6 Hz); 6.93 (IH, dd, 7=8.6 Hz, 2.4 Hz); 6.70 (IH, dd, 7=8.6 Hz, 2.4 Hz); 3.65 (3H, s); 2.60 (3H, s). MS ESI m e: 431.1 (M - H).
In a similar manner, 25.2 and 25.3 were prepared from aniline 22.1 and the appropriate sulfonyl chloride.
Figure imgf000046_0001
25.2 Z = N
25.3 Z = CH
EXAMPLE 26
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-nitro-2-(3,5- difluorophenoxy)-benzonitrile (26.1).
Figure imgf000046_0002
26.1
2-Chloro-5-nitrobenzonitrile (4.6 g, 25 mmol) and 3,5-difluorophenol were combined using the procedure described in Example 1, to produce 6.6 g of the title compound.
'HNMR (400 MHz) (CDC13) δ 8.598 (d, 7=2.8 Hz, IH); 8.396 (ddd, 7=9.3, 2.8, 1.2 Hz, IH); 7.259 (d, 7=0.8 Hz, IH); 7.044 (d, 7=9.6 Hz, IH); 6.821 (m, IH); 6.722 (m, 2H). In a similar manner, 4-chloro-3-nitrobenzonitrile (4.6 g, 25 mmol) and 3,5- difluorophenol were combined to produce 6.9 g of 3-nitro-4-(3,5-difluorophenoxy)- benzonitrile (26.2), mp 132-136 °C.
Figure imgf000047_0001
26.2
ΗNMR (400 MHz) (DMSO-76) δ 8.72 (d, 7=2.0 Hz, IH); 8.165 (dd, 7=8.8, 1.9 Hz, IH); 7.422 (d, 7=8.8 Hz, IH); 7.227 (m, IH); 7.103 (m, 2H).
EXAMPLE 27
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-amino-2-(3,5- difluorophenoxy)benzonitrile (27.1 ) .
Figure imgf000047_0002
27.1
Using the method of Example 2, 5-nitro-2-(3,5-difluorophenoxy)- benzonitrile (26.1, 6.6 g) was converted to the title compound (5.47 g, mp 80-84°C) which was used directly in subsequent reactions. lHNMR (400 MHz) (TFA DMSO-7«$) δ 11.2 (br s, 2H); 7.083 (d, 7=9.2 Hz, IH); 7.077 (d, 7=2.8 Hz, IH); 7.033 (dd, 7=9.2, 2.4 Hz, IH); 6.998 (tt, 7=9.2, 2.4 Hz, IH); 6.727 (dd, 7=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H).
Similarly, 3-amino-4-(3,5-difluorophenoxy)benzonitrile (27.2) was prepared from 26.2.
Figure imgf000048_0001
27.2
'HNMR (400 MHz) (DMSO- d) δ 7.14 (d, 7=2.0 Hz, IH); 7.03-6.96 (m, 3H); 6.70 (dd, 7=8.6, 2.3 Hz, 2H); 5.60 (s, 2H).
The compounds provided in Table 4 were prepared using 27.1 and commercially available substituted benzenesulfonyl chlorides and/or using the intermediates and methods described in the examples above.
Table 4
Figure imgf000048_0002
Ra Rb Re Rd mp(°C)or m e
27.3 Cl H Cl H 452.7
27.4 H H OCH3 H 414.8
27.5 H H I H 510.6
27.6 H H C(O)CH3 H 482.7
27.7 H H CF3 H 141-144 °C EXAMPLE 28
This example illustrates the preparation of 28.1.
Figure imgf000049_0001
28.1
3-Amino-4-(3,5-difluorophenoxy)benzonitrile (201 mg, 27.2) and 2,4- dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (302 mg, Maybridge), were combined in a similar manner to that described in Example 3, then heated to 40 °C. The crude product obtained after workup was purified by flash chromatography on silica, eluting with dichloromethane. The product fractions were concentrated and the residue was triturated with diethyl ether to provide the title compound as a white solid (150 mg, 37%), mp 197- 200 °C.
EXAMPLE 29
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-nitro-2-(3 ,5- dichlorophenoxy)-benzonitrile (29.1).
Figure imgf000049_0002
29.1
2-Chloro-5-nitrobenzonitrile (0.9 g, 5 mmol) and 3,5-dichlorophenol were combined using the procedure described in Example 1, to produce 1.5 g of the title compound, mp 188-190 °C.
'HNMR (400 MHz) (CDC13) δ 8.597 (d, 7=2.4 Hz, IH); 8.397 (ddd, 7=9.2, 2.8, 0.8 Hz, IH); 7.360 (dd, 7=3.2, 2.0 Hz, IH); 7.089 (dd, 7=1.6, 0.8 Hz, 2H) 7.008 (d, 7=9.6 Hz, IH). EXAMPLE 30
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-amino-2-(3,5- dichlorophenoxy)benzonitrile (30.1).
Figure imgf000050_0001
30.1
To a solution of 5-nitro-2-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)benzonitrile (29.1, 1.5 g) in ethyl acetate (45 mL) was added stannous chloride dihydrate (5.47 g). The mixture was heated to 85°C for 30 minutes during which time a thick white precipitate formed. The reaction vessel was cooled and the mixture was treated with 100 mL of 0.5 N NaOH. The resulting mixture was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under vacuum to afford the title compound which was used without further purification. MS m/e 279 (M+H).
The compounds provided in Table 5 were prepared using 30.1 and commercially available substituted benzenesulfonyl chlorides and/or using the intermediates and methods described in the examples above.
Table 5
.
Figure imgf000050_0002
Ra Rb Re Rd p (°C)
30.2 Cl H Cl H 143-144
30.3 H H CF3 H 148-149
EXAMPLE 31
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-nitro-2-(3,5- dimethoxyphenoxy)benzonitrile (31.1).
Figure imgf000051_0001
31.1
2-Chloro-5-nitrobenzonitrile (5.3 g) and 3,5-dimethoxyphenol (4.5 g, Aldrich) were combined using the procedure described in Example 1 , to produce the title compound as a brown solid.
'HNMR (400 MHz) (DMSO) δ 8.84 (d, 7=2.8, IH); 8.44 (dd, 7=9.3, 2.8 Hz, IH); 7.07 (d, 7=9.3 Hz, IH); 6.51 (s, 3H); 3.76 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 32
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-amino-2-(3,5- dimethoxyphenoxy)benzonitrile (32.1).
Figure imgf000051_0002
32.1
To a solution of 5-nitro-2-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)benzonitrile (31.1, 8.76 g) in ethyl acetate was added tin chloride (33 g). The mixture was heated to reflux for one hour. The resulting mixture was cooled and 0.5 N sodium hydroxide solution was added to induce the precipitation of tin salts which were removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to provide 7.5 g of the title compound as an orange solid which was used in subsequent reactions without purification.
'HNMR (400 MHz) DMSO-d6) δ 6.95-6.87 (m, 3H); 6.25 (t, 7=2.2 Hz,
IH); 6.04 (d, 7=2.2 Hz, 2H); 5.49 (s, 2H); 3.70 (s, 6H). The compounds provided in Table 6 were prepared using 32.1 and commercially available substituted benzenesulfonyl chlorides and/or using the intermediates and methods described in the examples above. Table 6
Figure imgf000052_0001
Ra Rb Re Rd mp (°C) or m e
32.2 Cl H Cl H 477
32.3 Cl H CF3 H 101-105°C
32.4 H H I H 439
32.5 H H OCH3 1 H 162-164°C
EXAMPLE 33
This example illustrates the preparation of 3-methoxy-4-(3,5- difluorophenoxy)-nitrobenzene (33.1).
Figure imgf000052_0002
33.1
4-Chloro-3-methoxynitrobenzene (2.64 g) and 3,5-difluorophenol (Aldrich) were combined using the procedure described in Example 1 and heated to 125°C, to produce the title compound as a thick brown oil which solidified on trituration with hexane/methanol to yield 1.33 g of 33.1 as a red solid.
'HNMR (400 MHz) (OMSO-d6) δ 7.963 (d, 7=2.6 Hz, IH); 7.903 (dd, 7=8.8, 2.7 Hz, IH); 7.3 16 (d, 7=8.8 Hz, IH); 7.035 (m, IH); 6.796 (m, 2H); 3.909 (s, 3H). In a similar manner, 3-methoxy-4-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)nitrobenzene
(33.2) and 3-methoxy-4-(3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy)nitrobenzene (33.3) were prepared beginning with 3,5-dichlorophenol and 3,5-dimethoxyphenol, respectively.
Figure imgf000053_0001
33.2 33.3
33.2 3-methoxy-4-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)nitrobenzene
'HNMR (400 MHz) (DMSO-7,*) δ 7.960 (d, 7=2.6 Hz, IH); 7.900 (dd, 7=8.9, 2.7 Hz, IH); 7.394 (t, 7=1.7 Hz, IH); 7.3 10 (d, 7=8.8 Hz, IH); 7.107 (t, 7=1.4 Hz, 2H); 3.907 (s, 3H).
33.3 3-methoxy-4-(3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy)nitrobenzene
Η NMR (400 MHz) (DMSO-7*) δ 7.910 (d, 7=2.6 Hz, IH); 7.862 (dd, 7=8.8, 2.6 Hz, IH); 7.064 (d, 7=8.8 Hz, IH); 6.353 (t, 7=2.2 Hz, IH); 6.207 (d, 7=2.2 Hz, 2H); 3.927(s, 3H); 3.716 (s, 6H).
Each of the nitrobenzene derivatives (33.1, 33.2 and 33.3) were reduced to the corresponding aniline derivative using the Raney nickel procedure of Example 2. The aniline derivatives were then converted to the compounds shown in Table 7 using commercially available substituted benzenesulfonyl chlorides and/or using the intermediates and methods described in the examples above.
Table 7
Figure imgf000053_0002
Ar Ra Rb Rc Rd mp(°C)
33.4 3 , 5 -dichloropheny Cl H Cl H 128-131
33.5 3 , 5 -difl uoropheny 1 H H CF3 H 141-143
33.6 3 , 5 -dichloropheny H H CF3 H 165-166
33.7 3,5-difluoropheny] Cl H Cl H 120-124
33.8 3 , 5 -difluoropheny] 1 i H OCF [3 H 129-133 Ar Ra Rb Re Rd mp(°C)
33.9 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl Cl H Cl H 100-103
33.10 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl Cl H CF3 H 72-79
33.11 3,5 -dimethoxypheny 1 H H OCH3 H 92-95
EXAMPLE 34
This example illustrates the synthesis of 5-(4-chlorosulfonyl-2- cyanophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (34.1).
Figure imgf000054_0001
2.1 34.1
Aniline 2.1 (3.11 g, 12.69 mmol) was converted to the corresponding sulfonyl chloride according to the procedure of R. V. Hoffman (Org. Syn. Coll. Vol., VII, 508-511), yielding 770 mg (18%) of 34.1 as a white solid. MS ESI m/e: 331.0 (M + H)
EXAMPLE 35
This example illustrates the synthesis of compound 35.1.
H
Figure imgf000054_0002
34.1 35.1
The title compound was prepared using the method described in Example 3, starting with 4-iodoaniline (136 mg, 0.6197 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.), 5-(4- chlorosulfonyl-2-cyanophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (136 mg, 0.4131 mmol, 34.1), pyridine (49 mg, 0.6 197 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and 3 mL of methylene chloride. The product was obtained as a white solid (187 mg, 89%). HNMR (400MHz) (76-DMSO) δ 10.57 (IH, s); 8.62 (IH, d, 7=1.8 Hz); 8.60 (IH, d, 7=2.2 Hz); 8.28 (IH, d, 7=2.4 Hz); 8.12 (IH, d, 7=2.2 Hz); 7.93 (IH, dd, 7=8.9 Hz 72=2.3 Hz); 7.61 (2H, dd, 7,=8 .8 Hz 72=2.0 Hz); 7.17 (IH, d, 7=9.0); 6.93 (2H, dd, 7/ = 8.8 Hz 72=2.0 Hz). VMS ESI m/e: 509.9 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 36
This example illustrates the synthesis of compound 36.1.
Figure imgf000055_0001
34.1 36.1
The title compound was prepared using the method described in Example 35, starting with 4-acetylaniline (100 mg, 0.31 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.), 5-(4- chlorosulfonyl-2-cyanophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (62 mg, 0.46 mmol), pyridine (36 mg, 0.46 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and 3 mL of methylene chloride. The title compound 36.1 was obtained as a white solid (120 mg, 92%).
Η NMR (400MHz) -DMSO) δ 10.53 (IH, s); 8.58 (IH, d, 7=1.9 Hz); 8.53 (IH, d, 7=2.4 Hz); 8.15 (IH, d, 7=2.5 Hz); 7.99 (IH, dd, 7=4.4 Hz 72=2.2 Hz); 7.86 (IH, dd, 7=8.8 Hz 72=2.5 Hz); 7.59 (2H, dd, 7,=8.8 Hz 7?=2.0 Hz); 7.13 (IH, d, 7=8.7 Hz); 6.93 (2H, dd, 7=8.8 Hz 72=2.0 Hz); 2.61 (IH, s). MS ESI m/e: 425.9 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 37 This example illustrates the synthesis of 5-(4-chlorosulfonyl-2- chlorophenoxy)-3 -chloropyridine (37.1 ) .
Figure imgf000056_0001
Aniline 15.1 (2.10 g, 8.24 mmol) was converted to the corresponding sulfonyl chloride 37.1, according to the procedure of R. V. Hoffman (Org. Syn. Coll. Vol., VII, 508-511). The title compound was obtained as a slightly yellow solid (1.65 £, 59%) MS ESI m/e: 338.0 (M + H).
EXAMPLE 38
This example illustrates the synthesis of compound 38.1.
Figure imgf000056_0002
37.1 38.1 The title compound was prepared using the method described in Example
35, starting with 4-iodoaniline (101 mg, 0.46 mmol), S-(4-chlorosulfonyl-2- chlorophenoxyy3 chloropyridine (104 mg, 0.31 mmol), pyridine (35 mg, 0.46 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and 3 mL of methylene chloride. Compound 38.1 was obtained as a white solid (150 mg, 94%). 'HNMR (400MHz) (rf6-DMSO) δ 10.50 (IH, s); 8.55 (IH, d, 7=2.1 Hz);
8.45 (IH, d, 7=2.5 Hz); 7.93 (IH, d, 7=2.2 Hz); 7.89(1H, dd, 7=4.4 Hz 72=2.2 Hz); 7.67 (IH, dd, 7,=8.7 Hz 7 =2.2 Hz); 7.61 (2H, dd, 7=8 .8 Hz 72=2.0 Hz); 7.22 (IH, d, 7=8.7 Hz); 6.94 (2H, dd, 7,=8.8 Hz 72=2.0 Hz). MS ESI m/e: 518.9 (M - H). EXAMPLE 39
This example illustrates the synthesis of compound 39.1.
Figure imgf000057_0001
The title compound was prepared using the method of Example 38, starting with 4-acetylaniline (55 mg, 0.41 mmol), 5-(4-chlorosulfonyl-2-chlorophenoxy)- 3-chloropyridine (92 mg, 0.27 mmol), pyridine (33 mg, 0.41 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and 3 mL of inethylene chloride. After workup, 39.1 was obtained as a white solid (130 mg, 93%).
'HNMR (400MHz) (7d-DMSO) δ 10.94 (IH, s); 8.54 (IH, d, 7=2.0 Hz); 8.44 (IH, d, 7=2.2 Hz); 8.01 (IH, d, 7=2.1 Hz); 7.90 (IH, dd, 7,=4.4 Hz 72=2.2 Hz); 7.86 (2H, dd, 7=8 .8 Hz 72=1.6 Hz); 7.75 (IH, dd, 7=8 .7 Hz 72=2.2 Hz); 7.23 (3H, m). MS ESI m/e: 435.0 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 40 This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(4-amino-2,5- dibromophenoxy)3-chloropyridine (40.1), 5-(4-amino-2,3 -dibromophenoxy)-3- chloropyridine (40.2), and 5-(4-amino-2,3 ,5-tribromophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (40.3).
Figure imgf000057_0002
To a 0.1 M solution of 3-bromo-4-(3-chloro-5-pyridyloxy)aniline (20.1) in acetic acid was added bromine (Aldrich). The resulting solution was stiπed for two days. Most of the acetic acid was removed azeotropically using hexanes and the residue was adjusted to pH 6 using 4 M aqueous NaGH. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic portions were washed with brine (2X), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The products were separated by chromatography to provide 5-(4-amino-2,5 -dibromophenoxy)-3- chloropyridine (40.1, 32%), 5-(4-amino-2,3-dibromophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (40.2, 15%)), and 5-(4-amino-2,3 ,5-tribromophenoxy)-3 -chloropyridine (40.3, 13%). 40.1: 1H NMR (400MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 8.35 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH), 8.22 (d, J
= 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.46 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.39 (dd, J = 2.8, 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.14 (s, IH), 5.6 (s, 2H). MS (El): m/z 383 (18, M+H), 382 (10, M+H), 381 (75, M+H), 380 (15, M+H), 379 (100, M+H), 378 (7, M+H), 377 (50, M+H).
40.2: Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-7d) δ 8.34 (d, J = 2 Hz, IH), 8.21 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.36 (dd, J = 2.4, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.32 (dd, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 6.49 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 5.7 (s, 2H). MS (El): m/z 383 (18, M+H), 382 (10, M+H), 381 (75, M+H), 380 (15, M+H), 379 (100, M+H), 378 (7, M+H), 377 (50, M+H).
40.3: Η NMR (400MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 8.36 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 8.26 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.63 (s, IH), 7.48 (dd, J = 2.4, 1.9 Hz, IH), 5.65 (s, 2H). MS (El): m/z 463 (10, M+H), 462 (5, M+H), 461 (50, M+H), 460 (12, M+H), 459 (100, M+H), 458 (12, M+H), 457 (85, M+H), 456 (5, M+H), 455 (25, M+H).
EXAMPLE 41
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(4-(2,4-dichlorobenzene- sulfonamido)-2,5-dibromophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (41.1).
Figure imgf000059_0001
41.1
5-(4-(2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamido)-2,5-dibrOinOphenOxy)-3- chloropyridine was prepared in 39%> yield from 40.1 and 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride using the method of Example 3.
'HNMR (400MHz,
Figure imgf000059_0002
δ 10.6 (s, IH), 8.47 (bs, IH), 8.33 (bs, IH), 7.9 (s, IH), 7.88 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.68 (bs, IH), 7.61 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.57 (s, IH 7.52 (s, IH). MS (El): m/z 593 (6, M+H), 592 (4, M+H), 591 (27, M+H), 490 (10, M+H) 589 (50, M+H), 588 (10, M+H), 587 (45, M+H), 586 (3, M+H), 585 (17, M+H).
EXAMPLE 42
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(4-amino-2-cyano-3- bromophenoxy))-3-chloropyridine (42.1).
Figure imgf000059_0003
42.1
3-Cyano-4-(3-chloro-5-pyridyloxy)aniline (see Example 2) was combined with bromine in acetic acid in a manner similar to that described in Example 40 to produce 5-(4-amino-2-cyano-3-bromophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (37%) after chromatography. 'HNMR (400MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 8.44 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 8.37 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.7 (dd, J = 2.2, 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.13 (l/2ABq, J = 9.1 Hz, IH), 7.11 (l/2ABq, J = 9.1 Hz, IH), 5.83 (s, 2H). MS (El): m/z 328 (30, M+H), 327 (13, M+H), 326 (100, M+H),325 (10, M+H), 324 (75, M+H).
EXAMPLE 43
This example illustrates the synthesis of 5-(4-(2,4-dichlorobenzene- sulfonamido)-2-cyano-3 -bromophenoxy)-3 -chloropyridine (43.1 ).
Figure imgf000060_0001
43.1 5-(4-(2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamido)-2-cyano-3-bromophenoxy)-3- chloropyridine was prepared in 28% yield from 42.1 and 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride using the method of Example 3.
'HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 10.7 (s, IH), 8.59 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, IH),
8.53 (d, J = 2 Hz, IH), 8.05 (bs, IH), 7.9 (s, IH), 7.84 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.6 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.41 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.01 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, IH). MS (El): m/z 537 (20, '
M+H), 535 (73, M+H), 533 (100, M+H), 53 1(52, M+H).
EXAMPLE 44
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(4-amino-5-bromo-2- methoxyphenoxy))-3 -chloropyridine (44.1).
Figure imgf000061_0001
44.1
To a 0.2M solution of 5-(4-amino-2-methoxyphenoxy)-3-chloropyrfdine (200 mg, 0.8 mmol, 22.1) in CH2C12 at 0 °C was added 2,4,4,6-tetrabromo-2,5- cyclohexadieneone (334 mg, 0.82 mmol, Lancaster). The resulting solution was stiπed for 21 hours at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2C12 (50 mL), washed twice with a 2M solution of aqueous sodium hydroxide (50 rhL), once with brine (50 mL), dried over Na2SO , and concentrated under vacuum. The crude solid was purified by column chromatography (0-2% MeOH in CH2C12) to furnish 133 mg (50%) of the title compound as a brown solid.
Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-7*) δ 8.27 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 8.17 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.26 (dd, J = 2.3, 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.24 (s, IH), 6.64 (s, IH), 5.38 (s, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H). MS (El): m/z 329 (80, M+H), 330 (12, M+H), 331 (100, M+H), 332 (16, M+H), 333 (28, M+H), 334 (4, M+H).
EXAMPLE 45
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(4-(2,4-dichlorobenzene- sulfonainido)-5-bromo-2-methoxyphenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (45.1).
Figure imgf000061_0002
45.1 5-(4-(2,4-dichlorobenzenessulfonamido)-5-bromo-2-methoxyphenoxy)-3- chloropyridine was prepared in 25% yield from 44.1 and 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride using the method of Example 3.
'HNMR (400MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 10.4 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 8.2 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.9 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.9-7.65 (m, IH), 7.68 (bs, IH), 7.59 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.45 (s, IH), 7.42 (dd, J = 2.4, 1.9 Hz, IH), 6.99 (s, IH), 3.65 (s, 3H). MS (El): m/z 537 (58, M+H), 538 (10, M+H), 539 (100, M+H), 540 (20, M+H), 541 (70, M+H), 542 (15, M+H), 543 (25, M+H).
EXAMPLE 46
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(4-amino-5-bromo-2- chlorophenoxy))-3 -chloropyridine (46.1).
Figure imgf000062_0001
46.1
5-(4-Amino-5-bromo-2-chlorophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine was synthesized (43%) in a similar manner as described by Example 44 using 3-chloro-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)aniline (15.1).
Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-7*) δ 8.35 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, IH), 8.23 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.48 (s, IH), 7.41 (dd, J = 2.4, 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.98 (s, IH), 5.62 (s, 2H). MS (El): m/z 333 (55, M+H), 334 (12, M+H), 335 (90, M+H), 336 (12, M+H), 337 (40, M+H), 338 (5, M+H).
Figure imgf000062_0002
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(4-(2,4-dichlorobenzene- sulfonamido)-5-bromo-2-chlorophenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (47.1).
Figure imgf000063_0001
47.1
5-(4-(2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamido)-5-bromo-2-chlorophenoxy)-3- chloropyridine was prepared in 17% yield from 46.1 and 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride using the method of Example 3.
Η NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-</tf) δ 10.6 (s, IH), 8.47 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 8.34 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.89 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.88 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.7 (dd, J = 2.3, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.6 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.55 (s, IH), 7.47 (s, IH). MS (El): m/z 539 (40, M-H), 540 (10, M-H), 541 (100, M-H), 542 (20, M-H), 543 (80, M-H), 544 (25, M-H), 545 (35, M-H), 546 (5, M-H).
EXAMPLE 48
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(3-chloro-4-amino-2-(N- ethylcarboxamidophenoxy))-3-chloropyridine (48.1) and 5-(5-chloro-4-amino-2-(N- ethylcarboxamidophenoxy))-3-chloropyridine (48.2).
Figure imgf000063_0002
48.1 48.2
To a 0.1M solution of 5-(4-amino-2-(N-ethylcarboxamidophenoxy))-3- chloropyridine, (1 g, 3.6 mmol, prepared as described in U.S.S. N. 09/234,327) in AcOH was added bromine (194 μL, 3.8 mmol) and the resulting solution was stiπed for 2 days. Most of the AcOH was azeotropically removed using hexanes and the resulting solution was adjusted to ph 6 using a 4M aqueous solution of NaOH. The aqueous layer was extracted three times with EtOAc (50 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed twice with an aqueous brine solution (100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude solid was purified by chromatography (50-100% EtOAc in hexanes) to separate the products 48.1 and 48.2 from the starting materials and dibrominated materials. The desired products were then rechroinatographed (1-3% MeOH in CH2C12) to furnish 478 mg (36%) of 48.1 and 198 mg (15%) of 48.2 as white solids.
48.1: Η NMR (400MHz, OM50-d6) δ 8.37 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, IH), 8.3 (bs, IH), 8.24 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.38 (m, IH), 6.94 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 6.84 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 3.1 (pentet, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 0.91 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (El): m/z 370 (80, M+H), 371 (15, M+H), 372 (100, M+H), 373 (18, M+H), 374 (25, M+H).
48.2: Η NMR (400MHz,
Figure imgf000064_0001
δ 8.3 (d, J = 1.75 Hz, IH), 8.23 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, IH), 8.2 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.34-7.28 (m, 2H), 6.99 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, IH), 3.08 (pentet, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 0.88 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). MS (El): m/z 370 (80, M+H), 371 (15, M+H), 372 (100, M+H), 373 (18, M+H), 374 (25, M+H).
EXAMPLE 49
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(5-bromo-4-(2,4-dichloro-5- methylbenzenesulfonamido)-2-(N-ethylcarboxamido)phenoxy)-3 -chloropyridine (49.1).
Figure imgf000064_0002
49.1
The title compound was prepared in 67% yield from 48.1 and 2,4- dichloro-5-inethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride using the method of Example 3.
Η NMR (400MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 10.41 (s, IH), 8.48 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 8.35 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, IH), 8.31 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.85 (bs, 2H), 7.6 (dd, J = 2.3, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.41 (s, IH), 7.39 (s, IH), 3.14 (pentet, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 0.94 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (El): m/z 597 (8, M-H), 596 (25, M-H), 595 (20, M-H), 594 (70, M-H), 593 (30, M-H), 592 (100, M-H), 591 (12, M-H), 590 (50, M-H).
EXAMPLE 50
This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(5-bromo-4-(2,4- dichlorobenzenesulfonamido)-2-(N-ethylcarboxamido)phenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (50.1).
Figure imgf000065_0001
50.1
The title compound was prepared in 28% yield from 48.1 and 2,4- dichloro-benzenesulfonyl chloride using the method of Example 3. 'HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-76) δ 10.5 (s, IH), 8.44 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH),
8.34 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, IH), 8.31 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.9 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.85 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.62 (dd, J = 2.4, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.59 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.41 (s, IH), 7.38 (s,lH), 3.14 (pentet, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 0.94 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H). MS (El): m/z 585 (8, M+H), 584 (25, M+H), 583 (18, M+H), 582 (70, M+H), 581 (25, M+H), 580 (100, M-H), 579 (12, M+H), 578 (50, M+H).
EXAMPLE 51 This example illustrates the preparation of 5-(3-bromo-4-(2,4-dichloro-5- methylbenzenesulfonamido)-2-(N-ethylcarboxamido)phenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (51.1).
Figure imgf000066_0001
51.1
The title compound was prepared in 37% yield from 48.2 and 2,4- dichloro-5-methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride using the method of Example 3.
'HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-7d) δ 10.39 (s, IH), 8.55 (t, IH), 8.42 (d, IH), 8.31 (d, IH), 7.89 (s, IH), 7.88 (s, IH), 7.6 (dd, IH), 7.12 (d, IH), 7.02 (d, IH), 3.14 (pentet, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 0.94 (t, 3H). MS (El): m/z 599 (8, M+H), 598 (25, M+H), 597 (18, M+H), 596 (70, M+H), 595 (25, M+H), 594 (100, M-H), 593 (12, M+H), 592 (50, M+H).
EXAMPLE 52 This example illustrates the synthesis of 5-(5-bromo-4-chlorosulfonyl-2- methoxyphenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (52.1).
Figure imgf000066_0002
44.1 52.1
Compound 44.1 (1.20 g, 3.66 mmol) was converted to the title compound using the general procedure of R. V. Hoffman (Org. Syn. Coll. Vol., VII, 508-511), to provide 1.26 g (84%) of 52.1 as a clear oil which was carried on without purification. MS ESI m e: 412.0(M+H). EXAMPLE 53
This example illustrates the preparation of 53.1.
Figure imgf000067_0001
52.1 53.1
4-Chloroaniline (73 mg, 0.57 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.), 5-(5-bromo- 4-chlorosulfonyl-2-methoxyphenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (236 mg, 0.57 mmol), pyridine (45 mg, 0.57 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and 2 mL of methylene chloride were combined using the general method of Example 35. The title compound was obtained (245 mg, 85%>) as a white solid. lH NMR (400MHz) (7«$-DMSO) δ 10.80 (IH, s); 8.43 (IH, d, 7=2.0 Hz); 8.30 (IH, d, 7=2.4 Hz); 7.74 (IH, s); 7.64 (IH, dd, 7=4.4 Hz, 2.2 Hz); 7.52 (IH, s); 7.31 (2H, dd, 7=8.8 Hz, 2.1 Hz); 7.14 (IH, dd, 7=8.8 Hz, 2.1 Hz); 3.83 (3H, s). MS ESI m/e: 435.0 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 54
This example illustrates the preparation of 54.1.
Figure imgf000068_0001
52.1 54.1
In a manner similar to that described in Example 53, 4-iodoaniline (83 mg, 0.38 mmol), 5-(5-bromo-4-chlorosulfonyl-2-methoxyρhenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (155 mg, 0.38 mmol), pyridine (30 mg, 0.38 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and 2 mL of methylene chloride were combined and stirred. After workup, the title compound was obtained (162 mg, 73%>) as a white solid.
Η NMR (400MHz) (7ώ-DMSO) δ 10.80 (IH, s); 8.43 (IH, d, 7=2.0 Hz); 8.31 (IH, d, 7=2.4 Hz); 7.75 (IH, s); 7.64 (IH, dd, 7=4.4 Hz, 2.2 Hz); 7.58 (2H, m); 7.51 (IH, s) 6.95 (IH, dd, 7=8.6 Hz, 2.2 Hz); 3.84 (3H, s). MS ESI m e: 592.8 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 55
This example illustrates the preparation of 55.1.
Figure imgf000068_0002
In a manner similar to that described in Example 53, 4-acetylaniline (69 mg, 0.51 mmol), 5-(5-bromo-4-chlorosulfonyl-2-methoxyphenoxy)-3-chloropyridine (210 mg, 0.51 mmol), pyridine (40 mg, 0.51 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and 2 mL of methylene chloride were combined and stiπed. After workup, the title compound was obtained (192 mg, 74%) as a white solid.
Η NMR (400MHz) (< 6-DMSO) δ 10.80 (IH, s); 8.43 (IH, d, 7=2.0 Hz); 8.31 (IH, d, 7=2.4 Hz); 7.75 (IH, s); 7.64 (IH, dd, 7=4.4 Hz, 2.2 Hz); 7.58 (2H,m); 7.51 (IH, s) 6.95 (IH, dd, 7=8.6 Hz, 2.2 Hz); 3.84 (3H, s). MS ESI in e: 509.0 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 56 This example illustrates the preparation of 3-chloro-4-(2- naphthylxoy)nitrobenzene (56.1).
Figure imgf000069_0001
56.1
To a 250 mL flask, were added 3-chloro-4-fluoro-nitrobenzene (Aldrich)(5.0 g, 28 mmol), 2-naphtol (Aldrich)(4.Sg, 31 mmol), Cs2CO3 (Aldrich)(9.7g, 30 mmol) and DME (80 mL). The mixture was heated at 100 °C overnight. After removal of DMF under vacuum, the mixture was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic solution was then washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give a crude product, which was then chromatographed with eluent (30%) dichloromethane / hexanes) to give the title compound (6.8 g, 24 mmol, 86%).
EXAMPLE 57
This example illustrates the preparation of compounds 57.1, 57.2, 57.3 and 57.4.
Compound 56.1 was reduced to the conesponding aniline derivative (57.1) using the procedure of Example 2, and converted to the compounds in Table 8 using commercially available substituted benzenesulfonyl chlorides and/or using the intermediates and methods described in the examples above. Table 8
Figure imgf000070_0001
] Ra Rb Re Rd m e
57.2 Cl H Cl H 476
57.3 Cl H I H 534
57.4 H H OCH3 H 438
EXAMPLE 58
This illustrates the synthesis of 3-chloro-(2,4-dichlorobenzene- sulfonainido)benzene (58.1).
Figure imgf000070_0002
58.1
The title compound was prepared using the method described in Example 3, starting with 800 mg (6.29 mmol) of 3-chloroaniline, 1.53 g (6.29 mmol) of 2,4- dichlorosulfonylchloride, 497 mg (6.29 mmol) of pyridine, catalytic DMAP, and 10 mL of methylene chloride. The title compound was obtained as a white foam (928 mg, 44%).
MS ESI m/e: 334.0 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 59
This example illustrates the synthesis of compound 59.1.
Figure imgf000071_0001
58.1 59.1
A round-bottomed flask was charged with 330 mg (0.99 mmol) of 3- chloro-(2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamido)benzene (58.1), 397 mg (2.97 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.) of anhydrous aluminum trichloride, and 2 mL of dry dichloroethane. Then 210 mg (1.19 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.) of 3,5-difluorobenzoyl chloride was added dropwise and the deep red solution was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The reaction was then diluted with 30 mL of methylene chloride, washed consecutively with 2N HCl and brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to a dark oil. This was further purified by silica gel flash chromatography (eluting with 1 :24 ethyl acetate:methylene chloride). The resulting clear glaze was recrystallized from ether/hexanes to yield 273 mg (58%) of a white solid.
Η NMR (400MHz) (76-DMSO) δ 8.15 (IH, d, 7=8.5 Hz); 7.91 (IH, d, 7=2.1 Hz); 7.68 (IH, dd, 7=8.6 Hz, 2.1 Hz); 7.63 (IH, t, 7=8.6 Hz); 7.46 (IH, d, 7=8.4 Hz); 7.31 (2H, dd, 7=7.8 Hz, 2.1 Hz); 7.23 (IH, d, 7=1.9 Hz); 7.17 (IH, dd, 7=8.4 Hz, 2.2 Hz). MS ESI m/e: 473.9 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 60
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 60.1.
Figure imgf000072_0001
58.1 60.1
The title compound was prepared using the method of Example 59, starting with 286 mg (0.85 mmol) of 3-chloro-(2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonamido)benzene (58.1), 341 mg (1.02 mmol) of anhydrous aluminum trichloride, 214 mg (1.02 mmol, Aldrich Chemical Co.) of 3,5-dichlorobenzoyl chloride, and 2 mL of dry dichloroethane. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (139 mg, 32%).
Η NMR (400MHz) -DMSO) δ 11.49 (IH, s) 8.15 (IH, d, 7=8.6 Hz); 7.97 (IH, d, 7=3.8 Hz); 7.91 (IH, d, 7=2.1 Hz ); 7.69 (IH, dd, 7=8.5 Hz, 2.0 Hz); 7.58 (2H, d, 7=1.9 Hz); 7.47 (IH, d, 1=8.4 Hz); 7.24 (IH, d, 7=2.0 Hz); 7.17 (IH, dd, 7=8.4 Hz, 2.1 Hz). MS ESI m/e: 505.9 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 61
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 61.1.
Figure imgf000073_0001
59.1 61.1
Biaryl ketone 59.1 (103 mg, 0.22 mmol) was reduced to the methylene compound 61.1 according to the procedure of West, et. al. J. Org. Chem., 38(15):2675-2681 (1973). The title compound was obtained as a white solid (86 mg, 86%). Η NMR (400MHz) (76-DMSO) δ 10.96 (IH, s) 8.05 (IH, d, 7=8.6 Hz);
7.87 (IH, d, 7=2.0 Hz); 7.63 (IH, dd, 7=8.5 Hz, 2.1 Hz); 7.23 (IH, d, 7=8.5 Hz); 7.14 (IH, d, 7=2.2 Hz); 7.02 (2H, m); 7.17 (2H, m). MS ESI m/e: 460.0 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 62
This example illustrates the preparation of 2-chloro-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)-nitrobenzene 62.1.
Figure imgf000074_0001
62.1
5-Chloro-3-pyridinol (5 g, Aldrich) and 2,4-dichloronitrobenzene (7.4 g, Aldrich) were combined as described in Example 1. The title compound was isolated as the minor product using gravity chromatography on silica eluting with 10% ethyl acetate / hexanes.
Η NMR (400 MHz) (DMSO-7 ) δ 8.53 (s, IH); 8.4 (s, IH); 8.0 (d, 7=8.9 Hz, IH); 7.44 (t, 7=1.9 Hz, IH); 7.26 (d, 1=1.5 Hz, IH); 7.14 (d, 1=2.7 Hz, IH); 6.99 (dd, 1=9.0, 2.6 Hz, IH) 1.6 (impurity).
EXAMPLE 63
This example illustrates the preparation of 2-chloro-4-(3-chloro-5- pyridyloxy)-aniline 63.1.
Figure imgf000074_0002
63.1 Compound 62.1 was reduced using the method of Example 2 to provide the title compound as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (400 MHz) (DMSO) δ 8.33 (d, J-2.1 Hz, IH); 8.25 (d, 7=2.4 Hz, IH); 7.41 (t, 7=2.2 Hz, IH); 7.12 (d, 7=2.6 Hz, IH); 6.91 (dd, 7=2.6, 8.8 Hz, IH); 6.84 (d, 7=8.8 Hz, IH); 5.35 (s, 2H). EXAMPLE 64
This example illustrates the preparation of 64.1.
Figure imgf000075_0001
64.1
Compound 63.1 and 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride were combined with pyridine and DMAP using the method described in Example 3. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with dichloromethane. The resulting product was then triturated in diethyl ether/hexanes to furnish the title compound as a white solid. MS ESI m/e: 461 (M-H).
EXAMPLE 65
This example illustrates the preparation of 65.1.
Figure imgf000075_0002
65.1 Compound 63.1 and 3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride were combined with pyridine and DMAP using the method described in Example 3. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with 5% ethyl acetate/ dichloromethane. The resulting product was then triturated in hexanes to furnish the title compound as a white solid. MS ESI m/e: 461 (M-H).
EXAMPLE 66
This example illustrates the preparation of 66.1.
Figure imgf000076_0001
66.1 Compound 63.1 and 4-iodobenzenesulfonyl chloride were combined with pyridine and DMAP using the method described in Example 3. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with dichloromethane. The resulting product was then triturated in hexanes to furnish the title compound as a white solid. MS ESI m/e: 519 (M-H).
EXAMPLE 67
This example illustrates the preparation of 67.1.
Figure imgf000076_0002
67.1
Compound 63.1 and 2-chloro-4-trifluoroinethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride were combined with pyridine and DMAP using the method described in Example 3. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with 5% ethyl acetate / dichloroinethane. The resulting product was then triturated in hexanes to furnish the title compound as a white solid. MS ESI m e: 495 (M-H).
EXAMPLE 68
This example illustrates the preparation of 2-chloro-4-(3- pyridyloxy)nitrobenzene (68.1).
Figure imgf000077_0001
68.1
2,4-Dichloronitrobenzene (10.2 g, Aldrich) and 3-hydroxypyridine (5 g, Aldrich) were combined using the method of Example 1, to provide the 0.82 g of the title compound as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (400 MHz) (CDC13) δ 8.58 (s, IH); 8.52 (s, IH); 8.0 (d, 7=9.0 Hz, IH); 7.44 (s, 2H); 7.10 (d, 7=2.6 Hz, 1 H) 6.96 (dd, 7=9.0, 6.65 Hz).
EXAMPLE 69
This example illustrates the preparation of 2-chloro-4-(3- pyridyloxy)aniline.
Figure imgf000077_0002
Compound 68.1 was reduced using the method of Example 2 to provide the title compound as a brown oil, which was used without further purification.
Η NMR (400 MHz) (DMSO) δ 8.29-8.26 (m, 2H); 7.35 (dd, J=4.6, 8.4 Hz, IH); 7.29-7.26 (m, IH); 7.04 (d, 7=2.0 Hz, IH); 6.85-6.84 (m, 2H); 5.29 (s, 2H). EXAMPLE 70
This example illustrates the preparation of 70.1.
Figure imgf000078_0001
70.1 Compound 69.1 and 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride were combined with pyridine and DMAP using the method described in Example 3. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with 5% ethyl acetate/ dichloromethane. The resulting product was then triturated in diethyl ether to furnish the title compound as a white solid. MS ESI m/e: 429 (M-H).
EXAMPLE 71
This example illustrates the preparation of 71.1.
Figure imgf000078_0002
71.1
Compound 69.1 and 4-iodobenzenesulfonyl chloride were combined with pyridine and DMAP using the method described in Example 3. The crude product was purified using flash chromatography on silica eluting with 5-20%> ethyl acetate/ dichloromethane. The resulting product was then triturated in diethyl ether to furnish the title compound as a white solid. MS ESI m/e: 485 (M-H).
EXAMPLE 72
This example illustrates the preparation of 72.1.
Figure imgf000079_0001
72.1
To a solution of 3,4-dichlorothiophenol (0.87 mL) and 4-fluoro-3- chloronitrobenzene (1.2 g) in THF (12 mL) was added a solution of potassium t-butoxide in THF (1 M, 3.7 mL). Ethanol was added to form a precipitate and the mixture was heated to dissolve the solid. The mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and water was added. The resulting solids were colledted by filtration and washed with water. The product was dissolved in methylene chloride, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to provide a yellow nitro intermediate (2.08 g).
SnCl2 hexahydrate (7 g) was added to a solution of the intermediate nitro compound in ethyl acetate (40 mL) at 85°C. After 12 hr, the reaction was treated with 420 mL of 0.5 N NaOH solution and diluted with EtOAc (100 mL). The milky suspension was filtered through Celite and rinsed with additional EtOAc. The layers were separated and the water layer was extracted with additional EtOAc. The combined organic portions were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide the aniline derivative 72.1, which was used without purification. The compounds provided in Table 9 were prepared using 72.1 and commercially available substituted benzenesulfonyl chlorides and/or using the intermediates and methods described in the examples above. Table 9
Figure imgf000080_0001
Ra Rb Re Rd m/e (M-H)
72.2 H Cl Cl H 510 72.3 Cl H Cl H 510 72.4 H H I H 568
Compound 72.3 was converted to the coπesponding biaryl sulfoxide (72.5, m/e 526) and biaryl sulfone (72.6, m/e 542) using an oxone procedure (see, for example, Trost, et al, Tetrahedron Lett., 22:1287 (1981) and Webb, Tetrahedron Lett., 35:3457- 3460 (1994)). Similarly, compound 72.2 was converted to the biaryl sulfoxide (72.7, m/e 526) using a routine oxidation with mCPBA.
EXAMPLE 73
This example illustrates the preparation of 73.4 through 73.9
Figure imgf000080_0002
Figure imgf000080_0003
73.4 73.3
2,3 dichloronitrobenzene (19.04g) was suspended in 40%> Na2CS3 solution in water (66 ml) with 5 ml of ethanol and heated at 130°C bath temperature for 3 days. After cooling, the residue was diluted in water and acidified with 5N HCl (caution: foaming gas evolution). The tan solids were collected by filtration, rinsed with water and dried under vacuum to give 19.9g of an intermediate complex (73.1). The crude 73.1 (6.03 g) was added to neat sulfuryl chloride (20 ml) cautiously over about 5 minutes. The mixture was then heated at 50° C. The character of the solid changed but did not dissolve. The reaction was quenched by pouring onto ice. The ice mixture was stirred until the initial heavy dark oil solidified. The solids were collected by filtration, dissolved in ethyl ether and washed with water. The product was purified by flash chromatography using hexane, then 20% methylene chloride/hexane to afford 3.2 g of a 2,7- dichlorobenzothiazole (73.2) as a low melting solid. Η NMR (CDC13) δ 7.823 (d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.417 (t, J=8.4 Hz), 7.371 (d,
J=8.4 Hz). Anal, calc: 41.20% C, 1.48% H, 6.86 % N; found: 41.06 %C, 1.46% H, 6.75% N
3-Chloro-4-mercapto nitrobenzene (prepared by the method of Price and Stacy , 7 Amer. Chem. Soc. 68, 498-500 (1946)) (1.33 g) and 2,7- dichlorobenzothiazole (73.2) (1.43g) were dissolved in ethanol (20 ml) with heating. Pyridine (1.lg, 2 eq) was added. After a solid formed, additional ethanol (20 ml) was added and the mixture maintained at 50° C overnight. The solid was collected by filtration and rinsed with water. The solids were dried as a solution in methylene chloride and concentrated to afford the nitro compound 73.3 (2.22g ) as an off-white solid, (mp 210-212°C)
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 8.544 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 8.273 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, IH) 8.081 (d, J=8.6 Hz, IH) 7.961 (dd, J=6.3, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.60 ( m, 2H).
Using the method of example 32, the nitro derivative 73.3 was converted to the coπesponding aniline (73.4). Flash chromatography gave a white solid, (mp 165- 167°C).
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 7.775 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.606 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 7.367 (t, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 7.265 (d, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 6.931 (d, J=2.0 Hz, IH), 6.672 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, lH), 4.15 (br s, 2H). ESI MS 327 (M+H). Anal, calcd. 47.71% C, 2.46% H, 8.56 % N; found: 47.93 %C, 2.48 % H, 8.47% N Reaction of 2-chloro-4-trifluoromethylbenzene sulfonyl chloride with aniline 73.4 according to the method of Example 3 gave sulfonamide 73.5 (see Table 10).
'H NMR (DMSO) δ 11.712 (br s, IH) 8.377 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 8.187 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 7.995 (dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.880 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.822 (dd, 7.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.509 (t, J=8.0 Hz, IH), 7.474 (dd, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.443 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 7.256 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, IH). MS (M+H) 569; MS (M-H) 567. Anal, calcd. 42.15% C, 1.77% H, 4.92 % N; found: 42.30 %C, 1.76 % H, 4.94% N.
The additional compounds provide in Table 10 were prepared similarly using aniline 73.4 and the coπesponding sulfonyl chlorides using the method of Example 3.
Table 10
Figure imgf000082_0001
Ra Rb Re Rd m e (M-H)
73.5 Cl H CF3 H 567
73.6 H Cl Cl H 533
73.7 Cl H Cl H 533
73.8 H H I H 591
73.9 Cl H Cl Me 547
EXAMPLE 74
The following benzenesulfonyl chlorides were prepared by the procedure ofR. V. Hoffman (Org. Syn. Coll. Vol. VII, 508-511) from the coπesponding commercially available anilines and used to make the indicated examples. 74a 2-chloro-4-t-butylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, yield 34% for examples 76.8 and 79.9
1H NMR (CDC13) δ 8.06 (IH, d, 7= 8.4 Hz), 7.62 (IH, s), 7.48 (IH, d, 7= 8.4 Hz), 1.37 (9H, s). m.p. 68.8 °C.
74b 2-trifluoromethyl-4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride, yield 76% as a solid. for examples 176 and 347
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 8.325 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.966 (br s, IH), 7.829 (br d, J=8.4 Hz, IH). m.p. 37.0 °C.
74c 2-chloro-4-methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, yield 47% as an oil. for examples 76.9, 79.8 and 351.
Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.02 (IH, d, 7= 8.8 Hz), 7.46 (IH, s), 7.28 (IH, d, 7= 8.8 Hz), 2.47 (3H, s)
EXAMPLE 75
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 75.
Figure imgf000083_0001
By the method of example 201, 2-chlorobenzoxazole (5 g) and 2-chloro-4- nitroaniline (6.1 g) were coupled to provide nitro compound 75.1 (2.6g) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (d6-acetone) δ 9.514 (s, IH), 9.01 (d, J=9 Hz, IH), 8.4 (s, IH), 8.37 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 7.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.52 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.34 (t, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 7.28 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 288; (2M-2H+Na) 599.
Reduction by the method of example 32 gave the aniline 75 (93%>) as a grey solid.
Η NMR (d6-acetone) δ 8.45 (br s, IH), 7.796 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.353 (d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 7.335 )d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 7.191 (t, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 7.088 (t, J=8 Hz, IFI), 6.846 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 6.673 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, IH), 4.912 (br s, 2H). MS (M+H) 260.1
EXAMPLE 76
This example illustrates the preparation of 76.2 and sulfonamides derived from it.
Figure imgf000083_0002
76.1 76.2 3,5-dichloro-4-mercapto nitrobenzene (prepared by the method of Price and Stacy , 7 Amer. Chem. Soc. 68, 498-500 (1946)) (0.65g) and 2,7- dichlorobenzothiazole (73.2) were combined by the method of Example 73, to afford the nitro derivative (76.1) as a yellow solid (0.95g). Η NMR (DMSO) δ 8.587 (s, 2H), 7.852 (m, IH), 7.54 (m 2H). Anal, calcd: 39.87 % C, 1.29 % H, 7.15 % N; found 39.62 %C, 1.21 % H, 7.00 % N.
Reduction of the nitro derivative (76.1) (0.92 g) by the method of example 32 gave the aniline (76.2) (0.76g) after flash chromatography.
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 7.822 (d, J=8 Hz, IH) 7.509 (t, J=8Hz, IH), 7.465 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH) 6.882 (s, 2H), 6.529 (br s, 2H). MS (M+H) 361. Anal, calcd: 43.177 % C, 1.95 % H, 7.74 % N; found: 43.10 %C, 2.05 % H, 7.65 % N.
Reaction of the aniline 76.2 according to the method of example 3 with various sulfonyl chlorides gave the sulfonamides of Table 11.
Table 11
Figure imgf000084_0001
Ra Rb Re Rd m e (M-H)
76.3 Cl H CF3 H 601
76.4 H H t-Bu H
76.5 Cl H Cl H 567
76.6 Cl H H H 535 (M+H)
76.7 H H H H
76.8 Cl H t-Bu H 589
76.9 Cl H Me H 547
Example 76.3
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.96 (br s, IH) 8.417 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 8.209 (s, 2H), 8.013 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.819 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 7.514 (m, 2 H), 7.411 (s, 2H). Anal. calcd: 39.75 % C, 1.50 % H, 4.64 % N; found: 39.48 %C, 1.73 % H, 4.37 % N. MS (M- H) 601.
Example 76.4 Anal, calcd. for M+0.5 H2O: 48.72 % C, 3.56 % H, 4.94 % N; found:
48.80 %C, 3.68 % H, 4.78 % N.
Example 76.5
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.83 (br s, IH) 8.212 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.962 (d, J=2H, IH), 7.827 (dd, J=6.8, 2 Hz, IH), 7.723 (dd, J=8.5, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.518 (t, J=7.9 Hz, IH), 7.492 (dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.385 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 567. mp 216°C. Anal, calcd: 39.98% C, 1.59 % H, 4.91 % N; found: 39.81 %C, 1.59 % H, 4.85 % N.
Example 76.6 1H NMR (DMSO) δ 11.72 (br s, IH), 8.222 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.822 (dd,
J=7.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.730 (d, J=4 Hz, 2H), 7.636 (m, IH), 7.516 (t, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.490 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.379 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 535.
Example 76.7 Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.38 (br s, IH), 8.906 (d, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.827 (dd,
J=7.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.721 (t, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 7.655 (t, J=8 Hz, 2H), 7.519 (t, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.493 (d, J=6.8 Hz, IH), 7.412 (s, 2H).
Example 76.8 Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.70 (IH, s), 8.13 (IH, d, 8.4), 7.80-7.87 (IH, m),
7.63-7.71 (2H, m), 7.48-7.55 (2H, m), 7.39 (2H, s). MS (M-H) 589. mp 131.3 °C. Anal, calcd: C 46.63, H 3.06, N 4.73; found C 48.09, H 3.65, N 4.35
Example 76.9 1H NMR (DMSO) δ 11.70 (IH, s), 8.07-8.20 (IH, m), 7.80-7.93 (IH, m),
7.35-7.65 (6H, m). MS (M-H) 546.8. mp 220.9 °C.
EXAMPLE 77
This example illustrates the preparation of anilines 77.7, 77.8 and 77.9
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000086_0002
77.8 X = C1, Y = H 77.5 X = C1, Y = H
77.9 X = F, Y = H 77.6 X = F, Y = H
In analogy to the procedures of Weinstock et. al (7 Med. Chem. 30:1166- 1176 (1987), cone, sulfuric acid (8.74 g) was added slowly to a solution of 5-chloro-2- methylaniline (25g) in chlorobenzene (120 mL) to form a thick slurry. Powdered NaSCN (18.6g) was added. The mixture was heated at 110°C for one hour then maintained at 50°C overnight. After dilution with hexane (300 mL), the solid was collected by filtration, washed with hot water and rinsed with ethyl ether to afford 15.65g of intermediate thiourea 77.1 which was used directly in the next step.
Preparation of2-amino-4-methyl-7-chlorobenzothiazole (77.2).
Bromine (25.44g) was added to a suspension of 77.1 (15g) in chloroform (110 mL) maintained below +10°C. After the addition was complete, the reaction was allowed to warm to RT then heated at reflux for 30 minutes. After cooling, the orange solid was collected by filtration and suspended in acetone (lOOmL) which discharges the remaining color. Solids were collected by filtration and rinsed with ethyl ether to afford the HBr salt.
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 7.182 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.137 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 2.40 (s, 3H).
The salt was suspended in water at 95°C. The pH of the suspension was adjusted to pH 9 with 0.5 N NaOH. After cooling, the solids were collected by filtration, rinsed with water and dissolved in ethylether/methylene chloride. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate. After concentration, 2-amino-4-methyl-7- chlorobenzothiazole (77.2) (7.47g) was obtained as a white solid.
MS (M+H) 199. Anal, calcd.: 48.36 % C, 3.55 % H, 14.10 % N; found: 48.29 %C, 3.55 % H, 14.01 % N.
Preparation of2-7-dichloro-4-methyl-benzothiazole (77.3)
To a slurry of 2-amino-4-methyl-7-chlorobenzothiazole(77.2) (6.37g) in H3PO4 (85%>, 213 ml) in a 500 ml 3-necked flask with mechanical stirring and an internal temperature of < -10°C, was added dropwise a solution of NaNO2 (6.87g) in water (11 ml). The mixture was warmed to 0° for 30 minutes and then recooled. The slurcy was then slowly added to a cold (~-5°C) solution of CuSO4»5 H2O (32 g) and NaCl (40g) in water (128 ml) with vigorous mechanical stirring. After the foaming subsides and warming to RT, the solids were collected by filtration and rinsed with water. The solids were dissolved in ether leaving some insoluble residue. The ether solution was washed with water, and sodium bicarbonate solution. After the organic layer was concentrated, the residue was purified by flash chromatography with 10% methylene chloride in hexane to afford 2-chloro-4-methyl-7-chlorobenzothiazole (77.3) (4.48g).
Η NMR (CDC13) δ 7.288 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.231 (dq, J=8. 0.8 Hz, IH), 2.651 (d, J=0.8Hz, 3H). Anal, calcd.: 44.06 % C, 2.31 % H, 6.42 % N; found: 44.16 %C, 2.34 % H, 6.32 % N.
Coupling of 77.3 (0.65 g) with 3, 5-dichloro-4-mercapto nitrobenzene by the method of example 73 gave after flash chromatography the nitro derivative 77.4 (0.97g) as a yellow solid. Η NMR (DMSO) δ 8.394 (s, 2H), 7.237 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.209 (d, J=8
Hz, IH), 2.621 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 405
Coupling of 77.3 (0.7 g) with 3-chloro-4-mercapto nitrobenzene by the method of example 73 gave the nitro derivative 77.5 (1.02 g) as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 8.535 (br s, IH), 8.261 (dd, J= 8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 8.040 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.496 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.419 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 2.601 (s, 3H). MS ( M+H) 371. Anal, calcd.: 45.40 % C, 2.18 % H, 7.57 % N; found: 45.25 %C, 2.23 % H, 7.49 % N. Coupling of 77.3 (1.12 g) with 3-fluoro-4-mercapto nitrobenzene by the method of example 73 gave after flash chromatography the nitro derivative 77.6 (SY1904-2) (1.8 g) 'H NMR
Reduction of 77.4 (0.96g) with tin dichloride by the method of example 32 gave the aniline (77.7) (0.84g) used directly in later reactions:
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 7.352 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.322 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 6.884 (s, 2H), 6.533 (br s, 2H), 2.565 (s, 3H).
Reduction of 77.5 (1.13 g) with tin dichloride by the method of example 32 gave the aniline (77.8) (1.04 g) used directly in later reactions: Η NMR (DMSO) δ 7.543 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.329 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.301
(d, J=8 Hz, IH), 6.889 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 6.663 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.4Hz, IH), 6.231 (br s, 2H), 2.557 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 341. Anal, calcd. for M+0.25 H2O: 48.63 % C, 3.06 % H, 8.10 % N; found: 48.67 %C, 3.06 % H, 7.96 % N.
Reduction of 77.6 (1.75 g) with tin dichloride by the method of example 32 gave after chromatography the aniline (77.9) (1.2 g)
Η NMR: δ 7.43 (IH, t, 8.3), 7.30-7.37 (2H, m), 6.53-6.58 (2H, m), 6.28 (2H, s).
EXAMPLE 78
Treatment of the anilines 77.7, 77.8 or 77.9 by the method of example 3 with various sulfonyl chlorides gave the sulfonamides of Table 12.
Table 12
Figure imgf000088_0001
X Y Ra Rb Re Rd m/e (M-H)
78.1 Cl Cl Cl H Cl H 581
78.2 Cl Cl Cl H CF3 H 615
78.3 Cl Cl Cl H Cl Me 595
78.4 Cl H Cl H CF3 H 581 78.5 Cl H Cl H Cl H 565
78.6 F H Cl H CF3 H 565
78.7 F H Cl H Cl H 531
Example 78.1
'H NMR (DMSO) δ 11.813 (br s, IH), 8.208 (d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 7.951 (d,
J=2 Hz, IH), 7.716 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 7.396 (s, 2H), 7.377 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.334 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 2.516 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 581. Anal, calcd.: for M+ H2O: 39.85 % C, 2.17 % H, 4.65 % N; found: 40.10 %C, 1.89 % H, 4.57 % N.
Example 78.2
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.975 (br s, IH), 8.416 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 8.205 (br s, IH), 8.012 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.423 (s, 2H), 7.376 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.332 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 2.512 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 615. Anal, calcd.: 40.79 % C, 1.79 % H, 4.53 % N; found: 41.05 %C, 1.86 % H, 4.57 % N.
Example 78.3
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.748 (s, IH), 8.233 (s, IH), 7.880 (s, IH), 7.407 (s, 2H), 7.370 (d, J=8 HZ, IH), 7.330 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 2.408 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 595. Anal. calcd.: 42.12 % C, 2.19 % H, 4.68 % N; found: 41.84 %C, 2.23 % H, 4.51 % N.
Example 78.4
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.73 (IH, s), 8.38 (IH, d, 7= 8.3 Hz), 8.19 (IH, s),
7.99 (IH, d, 7= 8.3 Hz), 7.88 (IH, d, 7= 8.6 Hz), 7.45 (IH, d, 7= 2.3 Hz), 7.23-7.40 (3H, m). MS (M-H) 580.8 (M-H). mp 189.0°C.
Example 78.5
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.57 (IH, s), 8.17 (IH, d, 7= 8.6 Hz), 7.92 (IH, d, 7 = 2.1 Hz), 7.78 (IH, d, 7= 8.5 Hz), 7.69 (IH, dd, 7= 8.6, 2.1 Hz), 7.43 (IH, d, 7= 2.3 Hz), 7.30-7.38 (2H, m), 7.25 (IH, dd, 7= 8.6, 2.4 Hz). MS (M-H) 546.9. mp 218.1 °C. Example 78.6
Η NMR: δ 8.04 (IH, d, 8.3), 8.18 (IH, s), 7.99 (IH, d, 8.3), 7.80 (IH, t, 8.3), 7.30-7.40 (2H, m), 7.10-7.22 (2H, m). MS (M-H) 565.0. mp 221.2 °C. Anal, calcd.: C 44.45, H 2.13, N 4.94; found C 44.01, H 2.18, N 4.67.
Example 78.7
'H NMR (DMSO) δ 11.60 (IH, s), 8.18 (IH, d, 8.6), 7.91 (IH, d, 2.0), 7.79 (IH, t, 8.4), 7.69 (IH, dd, 8.6, 2.1), 7.30-7.40 (2H, m), 7.10-7.20 (2H, m). MS (M- H) 530.9. mp 230.4 °C. Anal, calcd.: C 44.99, H 2.27, N 5.25; found C 44.49, H 2.26, N 5.08.
EXAMPLE 79
This example illustrates the preparation of compounds 79.1 to 79.7. To a solution of 5-chloro-2-mercaptobenzothiazole (Acros) (2g), KOH (630 mg) in water (8 mL) at 100° C was added a solution of 3,4-dichloronitrobenzene (1.88g) in n-propanol (24 mL). The mixture was heated at reflux for 72 hrs. After cooling, the solids were collected by filtration and rinsed with water. The solids were dried under vacuum to afford the nitro derivative 79.1 (2.25 g) as a yellow solid used directly in the next step. Η NMR (DMSO) δ 8.54 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 8.26 (dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz, IH),
8.123 (d, J=8.6 Hzl, IH), 8.08 (d, J=1.9 Hz, IH), 8.03 (d, J=8.7 Hz, IH), 7.533 (dd, J=8.6, 2.1).
Reduction of 79.1 (2.2 g) with tin dichloride by the method of example 32 gave after work-up the aniline (79.2) (1.2 g) which was used directly in later reactions. Η NMR (DMSO) δ 7.94 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.891 (d, J=l .6 Hz, IH), 7.537
(d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.371 (dd, J=8.4, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.877 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 6.651 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.203 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 327
Treatment of the aniline 79.2 by the method of example 3 with various sulfonyl chlorides gave the sulfonamides of Table 13. Table 13
Figure imgf000091_0001
Ra Rb Re Rd m/e (M-H)
79.3 Cl H Cl Me 547
79.4 Cl H Cl H 533 (M+H)
79.5 Cl H CF3 H 567
79.6 H Cl Cl H 533
79.7 Me H Cl Me 527
Example 79.3
1H NMR(DMSO) δ 11.52 (IH, s), 8.20 (IH, s), 7.84-8.00 (4H, m), 7.35- 7.43 (2H, m), 7.22 (IH, d, 7= 8.5 Hz), 2.41 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 546.8. mp 203.7 °C.
Example 79.4 Η NMR(DMSO) δ 11.57 (IH, s), 8.18 (IH, d, 7= 8.5 Hz), 7.90-7.98 (2H, m), 7.86 (IH, d, 7= 8.5 Hz), 7.72 (IH, d, 7= 8.7 Hz), 7.37-7.43 (2H, m), 7.22(1H, d, 7= 8.8 Hz). MS (M+H) 532.8. mp 174.7 °C.
Example 79.5 Η NMR(DMSO) δ 8.38 (IH, d, 8.4 Hz), 8.21 (IH, s), 8.01 (IH, d, 7= 8.2
Hz), 7.90-7.96 (2H, m), 7.86 (IH, d, 7= 7.7 Hz), 7.42 (2H, s), 7.23 (IH, d, 7= 8.6 Hz). MS (M-H) 566.9. mp 158.8 °C.
Example 79.6 Η NMR(DMSO) δ 11.25 (IH, s), 8.06 (IH, d, 7= 1.5 Hz), 7.80-7.96 (5H, m), 7.40-7.46 (2H, m), 7.27-7.32 (IH, m). MS (M-H) 532.8. mp 201.2 °C. Example 79.7
'H NMR(DMSO) δ 11.30 (IH, s), 8.00 (IH, s), 7.90-7.98 (2H, m), 7.84 (IH, d, 7= 8.6 Hz), 7.57 (IH, s), 7.35-7.44 (2H, m), 7.18-7.23 (IH, m), 2.57 (3H, s), 2.37 (3H, s). mp 205.1 °C.
Table 14
Figure imgf000092_0001
Ra Rb Re Rd m/e (M-H)
79.3 Cl H Cl Me 547
79.4 Cl H Cl H 533 (M+H)
79.5 Cl H CF3 H 567
79.6 H Cl Cl H 533
79.7 Me H Cl Me 527
79.8 Cl H Me H 513
79.9 Cl H t-Bu H 555
Example 79.8
Η NMR (d6-OMSO) δ 11.43 (IH, s), 8.08 (IH, d, 7= 8.0 Hz), 7.90-8.00 (2H, m), 7.85 (IH, d, 7= 8.5 Hz), 7.57 (IH, s), 7.37-7.47 (3H, m), 7.21 (IH, d, 7= 8.4 Hz), 2.38 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 512.9. mp 201.0 °C. Anal, calcd.: C46.56, H 2.54, N 5.43; found C 46.93, H 2.58, N 5.40.
Example 79.9
Η NMR (76-DMSO) δ 11.44 (IH, s), 8.10 (IH, d, 7= 8.3 Hz), 7.90-7.97 (2H, m), 7.86 (IH, d, 7= 8.6 Hz), 7.60-7.68 (2H, m), 7.37-7.43 (2H, m), 7.23 (IH, dd, J- 8.5, 2.4 Hz), 1.29 (9H, s). MS (M-H) 554.9. mp 177.8 °C. Anal, calcd.: C 49.51, H 3.43, N 5.02; found C 49.67, H 3.44, N 4.97. EXAMPLE 80
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 80.4.
Figure imgf000093_0001
80.1 2,6-dimethyl-4-nitro-phenol (4.93 g, 29.5 mmol) was suspended in anhydrous CH2C12 (30 mL). Hϋnig's base (12.4 mL, 70 mmol) was added to give a homogeneous, dark red solution. The reaction mixture was cooled to -15 °C and triflic anhydride (10 g, 35 mmol) was slowly added. The very dark reaction mixture was stiπed at -15 °C for 15 minutes, then poured into 3N HCl (100 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted 1 x 150 mL CH2CI2. The combined organic layers were washed 1 x 50 mL sat. brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to a dark red oil. This oil was filtered through a 2 cm plug of silica gel (eluting with 3:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) and concentrated to an orange oil which was diluted with 10 mL of hexanes and allowed to stand at room temperature until crystallization of the product took place. The crystals were collected and dried under vacuum. The mother liquor was concentrated, then diluted with 5 mL of CH2C12 and 25 mL of hexanes and again allowed to stand until crystallization was complete. The second crop was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum. Combined yield of the two crops was 7.87 g of triflate 80.1.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 8.03 (s, 2H); 2.50 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000093_0002
80.1 80.2 80.3
5-methyl-2-mercaptobenzothiazole (1.45 g, 8 mmol) was suspended in anhydrous THF (3.5 mL). A solution of potassium tert-butoxide (7.35 mL, 1.0 N in THF) was added in one portion. The very thick precipitate of the mercaptobenzothiazole potassium salt was dissolved by addition of DMF (1 mL). Triflate 80.1 (2 g, 6.7 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (1 mL) and added to the reaction mixture which was then heated to 50 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was pouted into 100 mL DI water and extracted 2 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with sat. brine, dried over MgSO , filtered, concentrated, and the residue purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 19:1 to 4:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate). Fractions containing the desired product were concentrated and the residue recrystallized from hot hexanes: ethyl acetetate. Filtration and drying provided the S-arylated compound 80.2 as bright yellow crystals (0.90 g).
Η NMR (CD3CN) δ 8.12 (s, 2H); 7.68 (d, IH); 7.61 (s, IH); 7.17 (d, IH); 2.60 (s, 6H); 2.42 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 331.1
Reduction of 80.2 (0.88 g) by the method of Example 32 gave aniline 80.3 ( 0.4 g) as a solid.
Η NMR (CDC13) δ 7.723 (m, IH), 7.598 (s, IH), 7.122 (d, J=8.4Hz, IH), 6.706 (s, 2H), 5.304 (br, 2H), 2.399 (s, 3H), 2.338 (s, 6H) Sulfonylation of 80.3 (400 mg) by the method of example 3 gave 80.4
(Table 15)(0.36 g).
'H NMR (DMSO) δ 11.284 (s, IH), 8.369 (d, J=8.2Hz, IH), 8.170 (s, IH), 7.969 (d, J=8.2 Hz, IH), 7.676 (d, J=8.2 Hz, IH), 7.591 (s, IH), 7.126 (d, J=8.2Hz, IH), 7.056 (s, 2H), 2.372 (s, 3H), 2.326 (s, 6H). MS (M+H) 543
EXAMPLE 81
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 81.4.
Figure imgf000094_0001
81.1 2-chloro-6-methyl-4-nitro-phenol (2.5 g, 13.3 mmol) was converted to triflate 81.1 according to the method given in Example 80. Triflate 81.1 was an oil and could not be recrystallized. 4.0 g of triflate 81.1 was obtained.
Η NMR (CD3CN) δ 8.24 (d, IH); 8.77 (d, IH); 2.56 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000095_0001
5-methyl-2-mercaptobenzothiazole (1.36 g, 7.5 mmol) and triflate 81.1 (2 g, 6.26 mmol) were reacted according to the procedure given in Example 80. S-arylated compound 81.2 was obtained as bright yellow crystals (1.2 g). This product contained a minor amount of a contaminant of unknown structure. This contaminant had no effect on subsequent reactions, nor was it found in subsequent products.
Η NMR (CD3CN) δ 8.28 (d, IH); 8.14 (d, IH); 7.67 (s, IH); 7.56 (d, IH); 7.14 (d, IH); 2.68 (s, 3H); 2.45 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 351.
Reduction of 81.2 (0.88 g) by the method of Example 32 gave aniline 81.3 ( 0.4 g) as a solid.
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 7.740 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.608 (s, IH), 7.131 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 6.732 (d, J=2.6 Hz, IH), 6.588 (d, J=2.6 Hz, IH), 6.048 (s, 2H), 2.403 (s, 3H), 2.334 (s, 3H),
Sulfonylation of 81.3 by the method of example 3 gave 81.4 (see Table 15).
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.610 (s, IH), 8.398 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 8.210 (s, IH), 8.005 (d, J=8.4Hz, IH), 7.730 (d, J=8Hz IH), 7.621 (s, IH), 7.7.276 (d, J=2.8Hz, IH), 7.167 (m, 2H), 2.409 (s, 3H), 2.397 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 82
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 82.3.
Figure imgf000096_0001
80.1 82.1 82.2
5-chloro-2-mercaptobenzothiazole (202 mg, 1 mmol) and triflate 80.1 (270 mg, 0.9 mmol) were reacted according to the procedure given in Example 80. S-arylated compound 82.1 was obtained as a light yellow solid (203 mg).
Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.09 (s, 2H); 7.83 (d, IH); 7.56 (d, IH); 7.26 (dd, IH); 2.63 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 351.0
Reduction of 82.1 (0.7 g) by the method of example 32 gave aniline 82.2 (0.62 g).
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 7.884 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.846 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 7.329 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 6.495 (s, 2H), 5.669 (s, 2H), 2.283 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 321
Sulfonylation of 82.2 by the method of example 3 gave 82.3 (see Table 15). Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.304 (s, IH), 8.377 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 8.180 (d, J=1.2
Hz, IH), 7.980 (br d, J=8.4, IH), 7.874 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 7.866 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.365 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 7.068 (br s, 2H), 2.341 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 561
EXAMPLE 83
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 83.3.
Figure imgf000096_0002
5-chloro-2-mercaptobenzothiazole (0.76 g, 3.75 mmol) and triflate 81.1 (1.0 g, 3.44 mmol) were reacted according to the procedure given in Example 80. S- arylated compound 83.1 was obtained as a light yellow solid (0.83 g).
Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.30 (s, IH); 8.17 (s, IH); 7.85 (s, IH); 7.61 (d, IH); 7.30 (d, IH); 2.71 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 371
Reduction of 83.1 (0.8 g) by the method of Example 32 gave aniline 83.2 (0.47 g).
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 7.918 (d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 7.874 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 7.356 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 6.745 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 6.600 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 6.089 (br s, 2H), 2.336 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 341.
Sulfonylation of 83.2 by the method of example 3 gave 83.3 (see Table 15).
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.647 (s, IH), 8.407 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 8.213 (br s, IH), 8.008 (br d, J=8.4, IH), 7.910 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.90 (s, IH), 7.396 (d, J=8.8 H, IH), 7.290 (br s, IH), 7.188 (br s, IH), 2.416 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 581.
Table 15
Figure imgf000097_0001
X X V V w W m e (M-H)
80.4 M Mee M Mee M Mee 543 (M+H)
81.4 M Mee M Mee C Cll
82.3 C Cll M Mee M Mee 561
83.3 C Cll M Mee C Cll 581
84.3 C Cll H H M Mee 547
EXAMPLE 84
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 84.3
Figure imgf000098_0001
84.1 84.2
Sodium hydride (lg, 60% in oil) was added to a solution of 5-chloro-2- mercaptobenzothiazole (5.4 g) in DMF (50 mL). After gas evolution had subsided a solution of 2-chloro-5-nitro toluene in DMF was added and the mixture heated at 60°C for 2 days. After cooling, the solution was filtered. The filtrate was diluted with water and extracted into ethyl ether. The organic layer was concentrated to a brown oil which was treated with hexane to form a solid precipitate which was collected by filtration as 84.1 (0.624 g).
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 8.372 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 8.171 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.027 (d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 8.003 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.988 (d, J=2 Hx, IH), 7.454 (dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz, IH), 2.553 (s, 3H).
Reduction of 84.1 (0.6 g) with SnC12 by the method of example 32 gave after chromatography 84.2 (0.48 g) as a solid.
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 7.899 (d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 7.853 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 7.345 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.336 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 6.631 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 6.531 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 5.766 (br s, 2H). MS (M+Na) 329
Sulfonylation of 84.2 (0.4 g) by the method of example 3 gave 84.3 (Table 15) (0.66 g) as a foam.
'H NMR (DMSO) δ 11.376 (s, IH), 8.355 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 8.180 (d, J=1.2 Hz, IH), 7.983 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 7.893 (d, J=9.2 Hz, IH), 7.88 (s, IH), 7.656 (d, J=8.4 H, IH), 7.377 (dd, J=8.8, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.211 (d, J=2.8 Hz, IH), 7.108 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 2.334 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 547
EXAMPLE 85
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 85.3
Figure imgf000099_0001
Compound 85.1 was prepared by a modification of the published procedure of Albert and Barlin (J. Chem. Soc. 2384-2396 (1959). 3-Aminoquinoline (15.0 g, 105 mmol) was suspended in a mixture of ION HCl (40 mL), ice (21g) and water (100 mL) at 0-5 °C, before sodium nitrite (7.6 g, 110 mmol) was added slowly. The mixture was then added portionwise to another solution of potassium ethyl xanthate_(20.8 g, 125 mmol) in water (60 mL) at 45 °C. The mixture was heated for 1 hr before cooling off. The mixture was then extracted with ether. The ethereal solution was washed with 2N NaOH solution, water, and brine before drying over magnesium sulfate. After filtration, the removal of the solvent gave a brown oil (15g), which was then dissolved in ethanol (150 mL) and refluxed with KOH (25g) under nitrogen overnight. The ethanol solvent was then removed under vacuum, and the residue was separated between water and ether. The ethereal solution was discarded. The aqueous solution was acidified to pH = ~4, before it was extracted with ether. Then ethereal solution was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give crude product (7.5g) as a brown oil. Subsequent flash chromatography with eluent (0%>- 5%-10%> ethyl acetate / dichloromethane) produced 3-mercaptoquinoline (85.1) (5.35g, 32% yield) as a solid.
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 9.02 (IH, d, 7= 2.3 Hz), 8.63 (IH, d, 7= 2.2 Hz), 7.95-8.05 (2H, m), 7.75-8.02 (IH, m), 7.60-7.67 (IH, m).
To a mixture of 3-mercaptoquinoline (85.1)(1.18 g, 7.33 mmol) and 1,2,3- chloro-5 -nitrobenzene (1.66 g, 7.33 mmol) dissolved in ethanol (100 mL), was added a THF solution of t-BuOK (7.5 mL, IM). The mixture was then heated at 80 °C overnight before cooling off. After the removal of ethanol solvent, the mixture was separated between ethyl acetate and water. The organic solution was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was then concentrated to give a crude product, which was then flash chromatographed with eluent (10%> hexanes / dichloromethane) to afford 85.2 (1.80 g, 70% yield) as a yellow oil.
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 8.75 (IH, d, 7= 2.3), 8.51 (IH, s), 8.22 (IH, s), 8.01 (IH, d, 7= 8.4 Hz), 7.92 (IH, d, 7= 7.6 Hz), 7.74-7.80 (IH, m), 7.60-7.66 (IH, m). An ethyl acetate solution (100 mL) of 85.2 (1.80 g, 5.1 mmol) and tin chloride (II) dihydrate (6.88 g, 30 mmol) was heated at reflux overnight before cooling off. The solution was then poured into IN NaOH solution (400 mL). After stirring for 30 min, the mixture was separated, and the organic solution was washed with water, saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine. After drying over magnesium sulfate, the solution was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was mixed with dichloromethane (10 mL) and sonicated. Subsequent vacuum filtration provided the aniline 85.3 (1.35g, 82% yield) as an off-white solid.
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 8.61 (IH, d, 7= 2.4), 7.96 (IH, d, 7= 8.4 Hz), 7.88 (IH, d, 7= 8.2 Hz), 7.83 (IH, d, 7= 2.2 Hz), 7.67-7.72 (IH, m), 7.54-7.60 (IH, m). mp 213.2 °C.
EXAMPLE 86
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 86 (see Table 16). The aniline 85.3 (250 mg, 0.78 mmol) and 2-chlorobenzenesufonyl chloride (339 mg, 1.60 mmol) were dissolved in a mixed solvent of THF (5 mL) and dichloromethane (5 mL). To the solution was added pyridine (0.185 mL, 2.34 mmol) and catalytic amount of DMAP. The solution was heated at 50 °C to distill off dichloromethane, and then THF with assistance of vacuum. The residue was flash chromatographed with eluent (2.5% ethyl acetate / dichloromethane) to give sulfonamide 86 (302 mg, 78%) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR(DMSO) δ 11.58 (IH, s), 8.61 (IH, d, 7= 2.4 Hz), 8.19 (IH, d, 7
= 7.6 Hz), 7.83-8.00 (3H, m), 7.67-7.75 (3H, m), 7.56-7.65 (2H, m), 7.31 (2H, s). MS (M+H) 494.9. mp: 219.6 °C. Anal, calcd: C 50.87, H 2.64, N 5.65; found C 50.86, H 2.62, N 5.52.
The compounds of Table 16 were prepared by the method of example 86 from compound 84.3 and the coπesponding arylsulfonyl chloride. Table 16
Figure imgf000101_0001
86 0 Cl H H H 495
87.1 0 Cl H Cl H 529
87.2 0 H H H H 461
87.3 0 Cl H CF3 H 561 (M-H)
88.1 1 Cl H H H 511
88.2 1 Cl H Cl H 543 (M-H)
88.3 1 H H H H 477
EXAMPLE 87
Example 87.1
Η NMR(DMSO) δ 11.66 (IH, broad), 8.63 (IH, d, 7= 2.3 Hz), 8.18 (IH, d, 7= 8.6 Hz), 7.85-8.00 (4H, m), 7.70-7.75 (2H, m), 7.57-7.62 (IH, m), 7.32 (2H, s). MS (M+H) 529.0. mp 214.0 °C. Elemental Analysis: theory C 47.56, H 2.28, N 5.28; found C47.30, H 2.36, N 5.37.
Example 87.2 Η NMR(DMSO): δ 11.22 (IH, s), 8.61 (IH, d, 7= 2.3 Hz), 7.82-7.98 (5H, m), 7.57-7.75 (5H, m), 7.34 (2H, s). MS (M+H) 461.0. mp 246.8 °C. Elemental Analysis theory C 54.67, H 3.06, N 6.07; found C 54.71, H 3.05, N 5.94.
Example 87.3 Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.70-12.00 (IH, broad), 8.60-8.67 (IH, m), 8.35-
8.43 (IH, m), 8.20-8.25 (IH, m), 7.56-8.06 (6H, m), 7.32-7.38 (2H, m). MS (M-H) 560.9. mp: 225.1 °C. Elemental Analysis: theory C 46.86, H 2.15, N 4.97; found C. 47.01, H 2.26, N 4.98. EXAMPLE 88 General procedure for sulfur oxidation to the sulfoxide:
A naphthylthioether of examples 86 or 87 (0.2 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane (10 mL) and methanol (5 mL). To the solution was added mCPBA (120 mg, 0.7 mmol, 77% pure) in six batches over 20 minute intervals. Then the solution was washed with 5% sodium thiosulfate solution, 1%> sodium bicarbonate solution and brine and then dried over magnesium sulfate. After filtering, the filtrate was concentrated to give a crude product, which was then flash chromatographed with eluent (5%ι-30% ethyl acetate / dichloromethane) to afford the coπesponding sulfoxide.
Example 88.1
Η NMR (DMSO): δ 11.75 (IH, s), 8.82 (IH, s), 8.68 (IH, s), 8.15-8.20 (2H, m), 8.09 (IH, d, 7= 8.5 Hz), 7.85-7.91 (IH, m), 7.67-7.75 (3H, m), 7.57-7.64 (IH, m), 7.17 (2H, s). MS (M+H) 511. mp 239.5 °C with decomposition. Elemental Analysis: theory C 49.28, H 2.56, N 5.47; found C 49.30, H 2.63, N 5.37.
Example 88.2 Η NMR(DMSO): δ 11.5-12.0 (broad), 8.83 (IH, s), 8.68 (IH, s), 8.15-
8.20 (2H, m), 8.09 (IH, d, 7= 8.5 Hz), 7.85-7.92 (2H, m), 7.55-7.75 (2H, m), 7.17 (2H, s). MS (M-H) 542.9. mp: 234.4. Elemental Analysis: theory C 46.17, H 2.21, N 5.13; found C 45.97, H 2.26, N 4.92.
Example 88.3
Η NMR(DMSO) δ 11.43 (IH, s), 8.81 (IH, s), 8.68 (IH, s), 8.18 (IH, d, 7
= 8.2 Hz), 8.09 (IH, d, 7= 8.5 Hz), 7.82-7.90 (3H, m), 7.58-7.74 (4H, m), 7.21 (2H, s).
MS (M+H) 476.9. mp 261.8 °C with decomposition. Elemental Analysis: theory C
52.83, H 2.96, N 5.87; found C 52.71, H 3.05, N 5.71. EXAMPLE 89
Figure imgf000103_0001
2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-napthalene (89)
2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-napthalene was synthesized (100%)) from 3,4,5-trichloronitrobenzene (Acros) and napthalene-2-thiol (Avocado) in a similar manner as described in example 1 using DMSO as solvent instead of DMF.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.48 (s, 2H), 7.95-7.85 (m, IH), 7.88 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.85-7.8 (m, IH), 7.75 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.55-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.25 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.0 Hz, IH).
EXAMPLE 90
Figure imgf000103_0002
3,5-dichloro-4-(napthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (90)
To a 0.1M solution 2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-napthalene (89) (774 mg, 2.2 mmol), in EtOAc was added tin(II)chloride dihydrate, obtained from Aldrich, (2.49 g, 11.05 mmol). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 2 hour. The crude reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and excess 2M aqueous NaOH was added and allowed to stir for 15 minutes. Solid tin salts precipitated from the solution, were filtered off through a pad of celite and washed with EtOAc (200 mL). The organic layer was washed twice with brine (200 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum to yield 592 mg (84%) of (90) which was used without further purification.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.88-7.82 (m, IH), 7.83 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.75 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, IH), 7.5-7.4 (m, 3H), 7.13 (dd, J = 8.7, 1.9 Hz, IH), 6.83 (s, 2H), 6.21 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 318. EXAMPLE 91
Figure imgf000104_0001
2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-napthalene (91)
2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-napthalene was synthesized (100%ι) from 3-chloro-4-fluoro-nitrobenzene (Aldrich) and napthalene-2-thiol (Avocado) in a similar manner as described in example 89.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.4-8.34 (m, 2H), 8.14 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.09- 8.0 (m, 3H), 7.72-7.6 (m, 3H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, IH).
EXAMPLE 92
Figure imgf000104_0002
3-chloro-4-(napthalen-2-ylsulfanyI)-phenylamine
3-chloro-4-(napthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (92) was synthesized (97%>) from 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-napthalene (91) in a similar manner as described in example 90.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.88-7.8 (m, 2H), 7.75 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.5- 7.42 (m, 3H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.18 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.8 Hz, IH), 6.82 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.6 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH). MS (M+H) 286 EXAMPLE 93
Figure imgf000105_0001
2,4-Dichloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(napthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]- beuzenesulfonamide (93) To a 0.4M solution of 3,5-dichloro-4-(napthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenylamine (90)(153 mg, 0.48 mmol ) in THF was added pyridine, obtained from aldrich, (0.19 mL, 2.4 mmol) followed by 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride, obtained from Maybridge, (129 mg, 0.53 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred for 6 days. A IM aqueous solution of HCl (20 mL) was added and the crude reaction mixture was extracted 3x with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed once with a brine solution (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude solid was chromatographed (5-15% EtOAc in hexane) to yield 125 mg (49%>) of 93 as an off white solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.6 (s, IH), 8.17 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.96 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.88-7.83 (m, IH), 7.83 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.76-7.73 (m, IH), 7.1 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.52-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.32 (s, 2H), 7.21 (s, 2H), 7.1 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 526
EXAMPLE 94
Figure imgf000105_0002
6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3-chloro-4-(naphthalen-2- ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-amide (94).
To a 0.35M solution of 3-chloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (90)(150 mg, 0.53 mmol) in THF was added pyridine (Aldrich, 0.21 mL, 2.63 mmol) followed by 6-chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride (Qorpark, 122 mg, 0.58 mmol). The resulting mixture was stiπed for 15 hours. A IM aqueous solution of HCl (20 mL) was added and the crude reaction mixture was extracted 3x with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed twice with a brine solution (100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude solid was chromatographed (5-15% EtOAc in hexane) to yield 140 mg (58%) of 94 as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.93 (s, IH), 8.77 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.19 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.97-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.90-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.59- 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.29 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.12-7.04 (m, 2H). MS (M-H)
EXAMPLE 95
Figure imgf000106_0001
2-Chloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (95) The title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3-chloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (150 mg, 0.53 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.21 mL, 2.63 mmol) and 2-chloro-4-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (Maybridge, 162 mg, 0.58 mmol) in THF. 250 mg (90%) of title compound (95) was obtained as a pale yellow solid. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.30 (s, IH), 8.23 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 8.18 (d, J =
1.6 Hz, IH), 7.97-7.84 (m, 3H), 7.84-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.58-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.32 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.28 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.11 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.04 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.3 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 526 EXAMPLE 96
Figure imgf000107_0001
6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2- ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-amide (96)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (90) (150 mg, 0.47 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.19 mL, 2.34 mmol) and 6-chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride (Qorpark, 109 mg, 0.52 mmol) in THF. 130 mg (56%) of 96 was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
1H NMR ( DMSO-d6) δ 11.40 (br s, IH), 8.88 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, IH), 8.28 (dd, J = 8.4,1.6 Hz, IH), 7.88-7.80 (m, 3H), 7.76 (d, J = 9.1, 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.52-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.38 (s, 2H), 7.14 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.0 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 493
EXAMPLE 97
Figure imgf000107_0002
2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfany!)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (97)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (90)(150 mg, 0.47 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.19 mL, 2.34 mmol) and 2-chloro-4-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (Maybridge, 144 mg, 0.52 mmol) in THF. 137 mg (52%) of 97 was obtained as a pale yellow solid. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.38 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.21 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, IH), 8.01 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.88-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.76-7.71 (m, IH), 7.51-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.34 (s, 2H), 7.12 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 560
EXAMPLE 98
Figure imgf000108_0001
6-ChIoro-imidazo[2,l-Z>]thiazole-5-sulfonic acid [3-chloro-4- (naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-amide (98)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3-chloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (92) (150 mg, 0.53 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.21 mL, 2.63 mmol) and 6-chloro-imidazo[2,l-ό]t iazole-5-sulfonyl chloride (Maybridge, 149 mg, 0.58 mmol) in THF. 172 mg (65%>) of 98 was obtained as a pale yellow solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.26 (s, IH), 7.98 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, IH), 7.96-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.88-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.58-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.01 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.04 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.3 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 504
EXAMPLE 99
Figure imgf000108_0002
2,4-Dichloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(napthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-benzene sulfonamide(99)
2,4-Dichloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(napthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-benzene sulfonamide was synthesized (67%>) from 3-chloro-4-(napthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenylamine (92) and 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride, obtained from Maybridge, in a similar manner as described in example 93.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.1 (s, IH), 8.06 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.95- 7.88(m, 3H), 7.86-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.65 (dd, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.57-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.31 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.26 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.12 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.03 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.3 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 492
EXAMPLE 100
Figure imgf000109_0001
N-[3-Chloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4-iodo- benzenesulfonamide (100)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3-chloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (92)(150 mg, 0.53 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.21 mL, 2.63 mmol) and 4-iodobenzenesulfonyl chloride (Acros, 175 mg, 0.58 mmol) in THF. 153 mg (53%) of 100 was obtained as a pale yellow solid. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.75 (s, IH), 8.01-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.95-7.89 (m,
2H), 7.87-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.59-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.32 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.26 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.13 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.04 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.2 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 550 EXAMPLE 101
N-[3,5-Dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4-iodo- benzenesulfonamide(lθl) The title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (90) (150 mg, 0.47 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.19 mL, 2.34 mmol) and 4-iodobenzenesulfonyl chloride (Acros, 155 mg, 0.52 mmol) in THF. 254 mg (93%>) of 101 was obtained as a pale yellow solid. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.22 (s, IH), 8.08-8.02 (m, 2H), 7.88-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.74 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, IH), 7.65-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.35 (s, 2H), 7.12 (dd, J = 8.7, 1.9 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 584
EXAMPLE 102
Figure imgf000110_0002
6-Chloro-imidazo[2,l-£]thiazole-5-sulfonic acid [3,5-dichloro-4-
(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-amide (102)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 94, starting with 3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (90)(150 mg, 0.47 mmol), pyridine (Aldrich, 0.19 mL, 2.34 mmol) and 6-chloro-imidazo[2,l-ό]thiazole-5-sulfonyl chloride (Maybridge, 132 mg, 0.52 mmol) in THF. 172 mg (65%,) of 102 was obtained as a pale yellow solid. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.71 (br s, IH), 8.02 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, IH), 7.89- 7.82 (m, 2H), 7.77 (m, IH), 7.72 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, IH), 7.52-7.432 (m, 3H), 7.35 (s, 2H), 7.11 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.0 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 504
EXAMPLE 103
Figure imgf000111_0001
6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3-chloro-4-(naphthalene-2- sulfϊnyl)-phenyl]-amide (103)
To a solution of 6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3-chloro-4- (naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-amide (94, 55 mg, 0.12 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL), was added dropwise a solution of m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (mCPBA, Aldrich, 36mg, 0.12 mmol) in CH2CI2 (1 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour and diluted with EtOAc (60 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (50 mL), twice with brine solution (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude solid was chromatographed (10- 25% EtOAc in hexane) to yield 17 mg (30%) of 103 as an off white solid.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.25 (s, IH), 8.82 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.43 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH), 8.19 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.10 (m, IH), 8.04 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.98 (m, IH), 7.88 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.74 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.70-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.53 (dd, J = 8.7, 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.40 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.19 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 475 EXAMPLE 104
Figure imgf000112_0001
6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalene-2- sulfonyι)-phenyl]-amide (104) To a solution of 6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3,5-dichloro-4-
(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-amide (96, 20 mg, 0.04 mmol) in CH2C1 (1 mL), was added dropwise a solution of mCPBA (Aldrich, 36 mg, 0.12 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 mL). The resulting mixture was stiπed at ambient temperature overnight and diluted with EtOAc (60 mL). The organic layer was washed twice with 5% aqueous Na2S2O3 solution (20 mL), twice with 1% aqueous NaHCO3 solution (20 mL), and brine solution (20 mL), dried over Na2SO . Removal of the solvent under vacuum gave 21 mg (99%) of 104 as an off white solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.68 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.58 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 8.22 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 8.12-8.05 (m, 2H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.79 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.76-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.93 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 525
EXAMPLE 105
Figure imgf000112_0002
2-Chloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(naphthaIene-2-sulfonyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide(l 05)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 104, starting with 2-Chloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(naphthalen-2ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethylbenzene-sulfonamide (95, 35 mg, 0.066 mmol), røCPBA (Aldrich, 100 mg, 0.33 mmol) in CH2C12. 38 mg (100%>) of 105 was obtained as an off white solid.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.90 ( br s, IH), 8.62 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 8.28 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 8.20 (d, J = 8.1 Hz IH), 8.16-8.00 (m, 4H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.77-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.20 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.09 (s, IH). MS (M-H) 558
EXAMPLE 106
Figure imgf000113_0001
6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3-chloro-4-(naphthaIene-2- sulfonyl)-phenyl]-amide (106)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 104, starting with 6-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonic acid [3-chloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenyl]-amide (94, 15 mg, 0.03 mmol), wCPBA (Aldrich, 50 mg, 0.15 mmol) in CH2C12. 16 mg (100%>) of 106 was obtained as an off white solid.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.60 ( br s, IH), 8.82 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.62 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 8.24-8.16 (m, 2H), 8.14 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 8.08 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 8.03 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.76-7.64 (m, 4H), 7.27 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.10 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 491
EXAMPLE 107
Figure imgf000113_0002
2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalene-2-sulfonyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (107)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 104, starting with 2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(naphthalen-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethylbenzene-sulfonamide (97, 30 mg, 0.05 mmol), mCPBA (Aldrich, 80 mg, 0.26 mmol) in CH2C12. 32 mg (100%) of 107 was obtained as an off white solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.59 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, IH), 8.22 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 8.15 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 8.10 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.03 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.90 (s, IH), 7.84-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.75-7.64 (m, 2H), 6.92 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 592
EXAMPLE 108
This example illustrates the preparation of 108.1 through 108.6.
Figure imgf000114_0001
108.1 108.2
A solution of potassium t-butoxide (1 M in THF; 26.5 mL) was added to a solution of 3,4,5-trichloronitrobenzene (3 g) and 5-chloro-3-hydroxypyridine (1.7 g) in THF (15 mL). The deep red solution was heated at 50°C overnight, then poured into water. The precipitate was collected by filtration and purified by chromatography on silica (10%) ethyl acetate/hexanes as eluant) to provide 108.1.
Η NMR (400 MHz) (DMSO-7d) δ 8.58 (s, 2H); 8.47 (d, 7=2 Hz, IH); 8.41 (d, 7=2.6 Hz, IH); 7.72 (dd, 7=2.6, 2 Hz, IH).
Using the method of Example 2, 108.1 (2.2 g) was converted to the aniline 108.2.
1H NMR (400 MHz)
Figure imgf000114_0002
δ 8.35 (d, 7=2 Hz, IH); 8.21 (d, 7=2.5 Hz, IH); 7.37 (dd, 7=2.5, 2 Hz, IH); 6.73 (s, 2H); 5.78 (br s, 2H). The compounds provided in Table 17 were prepared using 108.2 and commercially available substituted benzenesulfonyl chlorides and/or using the intermediates and methods described in the examples above.
Table 17
Figure imgf000115_0001
Ra Rb Re Rd mp (°C)
108.3 H Cl Cl H 199-200
108.4 Cl H Cl H 166-169
108.5 H H I H 211-214
108.6 Cl H CF3 H 185-189
EXAMPLE 109
This example illustrates the synthesis of 109.1.
109.1
A round-bottomed flask was charged with 2-chloro-4-nitrobenzoyl chloride (3.50 g, 15.9 mmol), 2-ethylbenzofuran (2.11 g, 14.4 mmol), and anhydrous methylene chloride (20 mL). This was cooled in an ice/water bath and titanium tetrachloride (5.49 g, 28.9 mmol) was added in a dropwise fashion with vigorous stirring. After addition was complete, the reaction was stiπed at 0°C for 20 minutes and then was warmed to room temperature for an additional four hours. The reaction was then diluted with 80 mL of methylene chloride and washed twice with 50 mL volumes of 2N HCl and then once with 50 mL of brine. The organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to a yellow oil. This oil was further purified using silica gel flash chromatography (eluting with 20% hexanes in methylene chloride). The desired fractions were concentrated to give 2.9 g (61%) of ketone 109.1 as an off-white solid. MS ESI m/e: 330.0 (M + H).
EXAMPLE 110
(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenyl)-acetic acid (110)
To a solution of diethyl malonate (Aldrich, 13.8 mL, 90 mmol) in DMF (60 mL) was added cesium carbonate (Aldrich, 48.9 g, 150 mmol). The mixture was heated to 70 °C and then was added l,2,3-trichloro-5-nitrobenzene (Aldrich, 13.56 g, 60 mmol). The mixture was stiπed at 70°C for 3 hours and cooled to room temperature. A 2M aqueous solution of HCl (50 mL) was added and the crude reaction mixture was extracted 3x with EtOAc (150 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed twice with a brine solution (150 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum. The light yellow oil was used for the next reaction without further purification. The light yellow oil was suspended in 90 mL of 6 N aqueous HCl. The mixture was refluxed overnight (15 hours). The mixture was cooled in the ice bath for 2 hours and filtered. The crude solid product was triturated with CrJ^Ch/Hexanes to give compound 110 (11.5 g , 77%>) as pale brown solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 13.00 (br s, IH), 8.23 (s, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H).
EXAMPLE 111 (2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenyl)-acetic acid (111) The title compound was prepared using the method of example 110, starting with diethyl malonate (Aldrich, 30.5 mL, 200 mmol), 3,4-dichloronitrobenzene (Aldrich, 19.2 g, 100 mmol), cesium carbonate (Aldrich, 81.5 g, 250 mmol) and 150 mL of aqueous 6N HCl solution. 18.8 g (87%o) of compound 111 was obtained as pale yellow solid.
Η NMR ( DMSO-d6) δ 12.80 (br s, IH), 8.29 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.18 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.73 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 3.90 (s, 2H).
EXAMPLE 112 2-Amino-4-chloro-benzenethiol hydrochloride (112)
By the procedure of R.L.Danley and D. A. Zazaris (Can. J. Chem. 43, 2610-2612 (1965) sodium tetrasulfide was obtained by dissolving sulfur (Aldrich, 9.6 g, 300 mmol) in molten sodium sulfide nonahydrate (Aldrich, 24.0 g, 100 mmol). This hot liquid was added to a solution of 2,5-dichloronitrobenzene (Aldrich, 38.4 g, 200 mmol) in 95%) ethanol (140 mL). After the exothermic reaction had ceased, the mixture was refluxed for 2 hours and filtered while hot. The precipitate was washed with water (50 mL) and ethanol (50 mL) to give 37.7 g of intermediate trisulfide as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.83 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.76 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.55 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.3 Hz, IH).
Concentrated hydrochloric acid (125 mL) was slowly (overnight, 15 hours) added to a well-stiπed suspension of the trisulfide (37.7 g) described above and tin (Aldrich, 88 g, 737 mmol) in 95% ethanol (200 mL). After filtration of the hot solution, the filtrate was allowed to stand at room temperature overnight to precipitate the crude product. The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed withl :1 ethanol/concentrated HCl. Recrystalization from 1 :1 MeOH/concentrated HCl gave compound 112 (13.8 g) as white needles. Η NMR ( DMSO-d6) δ 6.96 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 6.86 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH),
6.50 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.3 Hz, IH).
EXAMPLE 113 2-Amino-4-methyl-benzenethiol hydrochloride (113) tø-(4-Methyl-2-nitrophenyl)-trisulfide was prepared using the method in example 112, starting from 4-chloro-3-nitro-toluene (Aldrich, 34.3 g, 200 mmol), sulfur (Aldrich, 9.6 g, 300 mmol) and sodium sulfide nonahydrate (Aldrich, 24.0 g, 100 mmol) in 95% EtOH (150 mL). 27.7 g of the trisulfide was obtained as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 8.21 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 8.07 (br s, IH), 7.58 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.3 Hz, IH), 2.48 (s, 3H).
Reduction of the 6w-(4-Methyl-2-nitrophenyl)trisulfide as in example 112 gave compound 113 (11.3 g) as a mixture after recrystalization, but which was used directly in subsequent reactions.
EXAMPLE 114
5-Chloro-2-(2,6-dichloro-4-nitro-benzyl)-benzothiazole (114)
By a modification of the procedure of D.L. Boger (J. Org. Chem. 43, 2296-2297 (1978) a solution of P2O5/MeSO3H (Aldrich, 7.5 g, 1 :10, w:w) was treated with 2-amino-4-chloro-benzenethiol hydrochloride (example 112, 1.96 g, 10.0 mmol) and (2,6-dichloro-4-nitro-phenyl)-acetic acid (example 110, 2.50 g, 10.0 mmol). The resulting mixture was stiπed at room temperature for 1 hour, then heated at 90°C overnight (15 hours). After cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured to ice and the resulting mixture was extracted 3x with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed twice with a brine solution (100 mL), dried over Na2SO , and concentrated under vacuum. The crude solid was chromatographed (CH2C12) to yield 3.7 g (99%») of compound 114 as a pale yellow solid.
Η NMR (CDCI3) δ 8.28 (s, 2H), 7.98 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.76 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.38 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.9 Hz, IH), 4.87 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 373 The compounds of Table 18 were prepared using the method of example
114.
Table 18
Figure imgf000118_0001
Example A B yield
114 Cl Cl 99%
115 Cl H 98%
116 CF3 Cl 96%
117 CF3 H 89%
118 H Cl 92%
119 H H 77%
120 Me Cl 20%
121 Me H 28%
EXAMPLE 115
5-Chloro-2-(2-chloro-4-nitro-benzyl)-benzothiazole
Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.35 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 8.25 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.10 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.02 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.89 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.48 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, IH), 4.77 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 339 EXAMPLE 116 2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-benzyl)-5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazole
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.42 (s, 2H), 8.34 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.28 (br s, IH), 7.76 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.94 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 407
EXAMPLE 117 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-benzyI)-5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazole
Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.33 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 8.27 ( br s, IH), 8.14 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.96 ( br d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 7.63 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H) 4.70 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 371
EXAMPLE 118 2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-benzyl)-benzothiazoIe Η NMR ( DMSO-d6) δ 8.41 (s, 2H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J =
7.9 Hz, IH), 7.50-7.38 (m, 2H), 4.94 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 337
EXAMPLE 119 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-benzyl)-benzothiazole Η NMR (CDCI3) δ 8.35 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 8.25 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.2 Hz, IH),
8.05 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.93 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.86 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.49 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.42 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 4.76 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 305
EXAMPLE 120 2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-benzyl)-5-methyl-benzothiazole
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.41 (s, 2H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.71 (br s, IH), 7.25 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 4.85 (s, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 353 .
EXAMPLE 121 , 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-benzyl)-5-methyl-benzothiazole
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.35 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 8.24 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.91 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.85 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.74 ( br s, IH), 7.25 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.0 Hz, IH), 4.73 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 317
Reduction of the compounds of Table 18 gave the anilines of Table 19.
Figure imgf000120_0001
Example A B Method yield
122 Cl Cl A 100%
123 Cl H B 88%
124 CF3 Cl A 90%
125 CF3 H B 89%
126 H Cl B 97%
127 H H B 90%
128 Me Cl B 97%
129 Me H B 97%
Method A: see example 90 Method B: see example 181
EXAMPLE 122
3,5-Dichloro-4-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)-phenylamine
Η NMR ( DMSO-d6) δ 8.03 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.01 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.70 (s, 2H), 5.79 (s, 2H), 4.52 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 343
EXAMPLE 123 3-Chloro-4-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)-phenylamine
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.05-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.43 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.17 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 6.66 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.53 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 5.44 (s, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 309.
EXAMPLE 124 3,5-DichIoro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)- phenylamine
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.29 (br s, IH), 8.26 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.72 ( d, J = 8.4Hz, IH), 6.70 (s, 2H), 5.8 l(s, 2H), 4.56 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 377
EXAMPLE 125 3-Chloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)-phenylamine Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.25 (br s, IH), 8.26 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.72 ( dd, J = 8.4, 1.3 Hz, IH), 7.19 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 6.67 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.54 ( dd, J = 8.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 5.46 (s, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 343
EXAMPLE 126 4-Benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl-3,5-dichIoro-phenylamine
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.99 (dd, J = 8.0, 0.6 Hz„ IH), 7.92 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.45 (td, J = 8.2, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.38 (td, J = 8.0, 1.0 Hz, IH), 6.70 (s, 2H), 5.78(s, 2H), 4.51 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 309.
EXAMPLE 127 4-Benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl-3-chloro-phenylamine Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.98 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.92 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH),
7.47 (td, J = 7.9, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.38 (td, J = 7.9, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.17 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 6.66 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 6.54 ( dd, J = 8.2, 2.2 Hz, IH), 5.44 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 275
EXAMPLE 128
3,5-Dichloro-4-(5-methyl-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)-phenylamine
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.84 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.73 (br s, IH), 7.21 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.0 Hz, IH), 6.69 (s, 2H), 5.77 (s, 2H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 323.
EXAMPLE 129
3-ChIoro-4-(5-methyl-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)-phenylamine
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.84 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.73 (s, IH), 7.21 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.15 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 6.65 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.52 ( dd, J = 8.2, 2.1 Hz, IH), 5.41 (s, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 289. The compounds of Table 20 were prepared using the method of example 94 from compounds in Table 19 and coπesponding arylsulfonyl chloride.
Table 20
Figure imgf000122_0001
Example A B D E yield
130 Cl Cl CF3 H 83%
131 Cl Cl Cl H 63%
132 Cl Cl Cl Me 73%
113333 C Cll H H C CFF33 H 78%
134 CF3 Cl CF3 H 74%
135 CF3 Cl Cl H 82%
136 CF3 H CF3 H 55%
137 CF3 H Cl H 26%
113388 H H C Cll C CFF33 H 67%
139 H Cl Cl H 55%
140 H Cl Cl Me 85%
141 H H CF3 H 64%
142 Me Cl CF3 H 84%
114433 M Mee H H C CFF33 H 88%
EXAMPLE 130 2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)- phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.56 (br s, IH), 8.35 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 8.20 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, IH), 8.03 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.00-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.23 (s, 2H), 4.62 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 583 EXAMPLE 131 2,4-Dichloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylrnethyl)- phenyl]-benzenesulfonamide Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.40 (br s, IH), 8.14 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.05 (d, J
= 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.02 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.94 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.70 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.46 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.20 (s, 2H), 4.62 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 549
EXAMPLE 132 2,4-Dichloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)- phenyl]-5-methyl-benzenesulfonamide
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.33 (br s, IH), 8.28 (s, IH), 8.17 (s, IH), 8.04 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.01 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.87 (s, IH), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.22 (s, 2H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 563
EXAMPLE 133 2-Chloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.24 (br s, IH), 8.29 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 8.16 (br s, IH), 8.02 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.96 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 7.45 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.10 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.0 Hz, IH), 4.47 (s, 2H). MS (M-H)z 549
EXAMPLE 134 2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazoI-2- ylmethyl)-phenyl]-4-triflιιoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.56 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 8.27 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 8.26 (br s, IH), 8.20 (br s, IH), 7.99 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.73 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.24 (s, 2H), 4.67 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 617
EXAMPLE 135 2,4-Dichloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2- ylmethyl)-phenyl]-benzenesulfonamide Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.41 (s, IH), 8.29 (br s, IH), 8.27 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.15 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.94 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.73 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.70 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.21 (s, 2H), 4.67 (s, 2H). MS (M-H)
EXAMPLE 136
2-Chloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(5-triflubromethyl-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)- phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide
'H ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.25 (br s, IH), 8.32-8.22 (m, 3H), 8.16 (br s, IH), 7.96 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.72 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.46 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 7.21 (s, IH), 7.11 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.52 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 583
EXAMPLE 137 2,4-Dichloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2- ylmethyl)-phenyl]-benzenesulfonamide Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.10 (br s, IH), 8.28 (br s, IH)* 8.26 (d, J = 8.5
Hz, IH), 8.08 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.89 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.65 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.46 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.18 (d, J = 2.i Hz, IH), 7.10 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.2 Hz, IH), 4.52 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 549
EXAMPLE 138
N-(4-Benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl-3,5-dichloro-phenyl)-2-chloro-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.54 (s, IH), 8.35 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 8.20 (br s, IH), 7.99 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.46 (td, J = 8.0, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.40 (td, J = 7.8, 0.9 Hz, IH), 7.23 (s, 2H), 4.61 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 549
EXAMPLE 139 N-(4-Benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl-3,5-dichloro-phenyl)-2,4-dichloro- benzenesulfonamide 1H ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.38 (s, IH), 8.14 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J =
7.9 Hz, IH), 7.94 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.70 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.46 (m, IH), 7.40 (m, IH), 7.20 (s, 2H), 4.60 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 515 EXAMPLE 140 N-(4-Benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl-3,5-dichloro-phenyl)-2,4-dichloro-5- methyl-benzenesulfonamide
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.32 (s, IH), 8.17 (s, IH), 8.00 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.88 (s, IH), 7.46 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, IH), 7.39 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.16 (s, 2H), 4.60 (s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 531
EXAMPLE 141 N-(4-Benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl-3-chloro-phenyl)-2-chloro-4- trifluoromefhyl-benzenesulfonamide
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.23 (br s, IH), 8.29 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 8.15 (br s, IH), 7.98 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.96 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.46 (td, J = 7.9, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.44 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.38 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, IH), 7.20 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.11 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.1 Hz, IH), 4.46 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 517
EXAMPLE 142 2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-methyl-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)- phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.54 (s, IH), 8.36 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 8.19 (br s, IH), 8.00 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.84 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, iH), 7.70 (br s, IH), 7.26-7.18 (m, 3H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 563
EXAMPLE 143 2-Chloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(5-methyl-benzothiazol-2-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide
Η ΝMR (DMSO-dό) δ 11.22 (br s, IH), 8.19 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 8.15 ( br s, IH), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.71 (br s, IH), 7.43 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.24-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.05 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.2 Hz, IH), 4.43 (s, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 529
EXAMPLE 144
This example illustrates the synthesis of 144.1.
Figure imgf000126_0001
109.1 144.1
Nitro compound 109.1 (1.91 g, 5.8 mmol) was reduced to the coπesponding aniline using SnCl2 «2H2O (6.54 g, 29.0 mmol) in EtOAc (40 mL) according to the procedure previously described in Example 30. This yielded 692 mg (40%)) of compound 144.1 as a white powder.
MS ESI m/e: 300.0 (M + H).
EXAMPLE 145
This example illustrates the synthesis of 145.1.
Figure imgf000126_0002
144.1 145.1
A round-bottomed flask was charged with aniline 144.1 (110 mg, 0.37 mmol), 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (108 mg, 0.44 mmol), 2,6-lutidine (47 mg, 0.44 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and methylene chloride (2.0 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir overnight. The reaction was then diluted with 20 mL of methylene chloride and washed with 10 mL of IN HCl and 10 mL of brine. The organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to a yellow oil. This oil was further purified using silica gel flash chromatography. The desired fractions were combined and concentrated to yield 60 mg (32%>) of compound 145.1 as a white foam. 1H NMR (400MHz) (7«j-DMSO) δ 11.36 (IH, s); 8.12 (IH, d, 7=8.6 Hz); 7.94 (IH, d, 7=2.1 Hz); 7.68 (IH, dd, 7=8.6, 2.1 Hz); 8.63 (IH, d, 7=8.4 Hz); 7.47 (IH, d, 7=8.4 Hz); 7.36-7.32 (IH, m); 7.27-7.19 (4H, m); 2.54 (2H, q, 7= 7.6 Hz); 1.08 (3H, t, 7=7.6 Hz). MS ESI m/e: 506.0 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 146
This example illustrates the synthesis of 146.1.
Figure imgf000127_0001
144.1 146.1
Aniline 144.1 (111 mg, 0.37 mmol), pipsyl chloride (135 mg, 0.45 mmol), 2,6-lutidine (48 mg, 0.45 mmol), and catalytic DMAP were combined in methylene chloride (2.0 mL) according to the procedure described in Example 77. This yielded 140 mg (67%>) of compound 146.1 as a white foam.
Η NMR (400MHz) (</ή-DMSO) δ 10.97 (IH, s); 8.01 (2H, d, 7=8.4 Hz); 7.63 (IH, d, 7=8.4 Hz); 7.58 (2H, d, 7=8.4 Hz); 7.46 (IH, d, 7=8.4 Hz); 7.34 (IH, m); 7.46-7.20 (4H, m); 2.54 (2H, q, 7=7.5 Hz); 1.09 (3H, t, 7=7.5 Hz). MS ESI m/e: 563.9 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 147
This example illustrates the synthesis of 147.1.
Figure imgf000128_0001
144.1 147.1
Aniline 144.1 (108 mg, 0.36 mmol), 3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (106 mg, 0.43 mmol), 2,6-lutidine (46 mg, 0.43 mmol), and catalytic DMAP were combined in methylene chloride (2.0 mL) according to the procedure described in Example 77. This yielded 113 mg (62%) of compound 147.1 as a white foam.
1H NMR (400MHz) (CDC13) δ 7.96 (IH, d, 7=2.2 Hz); 7.66 (IH, dd, 7=8.4, 2.2 Hz); 7.57 (IH, d, 7=8.4 Hz); 7.46 (IH, d, 7=8.3 Hz); 7.34 (IH, d, 7=8.3 Hz); 7.31-7.26 (3H, m); 7.20-7.15 (2H, m); 2.79 (2H, q, 7=7.6 Hz); 1.27 (3H, t, 7=7.6 Hz). MS ESI m/e: 506.0 (M - H).
EXAMPLE 148
This illustrates the synthesis of (2-fluoro-4-nitro-phenyl)acetic acid 148. A round-bottomed flask was charged with diethyl malonate (8.6 g, 54 mmol), cesium carbonate (29.3 g, 90 mmol), and anhydrous DMF (36 mL). The mixture was warmed to 70 °C and 2,4-difluoronitrobenzene (5.75 g, 36 mmol) was added in a dropwise fashion with vigorous stirring. The reaction medium immediately turned dark purple. After the addition was complete, the reaction was stirred at 70°C for 30 minutes. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was quenched with 4 mL of acetic acid and then poured into 300 mL of 0.3 N HCl(aq). The purple color discharged completely upon addition to the acid. The mixture was then neutralized by adding solid NaHCO until no gas evolution took place. The mixture was extracted 2 x 150 mL 1:1 diethyl ether:hexanes. The combined organic layers were washed 2 x 100 mL DI water and 1 x 50 mL sat. brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to a yellow oil. This oil was suspended in 40 mL of 6N HCl(aq) and the mixture heated to reflux for 16 h. Upon cooling, crystals separated and were collected by filtration. The crystals were dried under vacuum to yield 2-fluoro-4-nitro-phenylacetic acid (148) as off-white crystals (5.42 g).
Η NMR (400MHz) (^-MeOH) δ 8.06 (IH, d); 8.04 (IH, d); 7.60 (IH, t); 3.81 (2H, s).
EXAMPLE 149
This illustrates the synthesis of 7-chloro-2-(2-fluoro-4-nitro-benzyl)- benzoxazole 149. The benzoxazole 149 was formed according to the method of Terashima and Ishi (Synthesis 1982, 484-85.). Phenylacetic acid 148 (387 mg, 1.95 mmol), 2- amino-6-chloro-phenol (233 mg, 1.67 mmol, described in 7 Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 3435- 3450), and boric acid (120 mg, 1.95 mmol) were combined in xylenes (24 mL) and the mixture heated to reflux in a flask equipped with a Dean-Stark trap. After 8 h, the reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated, and the residue purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 3:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate). Fractions containing benzoxazole 149 were concentrated to a yellow solid (419 mg).
'H NMR (CDC13) δ 8.05 (d, IH); 8.00 (dd, IH); 7.61 (d, IH); 7.57 (d, IH); 7.33 (d, IH); 7.27 (d, IH) 4.38 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 307.0
EXAMPLE 150
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 150.
Figure imgf000129_0001
150 A round-bottomed flask was charged with 2-mercapto-5- methylbenzimidazole (4.84 g, 29.5 mmol), potassium hydroxide (1.66 g, 29.5 mmol), and water (18 mL). This suspension was heated to 120°C for 3.0 hours. Then 3,4,5- trichloronitrobenzene (6.68 g, 29.5 mmol) dissolved in 53 mL of H-butanol was added dropwise while the reaction stiπed at 120°C. All the white solids went into solution and the solution proceeded to turn a deep red color. The reaction was left stirring for five days, at which point a yellow precipitate was seen. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and the precipitate was filtered and washed with distilled water to yield 8.10 g (78%>) of compound 150 as canary yellow crystals which were a 50/50 mixture of both ' possible tautomers.
Η NMR (400MHz) -DMSO) δ 12.64 (IH, s); 8.48 (2H, d, 7=2.2 Hz); 7.34 and 7.27 (IH, 2 tautomeric doublets, 7=8.3 Hz); 7.26 and 7.19 (IH, 2 tautomeric singlets); 6.99 and 6.95 (IH, 2 tautomeric doublets, 7=8.1 Hz); 2.38 and 2.35 (3H, 2 tautomeric singlets).
EXAMPLE 151
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 151.
Figure imgf000130_0001
150 151
A round-bottomed flask was charged with 8.1 g (22.8 mmol) of compound 150, 20.6 g (91.4 mmol) of tin dichloride dihydrate, and 150 mL of EtOAc. This was heated to 75°C for 3.0 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 300 mL of EtOAc and washed with 250 mL of 2N aqueous KOH solution followed by 200 mL of brine. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to 7.4 g (94%o) of 151 as a pale yellow solid that was used without further purification. MS (M+H) 324
EXAMPLE 152 This illustrates the synthesis of compound 152.
A round-bottomed flask was charged with compound 151 (749 mg, 2.31 mmol), 4-acetylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (1.01 g, 4.62 mmol), 2,6-lutidine (496 mg, 4.62 mmol), acetone (4.0 mL), and a catalytic amount of DMAP. This was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours, after which 2,6-lutidine hydrochloride was seen as a white precipitate. The reaction was diluted with 40 mL of EtOAc and washed with 30 mL of IN aqueous HCl followed by 30 mL of brine. The organics were dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to a clear oil that was dissolved in 30 mL of THF. To this was added 30 mL of 0.5N aqueous KOH. This was stiπed at room temperature for 12 hours, and the reaction color progressed from a light yellow to a deep orange. Next, the pH was brought to 7.0 with 1.ON HCl and the THF was removed in vacuo. The remaining aqueous phase was extracted with 100 mL of Et2O. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to a yellow oil that was further purified with silica gel flash chromatography (3:2 hexanes:EtOAc). The desired fractions were combined and concentrated to an oil which was recrystallized from hot EtOAc/hexanes to yield 312 mg (27%) of 152 as an off-white solid. MS (M-H) 504.
Η NMR (7ό-DMSO) δ 12.36 (IH, broad s); 11.39 (IH, broad s); 8.18 (2H, t); 8.03 (2H, t); 7.32 (2H, s); 7.32-7.04 (2H, m); 6.96 (IH, m); 2.62 (3H, s); 2.35 (3H, s).
EXAMPLE 153
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 153.
Figure imgf000131_0001
Compound 153 was prepared according to Example 152. In this case, 353 mg (1.1 mmol) of compound 151 was used to give 76 mg (14%>) of 153 as white crystals.
Η NMR (d6-DMSO) δ 12.31 (IH, broad s); 11.42 (IH, broad s); 8.90 (IH, d); 8.29 (IH, dd); 7.81 (IH, d); 7.34 (2H, s); 7.26 (IH, broad s); 7.17 (IH, broad s); 6.92 (IH, d); 2.35 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 497.0.
The additional examples of Table 21 were prepared according to the method of Example 152. Table 21
Figure imgf000132_0001
V A B C D m e (M-H)
152 Cl H H -C(=O)Me H 504
153 Cl [2-chloro-5 -pyridyl] 497
154 Cl Me H Cl Me 524
155 Cl Cl H Cl H 530
156 Cl Cl H CF3 H 564
157 Cl Cl H Cl Me 544
158 H Cl H Cl H 496
159 H H Cl Cl H 496
160 H Cl H CF3 H 530
161 H Cl H Cl Me 510
162 H H H I H 554
163 H [2-chloro-5 -pyridyl] 463
164 H Me H Cl Me 490
EXAMPLE 154
Η NMR -DMSO) δ 12.29 (IH, broad s); 11.37 (IH, broad s); 8.01 (IH, s); 7.57 (IH, s); 7.19-7.33 (4H, m); 6.91 (IH, s); 2.57 (3H, s); 2.38 (3H, s); 1.24 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 524.
EXAMPLE 155
MS (M-H) 529.8. 1H NMR (7<J-DMSO) δ 12.31 (IH, broad s); 11.64 (IH, broad s); 8.18 (IH, d); 7.94 (IH, d); 7.71 (IH, dd); 7.34-7.09 (4H, m); 6.93 (IH, d); 2.33 (3H, s). EXAMPLE 156
MS (M-H) 564. 'H NMR (d6-DMSO) δ 12.28 (IH, broad s); 11.80 (IH, broad s); 8.38 (IH, d); 8.19 (IH, s); 8.00 (IH, d); 7.29 (2H, s); 7.24 (IH, broad s); 7.15 (IH, broad s); 6.91 (IH, d); 2.34 (3H, s).
EXAMPLE 157
MS (M-H) 544. Η NMR tø-DMSO) δ 12.29 (IH, broad s); 11.58 (IH, s); 8.22 (IH, s); 7.89 (IH, s); 7.29 (2H, s); 7.24 (IH, broad s); 7.16 (IH, broad s); 6.91 (IH, d); 2.41 (3H, s); 2.34 (3H, s).
The examples of Table 22 were prepared by analogy to the methods of Examples 150-152.
Table 22
Figure imgf000133_0001
A B C D m/e (M-H)
165 Cl H Cl Me 496 166 Cl H Cl H 482 167 H H I H 540 168 H Cl Cl H 482 169 Cl H CF3 H 516 170 Me H Cl Me 476
The examples of Table 23 were prepared by analogy to the methods of Examples 150-152. Table 23
Figure imgf000134_0001
EXAMPLE 174
Figure imgf000134_0002
174 175
3-Hydroxyquinoline (prepared according to the procedure of Naumann, et. al., Synthesis, 1990, 4, 279-281)) (3 g) and 1,2,3- trichloro-5-nitrobenzene (4.7 g) were dissolved in DMF (80 mL) and heated with cesium carbonate (7.4g) for 2 hr at 60°C. The reaction was poured into ice/water (500 ml). The resulting off-white precipitate was collected by filtration and rinsed with hexane to afford compound 174 as a solid (6.9g) suitable for use in the next reaction.
1H NMR in CDC13 8.863 (d, J=2.2Hz, IH), 8.360 (s, 2H), 8.106 (d, J=8.6Hz, IH), 7.646 (m, 2H), 7.529 (d, J=8.6Hz, IH), 7.160 (d, J=2.2Hz, IH) EXAMPLE 175
To a solution of compound 180 (6.9 g) in ethanol THF/water (ratio 40:20:10) was added ammonium chloride (3.3 g) and powdered iron (3.4g). This mixture was heated to reflux for 5 hr. The hot mixture was then filtered through Celite and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution followed by water and then brine. The solution was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to afford compound 175 as an off-white solid (5.6 g)-
Η NMR in (DMSO) δ 8.846 (d, J=2.9Hz, IH), 8.010 (m, IH), 7.915 (m, IH), 7.645 (m, IH), 7.560 (m, IH), 7.401 (d, J=2.9Hz, IH), 6.778 (s, 2H), 5.762 (s, 2H).
Treatment of the aniline 175 with various sulfonyl chlorides according to conventional methods gave the sulfonamides of Table 24.
Table 24
Figure imgf000135_0001
Example X Y V A B C D
176 H H Cl CF3 H Cl H
177 H H Cl Cl H CF3 H
178 H H Cl Cl H Cl H
180 H H H Cl H Cl H
181 -CO2Me H Cl Cl H Cl H
182 H -( CO2Me Cl Cl H Cl H
183 -CO2H H Cl Cl H Cl H
184 H - -CO2H Cl Cl H Cl H
185 Me H Cl Cl H Cl Me
186 H H F Cl H Cl Me EXAMPLE 176
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.4-11.6 (IH, broad), 8.87 (IH, d, 7= 2.9 Hz), 8.15- 8.22 (2H, m), 8.00-8.08 (2H, m), 7.87 (IH, d, 7= 8.0 Hz), 7.55-7.68 (2H, m), 7.47 (IH, d, 7= 2.9 Hz), 7.35 (2H, s). MS (M-H) 545. mp 98.8 °C.
EXAMPLE 177
Η NMR(DMSO) δ 11.58 (IH, s), 8.86 (IH, d, 7= 2.9 Hz), 8.38 (IH, d, 7 = 8.4 Hz), 8.23 (IH, s), 8.01 (IH, d, 7= 8.4 Hz), 7.86 (IH, d, 7= 8.1 Hz), 7.53-7.68 (2H, m), 7.46 (IH, d, 7= 2.9 Hz), 7.34 (2H, s). MS (M-H) 545.0
EXAMPLE 178
Η NMR(d6-acetone) 9.9 (IH, br s), 8.794 (IH, d, 7= 2.9 Hz), 8.23 (IH, d, 7= 8.4 Hz), 8.035 (IH, br d, 7=8.4 Hz), 7.793 (IH, d, 7= 1.5 Hz), 7.78 (IH, m), 7.62- 7.70 (2H, m), 7.57 (IH, td, 7= 6.8,1.2 Hz), 7.476 (2H, s), 7.364 (IH, d, 7=2.6 Hz). MS (M-H) 511.0.
EXAMPLE 179
Η NMR(300MHz/CDCl3) δ 2.43(3H, s ), 7.10(1H, d, J=3Hz), 7.26(2H, s ), 7.48-7.64(4H, m), 7.96(1H, s ), 8.09(1H, d, J= 8.7Hz), 8.78(1H, d, J=3Hz). MS(M+H) 527. mp 233-235 °
EXAMPLE 180
Η NMR(300MHz/CDCl3) δ 7.14(1H, dd, J=2.6Hz,J=8.9Hz), 7.26(1H, d, J=8.9Hz), 7.33(1H, d, J=2.6Hz), 7.56-7.58(2H, m), 7.66-7.69(2H,m), 7.87(1H, m), 7.93(1H, d, J=2.0Hz), 8.00(1H, m ), 8.09(1H, d, J=8.5Hz), 8.80(1H, d, J=2.9Hz), 11.06(1H, brs), MS(M+H)) 479. mp 12! °C
EXAMPLE 181 3-[2,6-Dichloro-4- (2,4-dichloro-benzenesulfonylamino)-phenoxy]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester (181)
A solution of 3-(4-Amino-2, 6-dichloro-phenoxy)-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester (312) (0.93mmol) and 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (250mg, 1.02mmol) in Pyridine (0.13ml, 1.53mmol)-CH2Cl2 (3.7ml) was stiπed at room temperature for 12 hr. Sat NaHCO3 was added to the reaction mixture, which was then extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed by brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO , and concentrated. Crude residue was purified by column chromatography (Hexane/AcOEt=2/l, 80g of silica gel) to afford compound 181 (237mg, 41%, in 3 steps). 1H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 3.90 (3H, s), 7.31(2H, s), 7.72 (IH, dd,
J=1.8, 7.8Hz), 7.79 (IH, d, J=3.0Hz), 7.96 (IH, d, J=1.8Hz), 8.11 (2H, s), 8.18 (IH, d, J=7.8Hz), 8.64 (IH, s), 8.99 (IH, d, J=3.0Hz), 11.42 (IH, br s). MS (M+H) 571
EXAMPLE 182 3-[2,6-Dichloro-4- (2,4-dichloro-benzenesulfonylamino)-phenoxy]- quinoIine-8-carboxylic acid methyl ester (182)
To a solution of 3-(4-Amino-2, 6-dichloro-phenoxy)-quinoline-8- carboxylic acid methyl ester (315) (1.26mmol) in Pyridine (0.15ml, 1.80mmol) and CH2C12 (5ml), was added 2,4-Dichlorolbenzenesulfonyl chloride (381mg, 1.55mmol). The mixture was stiπed at room temperature for 12hr. Sat NaHCO3 was added to the reaction mixture, which was then extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed by Brine, dried over MgSO , and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography (Hexane/AcOEt=2/l, 80g of silica gel) to afford compound 182 (506mg, 70%>) as a white solid. Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 3.91 (3H, s), 7.31(2H, s), 7.57-7.65 (2H, m), 7.72 (IH, dd, J=2.1, 8.6Hz), 7.83(1H, d, J=8.6Hz), 7.96 (2H, d, J=2.1Hz), 8.03 (IH, d, J=8.6Hz), 8.18 (IH, d, J=8.6Hz), 8.94 (IH, d, J=2.1Hz), 11.4 (IH, br s), MS(M+H) 571
EXAMPLE 183 3-[2,6-Dichloro-4- (2,4-dichloro-benzenesulfonylammo)-phenoxy]- quinoline-6-carboxylic acid (183)
To a solution of 3-[2,6-Dichloro-4- (2,4-dichloro-benzenesulfonylamino)- phenoxy]-quinoline-6-carboxyllc acid methyl ester (181) (200mg, 0.35mmol) in THF/MeOH(2ml/2ml) was added 4N NaOH (0.1ml, 0.4mmol). This mixture was refluxed for 2.5 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and was neutralized with 2N HCl, and then concentrated. The residue was extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed by Brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, and concentrated to give a solid. Crude product was recrystallized by Hexane/ AcOEt to afford compound 183(153mg, 78%).
Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 7.16 (2H, s), 7.62(1H, dd, J=2.0, 8.5Hz), 7.73 (IH, d, J=2.9Hz), 7.82 (IH, s), 8.08-8.11 (3H, m), 8.60 (IH, s), 8.95 (IH, d, J=2.9Hz), 13.2 (IH, br s), MS (M+H) 557. mp 228-2
EXAMPLE 184 3-[2,6-Dichloro-4- (2,4-dichloro-benzenesulfonylamino)-phenoxy]- quinoline-8-carboxylic acid (184) To a solution of 3-[2,6-Dichloro-4- (2-chloro-4-trifluoromethyl- benzenesulfonylamino)-phenoxy]-quinoline-8-carboxylic acid methyl ester (183) (402mg, 0.7mmol) in THF/MeOH=0.1ml 0.3ml was added 4N NaOH (0.2ml, 0.77mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 12hr. After cooling to room temp, the reaction mixture was filtered to remove insoluble materials. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in aq NH4C1 and extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed by Brine, and dried over anhydrous MgSO , and concentrated to afford compound 184 (197mg, 50%) as a white solid.
1H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 7.32 (2H, s), 7.70-7.81(2H, m), 7.90 (IH, d, J=2.2Hz), 7.96 (IH, d, J=2.2Hz), 8.17-8.19 (IH, m), 8.22-8.24 (IH, m), 8.38-8.39 (IH, m), 9.11 (IH, d, J=2.2Hz), 11.4 (IH, br s), 15.4 (IH, br s). MS (M+H) 557. mp 263-266 °C.
EXAMPLE 185 2,4-Dichloro-N- [3,5-dichloro-4- (6-methyl-quinoln-3-yloxy)-phenyl]-5- methyl-benzenesulfonamide(185)
To a solution of 3,5-Dichloro-4- (6-methyl-quinlin-3-yloxy)-phenylamine (339) (400mg, 1.25mmol) in Pyridine (0.12ml, 1.48mmol)- CH2C12 (4ml) was added 2,4- Dichloro-5-methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (325mg, 1.25mmol). The mixture was stiπed at room temperature for 12hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (Hexane/ AcOEt=2/l , 80g of silica gel) to provide compound (185) (453mg, 66%) as a white solid. Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 2.41 (3H, s), 2.44(3H, s), 7.31 (3H, s), 7.49 (IH, d, J=8.7Hz), 7.61 (IH, s), 7.88-7.91 (2H, m), 8.19 (IH, s), 8.74 (IH, d, J=3.0Hz), 11.3 (IH, br s), MS (M+H) 541 mp 228-230°C.
EXAMPLE 186
PART I Preparation of 3-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(quinolin-3-yloxy)nitrobenzene (186.1) To a solution of 3,4-Difluoronitrobenzene l .OOg in conc.H2SO4 (20ml), was added portionwise CI2O in CCl4(25ml, prepared as described by Cady G. H. et. al in Inorg. Synth. Vol 5, pl56(1957)). The mixture was stiπed at room temperature overnight. The mixture was poured into crashed ice and extracted with Et2θ (30mlx3). Combined ether layers were washed with 10%Na2SO3 and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was concentrated to Ca. 10ml(This solution contains 3-Chloro-4,5-difluoronitrobenzene). This solution was diluted with acetone (60ml), and then 3-hydroxyquinoline 0.75g and K2CO3 2.2g were added to this solution. The mixture was heated to reflux for 1.5 hr. After cooling the reaction mixture was filtered through a short celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated to give an oil, which was then purified by column chromatography (silica gel, AcOEt:Hexane=l :5) to provide the intermediate compound 186.1 (0.980g) as a yellow oil.
PART 2 Preparation of 3-Chloro-5-fluoro-4-(quinolin-3-yloxy)phenylamine (186.2)
To a solution of 3-Chloro-5-fluoro-4-(quinolin-3-yloxy)nitrobenzene (186.1) (0.980g) and NH4C1 (1.64g) in EtOH(50ml) - H2O (5ml), was added iron powder (1.92g). The mixture was heated to reflux for lhr. After cooling the reaction mixture was filtered through short celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated, diluted with sat. NaHCO3 and extacted with AcOEt(30mlx3). The combined organic layeres were washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Concentration of solvent afford crude product, which was purified by column chromatography (silicagel, AcOEt:Hexane=l :3) to provide aniline 186.2 (0.420g ) as a colorless solid. PART 3 Preparation of N-[3-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(quinolin-3-yloxy)phenyl]-2,4- dichloro-5-methyl-benzenesulfonamide ( 186 )
To a solution of 3-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(quinolin-3-yloxy)phenylamine (186.2) ( 0.420g) in pyridine(2.2ml), was added 2,4-dichloro-5- methylbenzenesulfonylchloride 0.360g. The mixture was stiπed at room for lhr. The reaction mixture was purified directly by column chromatography (silicagel, AcOEt :Hexane=l :3). The product was triturated by hexane to give title compound (0.522g). (73%) as a solid. NMR(300MHz/CDCl3) δ 2.43(3H, s ), 7.05(1H, d, J=2.6Hz), 7.09-
7.11(1H, m), 7.21(1H, d, J=2.6Hz), 7.36(1H, brs ), 7.49-7.66(4H, m), 7.96(1H, s ), 8.10(1H, d, J=8.2Hz), 8.80(1H, brs). MS (M+H) 511. mp 187 °C.
EXAMPLE 187 This illustrates the synthesis of 7-chloro-2-(2-fluoro-4-amino-benzyl)- benzoxazole 187.
To the nitro compound 149 (419 mg, 1.4 mmol) in ethyl acetate (10 mL) was added SnCl2 «2H2O (1.2 g, 5.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 30 minutes. After allowing to cool to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 13 mL of saturated 2N KOH(aq). The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer extracted 1 x 30 mL ethyl acetate . The combined organic layers were washed with saturated bηne and dried over Na2SO4. After concentration, the yellow oil was purified by radial chromatography (2 mm silica gel layer Chromatatron plate, 3:2 hexanes .ethyl acetate). Eluant containing the desired product was concentrated to 194 mg of aniline 187.
Η NMR (^-acetone) δ 7.58 (dd, IH); 7.39-7.31 (m, 2H); 7.11 (t, IH); 6.50-6.43 (m, 2H); 4.94 (bs, 2H); 4.21 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 277.1.
EXAMPLE 188 This illustrates the synthesis of sulfonamide 188.
Figure imgf000141_0001
Example 188 A= C=C1
Example 189 A=H; C=COMe
To aniline 187 (95 mg, 0.34 mmol) in acetone (1 mL) was added 2,6- lutidine (60 μL, 0.51 mmol) and 2,4-dichloro-benzenesulfonyl chloride (93 mg, 0.38 mmol, Maybridge Chemical Co.). After 16 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through a 1 cm plug of silica gel. After concentration, the yellow oil was purified by radial chromatography (1 mm silica gel layer Chromatatron plate, 3:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate). Eluant containing the product was concentrated and the residue recrystallized from hot hexanes/ethyl acetate. Filtration and drying under vacuum yielded the sulphonamide 188 as light yellow crystals (65 mg).
Η NMR (76-acetone) δ 9.70 (bs, IH); 8.16 (d, IH); 7.71 (d, IH); 7.60- 7.56 (m, 2H); 7.42-7.32 (m, 3H); 7.11-7.09 (m, 2H); 4.32 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 482.9.
EXAMPLE 189
This illustrates the synthesis of sulfonamide 189.
By the method of example 188, using the aniline 187 and 4-acetyl- benzenesulfonyl chloride compound 189 was obtained as light yellow crystals.
Η NMR (</Vacetone) δ 9.50 (bs, IH); 8.11 (d, 2H); 8.11 (d, 2H); 7.98 (d, 2H); 7.57 (d, IH); 7.42-7.32 (m, 3H); 7.12-7.06 (m, 2H); 4.33 (s, 2H); 2.61 (s, 3H). MS (M-H): 482.9.
EXAMPLE 190
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 190.
Figure imgf000142_0001
190 191
2-chloro-4-nitro-phenol (2 g, 11.5 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 nlL) and treated with CS2CO3 (3.7 g, 11.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 50 °C until gas evolution stopped. 2-chlorobenzoxazole (2.65 g, 17.3 mmol) was added, and then the reaction mixture was warmed to 75 °C. After 5 hours, the heat was removed and the reaction mixture was poured into 150 mL of deionized water with vigorous stirring. The precipitate was collected by filtration and rinsed several times with distilled water. The product was dried under a stream of air for 15 minutes, then under vacuum overnight to afford compound 190 as an off-white solid (3.4 g), homogeneous by TLC (Rf=0.55, 3:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate). MS (M+H) 291.0
EXAMPLE 191 This illustrates the synthesis of compound 191. See above.
A round-bottomed flask was charged with 2.01 g (6.93 mmol) of compound 190, 50 mL of isopropyl alcohol, and 20 mL of THF. Then 0.5 mL of a 50/50 suspension of Raney Nickel in water was added. The reaction was then strπed under a hydrogen balloon at room temperature for 24 hours. Raney Nickel was removed by filtration through celite, and the solution was concentrated in vacuo. Recrystallization from ethanol and hexanes gave 1.01 g (60%>) of aniline 191 as off-white needles. MS ■ (M+H) 261.0.
EXAMPLE 192 This illustrates the synthesis of compound 192. (See Table below)
A round-bottomed flask was charged with aniline 191 (144 mg, 0.55 mmol), 2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (221 mg, 0.55 mmol), 2,6-lutidine (97 mg, 0.55 mmol), catalytic DMAP, and acetone (3.0 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir overnight. The reaction was then diluted with 20 mL of methylene chloride and washed with 10 mL of IN HCl and 10 mL of brine. The organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to a clear oil. This oil was further purified using silica gel flash chromatography. The desired fractions were combined and concentrated to a stiff foam. The product was recrystallized from methylene chloride and hexanes to yield 165 mg (65%>) of compound 192 as white crystals.
'H NMR (7«j-DMSO) δ 11.21 (IH, s); 8.12 (IH, d, 7=8.6 Hz); 7.92 (IH, d, 7=2.1 Hz); 7.69-7.63 (3H, m); 7.48 (IH, dd, 7=7.3, 4.3 Hz); 7.31-7.29 (3H, m); 7.18 (IH, dd, 7=9.0, 2.6 Hz). MS (M-H) 467.0
The additional examples of Table 25 were prepared from aniline 191 and the coπesponding sulfonyl chloride by the method of example 192.
Table 25
Figure imgf000143_0001
Example A B C D (M-H)
192 Cl H Cl H 467
193 Cl H Cl Me 481
194 Me H Cl Me
195 Cl H CF3 H 501
196 H H -COMe H 441
197 [2-chloro-5 -pyridyl] 434
EXAMPLE 193
Η NMR tø-DMSO) δ 11.14 (IH, s); 8.14 (IH, s); 7.87 (IH, s); 7.65-7.61 (2H, m); 7.50-7.48 (IH, m); 7.32-7.28 (3H, m); 7.19 (IH, dd, 7=8.9, 2.7 Hz); 2.40 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 481 EXAMPLE 194
Η NMR (7<$-DMSO) δ 10.92 (IH, s); 7.94 (IH, s); 7.65-7.60 (2H, m); 7.54 (IH, s); 7.49 (IH, dd, 7=4.8,1.6 Hz); 7.31-7.27 (3H, m); 7.16 (IH, dd, 7=8.9, 2.6 Hz); 2.56 (3H, s); 2.36 (3H, s).
EXAMPLE 195
1H NMR (7ό-DMSO) δ 11.36 (IH, s); 8.32 (IH, d); 8.18 (IH, s); 7.97 (IH, dd); 7.64 (2H, dd); 7.47 (IH, d); 7.31 (3H, m); 7.20 (IH, dd). MS (M-H) 501.
EXAMPLE 196
1H NMR (400MHz) (7ή-DMSO) δ 10.96 (IH, s); 8.15 (2H, dd); 7.97 (2H, d); 7.62 (2H, d); 7.49 (IH, t); 7.31 (3H, m); 7.22 (IH, t); 2.62 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 441.0
EXAMPLE 197 1H NMR (d6-OMSO) δ 11.04 (IH, s); 8.89 (IH, s); 8.34 (IH, dd); 8.05
(IH, d); 7.87 (IH, d); 7.67 (IH, dd); 7.52 (IH, t); 7.38 (IH, d); 7.25 (IH, t); 7.19 (IH, t); 2.62 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 434.0
EXAMPLE 198 Preparation of 3-Chloro-4-(quinolin-3-yloxy)nitrobenzene(198)
To a solution of 3-hydroxyquinoline (l.OOg) and 3-chloro-4- fluoronitrobenzene (1.21g) in Acetone(20ml), was added K2CO3 (2.86g). The mixture was refluxed for lhr. After cooling the reaction mixture was filtered through a short celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated to provide compound 198 ( 2.07g, quant.) as a brown oil.
Η NMR(300MHz/CDCl3) δ 7.02(1 H, d, J=9.1Hz), 7.61 (IH, m), 7.72- 7.80(3H, m), 8.10-8.18(2H, m), 8.45(1H, d, J=2.7Hz), 8.82(1H, d, J=2.8Hz).
EXAMPLE 199 Preparation of 3 -Chloro-4-(quinolin-3 -yloxy)phenylamine (199)
To a solution of nitrobenzene 198 (2.07g) and NH4C1 (1.84g) in EtOH (40ml) - H2O (10 ml), was added iron powder (1.92g). The mixture was heated to reflux for lhr. After cooling the reaction mixture was filtered through short celite pad. The filtrate was concentrated, diluted with sat. NaHCO3 (30ml) and extacted with AcOEt(30ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (30ml) and dried over Na2SO4. Concentration of the solvent afforded the aniline 199 (1.77g, 95%)as a yellow solid.
Η NMR(300MHZ/CDC13) δ 3.77(2H, brs), 6.63(1H, dd, J=2.7Hz, J=8.6Hz), 6.83(1H, d, J=2.7Hz), 6.99(1H, d, J=8.6Hz),7.24(lH, d, J=2.8Hz), 7.49(1H, m), 7.56-7.64(2H, m), 8.08(1H, m), 8.86( IH, J=2.8Hz)
The structures for examples 200-208 are illustrated in Table 26.
Table 26
Figure imgf000145_0001
EXAMPLE V w X Y Z MS(M-H)
220000 CCll HH CCll HH HH 372
201 H H H H H 304
203 H Cl H H Me 352
204 Cl Cl H Cl H 406
205 Cl H H H Me 354 (M+H)
220066 CCll HH MMee HH HH 354 (M+H)
207 Cl Cl H H H 372
208 Cl H - SO2Me H H 416
EXAMPLE 200 This illustrates the synthesis of compound 200.
2-amino-6-chlorobenzothiazole (3.68 g, 20 mmol) and l,2,3-trichloro-5- nitrobenzene (4.53 g, 20 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous DMSO (10 mL). Solid K2CO3 (3.04 g, 22 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture heated to 150 °C for 4 hours. Let cool, then poured into 200 mL deionized water. A fine yellow solid precipitated which was collected by filtration after attempts to dissolve the product in ethyl acetate failed. The yellow solid was suspended in 100 mL of ethyl acetate and heated to reflux. After cooling to room temperature, filtration, rinsing with ethyl acetate followed by hexanes, and drying under vacuum provided the nitro compound 200 as a yellow powder. (1.06 g)
Η NMR tø-DMSO) δ 8.37 (s, 2H); 7.76 (bs, IH); 7.30 (dd, IH); 7.23 (bs, IH). MS (M-H) 372
EXAMPLE 201
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 201.
To a solution of 2-chloro-4-nitro aniline (2 g) and potassium t-butoxide (12 mmol) in THF (18 mL) was added a solution of 2-chlorobenzothiazole (2.75 g) in THF (6 mL). The mixture was heated at reflux overnight then quenched into water (100 mL). The product is extracted with methylene chloride and purified by flash chromatography to afford compound 201 (300 mg) as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (d6-acetone) δ 9.74 (br s, IH), 9.214 (br d, IH), 8.346 (m, 2H), 7.891 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.794 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.466 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 7.321 (t, J=7.2 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 304.
EXAMPLE 202
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 202.
Figure imgf000146_0001
202 203
By the method of Abuzar et al, (Ind. J. Chem 20B, 230-233 (1981)) 2- chloro-4-nitro phenylisothiocyanate (Lancaster) (0.95g) was coupled with 2-amino-4- chlorotoluene (0.69g) in reluxing acetone to form the mixed thiourea 202 (1.5g). 1H NMR (DMSO) δ 10.021 (s, IH), 9.789 (s, IH), 8.373 (m, IH), 8.197 (m, 2H), 7.441 (d, J=1.6Hz, IH), 7.315 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.268 (dd, J= 8.4, 2. Hz, IH), 2.237 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 356. Anal, calcd.: 47.20 %C, 3.11 %H, 11.80 %N; found: 47.24 %C, 3.15 %N, 11.69%N.
EXAMPLE 203 This illustrates the synthesis of compound 203. To a cool solution of thiourea 202 (0.63 g) in chloroform (6 mL) was added bromine (0.6 g) slowly. The mixture was then heated to reflux for 2 hours. On cooling, the solids were collected by filtration and then triturated with acetone to afford benzothiazole 203 as its HBR salt (0.5 g).
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 8.989 (br d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 8.365 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 8.291 (dd, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, IH), 7.259 (m, 2H), 5.4 (br s), 2.557 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 352. Anal.: calc for M+0.9HBr: 39.38 %C, 2.34 %H, 9.84 %N; found: 39^44 %C, 2.35 %H, 9.66 %N.
EXAMPLE 204
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 204.
By the method of examples 202 and 203, 2,6-dichloro-4- nitrophenylisothiocyanate (GBl 131780 (1966)) was coupled with 3,5-dichloroaniline to form the corresponding mixed thiourea which was cyclized with bromine to afford benzothiazole 204 suitable for use in the next reaction. MS (M-H) 406
EXAMPLE 205 By the method of example 200, benzothiazole 205 was prepared in 78% yield as a yellow solid. MS (M+H) 354.
EXAMPLE 206
By the method of example 200, benzothiazole 206 was prepared in 30%> yield as a yellow solid. MS (M+H) 354
EXAMPLE 207
This illustrates the synthesis of compound 207. 2,7-dichlorobenzothiazole (Example 73.2) (0.85 g, 4.2 mmol) and 2,6- dichloro-4-nitroaniline (2.1 g, 10.4 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous DMSO (10 mL). Solid Cs2CO3 (4.1 g, 12.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture heated to 80 °C for 16 hours. Let cool, then poured into 200 mL DI water. Excess cesium carbonate was neutralized with acetic acid. The aqueous layer was extracted 2 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine, dried over MgSO , filtered, and concentrated to a yellow-brown solid. The insolubility of this compound prevented purification, so the crude material was used directly in the next reaction.
Η NMR (400MHz) (^-acetone) δ 10.35 (bs, IH); 8.36 (s, 2H); 7.37 (t, IH); 7.30 (dd, IH); 7.21 (dd, IH). MS (M-H) 371.9.
EXAMPLE 208
By the method of examples 202 and 203, 2,6-dichloro-4- nitrophenylisothiocyanate (GBl 131780 (1966)) was coupled with methyl-(4- aminophenyl)-sulfone to form the coπesponding mixed thiourea which was cyclized with bromine to afford benzothiazole 208 suitable for use in the next reaction.
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 8.44 (s, 2H), 8.28 (br s, 2H), 7.82 (br d, IH), 7.41 (br d, IH), 3.19 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 416.
EXAMPLES 209-216
Reduction of the nitro derivatives of Table 26 by the methods of example 32 or example 175 gave the coπesponding anilines illustrated in Table 27.
The structures for examples 209-216 are illustrated in Table 27.
Figure imgf000148_0001
EXAMPLE V W X Y Z MS(M+H)
209 Cl H Cl H H 344
210 H H H H H 276
211 H Cl H H Me 324
212 Cl Cl H Cl H .378
213 Cl H H H Me 324
214 Cl H Me H H 324
215 Cl Cl H H H 344
216 Cl H - SO2Me H H 388
EXAMPLE 209
Η NMR ( 6-acetone) δ 8.78 (s, IH); 7.29 (d, IH); 7.41 (d, IH); 7.27 (d, IH); 6.86 (s, 2H); 5.42 (s. IH). MS (M+H) 344
EXAMPLE 212
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 10.09 (s, IH), 7.48 (br s, IH), 7.31 (d, J=1.8 Hz, IH), 6.72 (s, 2H), 5.91 (br s, 2H). MS (M+H) 378
EXAMPLE 215 Crude 207 was reduced with SnCl2 2H2O according to the procedure of
Example 32 to afford compound 215 as a greenish/gray solid after recrystallization from hot ethyl acetate/hex anes (1.14 g).
Η NMR (de-acetone) δ 8.87 (bs, IH); 7.40 (dd, IH); 7.30 (t, IH); 7.11 (d, IH); 6.87 (s, 2H); 5.44 (bs, 2H). MS (M+H) 344.0
EXAMPLE 216 Η NMR (DMSO) δ 10.08 (s, IH), 8.31 (s, IH), 7.76 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.57 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 6.73 (s, 2H), 5.90 (s, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 388
EXAMPLES 217-238
Sulfonation of the anilines of Table 27 by the methods of example 3 or 192 provides the compounds illustrated in Table 28. Table 28
Figure imgf000150_0001
Example
# A B C D V w X Y Z MS(M-H)
217 Cl H Cl Me Cl H Cl H H 564
218 Cl H Cl H Cl H Cl H H 550
219 Cl H CF3 H Cl H Cl H H 584
220 Cl H Cl H H H H H H 482
221 Cl H CF3 H H H H H H 516
222 Cl H Cl Me H H H H H 496
223 Cl H Cl H Cl H Cl H Me 530
224 Cl H CF3 H Cl H Cl H Me 564
225 Cl H Cl H Cl Cl H Cl H 584
226 Cl H CF3 H Cl Cl H Cl H 618
227 Cl H Cl Me Cl Cl H Cl H 598
228 Cl H Cl H Cl H H H Me 530
229 Cl H CF3 H Cl H H H Me 564
230 Cl H Cl Me Cl H H H Me 544
231 H H -COMe H Cl H H H Me -
232 Cl H Cl H Cl H Me H H 530
233 Cl H CF3 H Cl H Me H H 564
234 Cl H Cl Me Cl H Me H H 544
235 Cl H Cl H Cl Cl H H H 550
236 Cl H CF3 H Cl Cl H H H 584
237 Cl H Cl H Cl H - SO2Me H H 594 238 Cl H CF3 H Cl H - SO2Me H H 628
EXAMPLE 217
Η NMR (< -acetone) δ 9.19 (bs, IH); 8.51 (s, IH); 7.74 (d, IH); 7.72 (s, IH); 7.43 (s, 2H); 7.37 (d, IH); 7.28 (dd, IH); 2.46 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 563.9
EXAMPLE 218
Η NMR ( 6-acetone) δ 9.19 (bs, IH); 8.22 (d, IH); 7.78 (d, IH); 7.74 (d, IH); 7.67 (dd, IH); 7.43 (s, 2H); 7.37 (d, IH); 7.28 (dd, IH). MS (M-H) 549.8
EXAMPLE 219
1H NMR (^-acetone) δ 10.05 (bs, IH); 9.22 (bs, IH); 8.45 (d, IH); 8.06 (s, IH); 7.98 (d, IH); 7.73 (m, IH); 7.45 (s, 2H); 7.36 (d, IH); 7.28 (dt, IH). MS (M-H) 583.8.
EXAMPLE 223
'H NMR (DMSO) δ 10.96 (IH, s), 10.11 (IH, s), 8.12-8.22 (IH, broad), 8.06 (IH, d, 8.6), 7.90 (IH, d, 7= 2.1 Hz), 7.65 (IH, dd, 7= 8.6, 2.1 Hz), 7.23 (IH, d, 7= 3.5 Hz), 7.10-7.20 (3H, m), 2.44 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 529*8
EXAMPLE 224
1H NMR (DMSO) δ 11.11 (lH, s), 10.11 (IH, s), 8.27 (IH, d, 7= 8.0 Hz), 8.16 (2H, s), 7.94 (IH, d, 7= 8.6 Hz), 7.10-7.26 (4H, m), 2.43 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 563.9. mp 192.6 °C
EXAMPLE 225
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.49 (s, IH), 10.44 (s, IH), 8.164 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH) 7.95 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 7.71 (dd, J=8.4, 2Hz, IH), 7.50 (br s, IH), 7.35 (d, J=1.6 Hz, IH), 7.25 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 584 EXAMPLE 226
Η NMR(DMSO) δ 11.59 (s, IH), 10.40 (s, IH), 8.368 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 8.20 (br s, IH), 8.00 (br d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.48 (br s, IH), 7.344 (t, J=1.6 Hz, IH), 7.274 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 2 H). MS (M-H) 618.
EXAMPLE 227
'H NMR (DMSO) δ 11.37 (s, IH), 10.40 (s, IH), 8.19 (br s, IH), 7.90 (m, IH), 7.53 (br s, IH), 7.35 (br s, IH), 7.25 (br s, 2 H), 2.415 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 598.
EXAMPLE 228
Η NMR (7<j-DMSO) δ 11.44 (IH, broad s); 9.96 (IH, broad s); 8.33 (IH, d); 8.19 (IH, s); 7.99 (IH, dd); 7.43 (IH, broad s); 7.26 (2H, s); 7.07 (IH, d); 6.97 (IH, t);
2.35 (3H, s). MS (M - H) 529.9.
EXAMPLE 229
Η NMR(7 DMSO) δ 11.26 (IH, broad s); 9.96 (IH, broad s); 8.12 (IH, d); 7.93 (IH, d); 7.69 (IH, dd); 7.43 (IH, broad s); 7.23 (2H, s); 7.08 (IH, d); 6.97 (IH, t); 2.36 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 564.
EXAMPLE 230
Η NMR -DMSO) δ 11.23 (IH, broad s); 9.96 (IH, broad s); 8.14 (IH, s); 7.88 (IH, s); 7.43 (IH, broad s); 7.24 (2H, s); 7.08 (IH, d); 6.97 (IH, t); 2.40 (3H, s);
2.36 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 543.9.
EXAMPLE 231
Η NMR (d6-OMSO) δ 11.02 (IH, broad s); 9.96 (IH, broad s); 8.16 (2H, d); 7.97 (2H, d); 7.43 (IH, broad s); 7.26 (IH, s); 7.07 (IH, d); 6.97 (IH, t); 2.62 (3H, s); 2.36 (3H, s).
EXAMPLE 232
Η NMR (7ή-DMSO) δ 11.28 (IH, broad s); 9.79 (IH, broad s); 8.13 (IH, d); 7.93 (2H, d); 7.70 (IH, dd); 7.44 (IH, broad s); 7.21 (3H, s); 7.05 (IH, d); 2.30 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 529.9. EXAMPLE 233
Η NMR (d6-OMSO) δ 11.43 (IH, broad s); 9.79 (IH, broad s); 8.34 (IH, d); 8.19 (IH, s); 7.99 (IH, d); 7.44 (IH, broad s); 7.24 (3H, s); 7.04 (IH, d); 2.30 (3H, s). MS (M - H) 564.
EXAMPLE 234
Η NMR (d6-OMSO) δ 11.22 (IH, broad s); 9.79 (IH, broad s); 8.15 (IH, s); 7.89 (IH, s); 7.44 (IH, broad s); 7.23 (3H, s); 7.04 (IH, d); 2.41 (3H, s); 2.31 (3H, s). MS (M - H) 543.9.
EXAMPLE 235
Η NMR (^-acetone) δ 9.92 (bs, IH); 9.35 (bs, IH); 8.23 (d, IH); 7.78 (d, IH); 7.67 (dd, IH); 7.45 (s, 2H); 7.36-7.29 (m, 2H); 7.16 (dd, IH). MS (M-H) 549.8.
EXAMPLE 236
Η NMR (^-acetone) δ 8.45 (d, IH); 8.06 (s, IH); 7.97 (d, IH); 7.46 (s, 2H); 7.33-7.29 (m, 2H); 7.16 (dd, IH). MS (M-H) 583.8.
EXAMPLE 237
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.43 (br s, IH), 10.40 (br s, IH), 8.33 (br s, IH), 8.16 (d, J= 8 Hz, IH); 7.94 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 7.753 (dd, J=8.2, 2 Hz, IH), 7.71 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, 1H),7.55 (br s, IH), 7.265 (s, 2H), 3.22 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 594.
EXAMPLE 238
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.55 (br s, IH), 10.40 (br s, IH), 8.38 (m, 2H), 8.22 (br s, IH), 8.02 (br d, IH), 7.77 (dd, J= 8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 7.55 (br s, IH), 7.295 (s, 2H), 3.19 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 628. Table 29
Figure imgf000154_0001
Example # A X Y yield
239 SH H CF3 92%
240 SH H CO2H 66%
241 SH CN H 97%
243 SH H CN 49%
245 SH H Me 53%
250 Cl H Cl 96%
EXAMPLE 239
2-Mercapto-5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazole (239)
In analogy to the procedure of Chaudhuri, N. Synth. Commun. 1996, 26. 20, 3783, O-ethylxanthic acid, potassium salt (Lancaster, 7.5 g, 46.9 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-bromo-5-trifluoromethylphenylamine (Aldrich, 5.0 g, 20.8 mmol) in NN- dimethylformamide (DMF, 30 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was poured into ice water and acidified with 2 HCl. The solid product was collected by filtration. Recrystalization from CHC13/Hexanes gave 239 (4.5 g , 92%) as a white solid.
Η ΝMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 14.00 (s, IH), 7.94 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.62 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.48 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 234.
EXAMPLE 240 2-Mercapto-benzothiazol-5-carboxylic acid (240)
2-Mercapto-benzothiazol-5-carboxylic acid (240) (3.5 g, 66%>) was synthesized from 4-chloro-3-nitro-benzoic acid, obtained from Fluka, and potassium dithiocarbonate O-ethyl ester, obtained from Lancaster, according to the procedure of Chaudhuri, Ν. Synth. Commun. 1996, 26, 20, 3783. Η ΝMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 14.0 (s, IH), 13.3 (bs, 1 H), 7.85-7.79
(m, 3 H). EXAMPLE 241 2-Mercapto-benzothiazole-6-carbonitrile (241)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 239, starting with 4-amino-3-chloro-benzonitrile (Lancaster, 5.0 g, 32.7 mmol), O-ethylxanthic acid, potassium salt (Lancaster, 11.8 g, 73.7 mmol) in DMF (40 mL). The mercaptobenzothiazole (241) (6.1 g, 97%>) was obtained as a pale brown solid.
'H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 14.10 (s, IH), 8.22 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, IH), 7.82 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.40 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 191.
EXAMPLE 242
3-Amino-4-chloro-benzonitrile (242)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 32, starting with 4-chloro-3-nitro-benzonitrile (Fluka, 11.0 g, 60 mmol), tin chloride dihydrate (Aldrich, 67.8 g, 300 mmol). 9.0 g (98%>) of crude compound 242 was obtained as a yellowish solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.39 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.10 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.93 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 5.88 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 151.
EXAMPLE 243 2-Mercapto-benzothiazole-5-carbonitrile (243)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 239, starting with 3-amino-4-chloro-benzonitrile (242) (9.0 g, 59.0 mmol), O-ethylxanthic acid, potassium salt (Lancaster, 21.23 g, 132.7 mmol) in DMF (90 mL). 5.6 g (49%) of compound 243 was obtained as a pale brown solid. Η NMR (DMSΟ-d6) δ 14.10 (br s, IH), 7.90 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 7.70 (dd,
J = 8.3, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.60 (br s, IH). MS (M-H) 191.
EXAMPLE 244 2-Bromo-5-methyl-phenylamine (244) The title compound was prepared using the method of example 32, starting with l-bromo-4-methyl-2-nitro-benzene (Lancaster, 10.1 g, 46.7 mmol), tin chloride dihydrate (Aldrich, 52.8 g, 233 mmol). 8.2 g (94%>) of crude compound 244 was obtained as a pale brown oil. Η NMR (DMSO-de) δ 7.18 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 6.60 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.93 (dd, J = 8.1, 1.8 Hz, IH), 5.34 (s, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H). MS (M+H)186.
EXAMPLE 245 2-Mercapto -5-Methyl-benzothiazole (245)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 239, starting with 2-bromo-5-methyl-phenylamine (244) (4.48 g, 24.0 mmol), O-ethylxanthic acid, potassium salt (Lancaster, 8.70 g, 54 mmol) in DMF (35 mL). The mercaptobenzothiazole 245 was obtained as an pale brown solid (2.31 g, 53%>). Η NMR (DMSΟ-d6) δ 13.70 (br s, IH), 7.56 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.15-
7.10 (m, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 180.
EXAMPLE 246 & 247 2,3-Dichloro-5-nitrobenzoic acid (246) 2,3-Dichlorobenzoic acid, obtained from Aldrich, (40 g, 0.21mole) was added portion wise to a -20 °C concentrated H2SO4, obtained from Acros, (233 mL) solution which was fitted with a mechanical overhead stiπer. During the addition process, a separate flask containing concentrated H2SO4 (50 mL) was cooled to 0 °C and fuming HNO3, obtained from Acros, (16.6 mL) was slowly added. This solution was then added dropwise to the 2,3-Dichlorobenzoic acid solution at a rate which kept the reaction mixture at or slightly below -15 °C. After the addition was complete the resulting solution was allowed to warm to 10 °C over 3 hours. The crude solid material was filtered through a fritted filter funnel, washed with cold H2O (200 mL), and dried under a stream of air followed by high vacuum to yield 21.7 g (44%>) of product (246) which contained 4% of the undesired regioisomer (2,3-Dichloro-6-nitrobenzoic, acid 247) based on Η NMR analysis. The filtrate was slowly poured over ice and additional solid precipitated. This solid was observed to be a 3:1 mixture of 2,3-dichloro-6-nitrobenzoic acid (247) to 2,3-dichloro-5-nitrobenzoic acid (246) based on Η NMR analysis.
2,3-Dichloro-5-nitrobenzoic acid (246): Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.63 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, IH), 8.47 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, IH). 2,3-Dichloro-6-nitrobenzoic acid: (247). Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.22 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, IH), 8.02 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, IH). EXAMPLE 248 l-(2,3-Dichloro-5-nitro-phenyl)-ethanone (248)
To thionyl chloride, obtained from Aldrich, (125 mL) at 0 °C was slowly added 2,3-Dichloro-5-nitrobenzoic acid (246) (21.7 g, 91.9 mmol). The ice bath was taken away and the resulting solution was heated to reflux for 17 hours (note: acid completely dissolves upon heating). After cooling to ambient temperature, the excess thionyl chloride was removed under vacuum and the resulting acid chloride was allowed to stand under high vacuum for 15 h and used in the next step without further purification. To a IM solution of NaH, 60%> oil dispersion obtained from Aldrich, (11.39 g, 285 mmol) in DMF at 0 °C was slowly added diethylmalonate, obtained form Aldrich, (14.65 mL, 96.5 mmol) dropwise and the resulting solution was allowed to stir for 30 minutes. The acid chloride was dissolved in DMF (184 mL) and slowly added via cannula to the reaction mixture. The resulting solution was then allowed to stir for 16 h as ambient temperature was reached followed by recooling to 0 °C and slowly quenching with excess 2M aqueous HCl (200 mL). To the crude reaction was added H2O (500 mL) and EtOAc (500 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted three times with EtOAc (500 mL), the organic layers were combined, washed four times with saturated aqueous brine (500 mL), dried over Na2SO , and concentrated under vacuum to yield an oil which was used in the next step without further purification. The resulting product was dissolved in 111 mL of a 7.7/5/1 AcOH/H2O/conc. H2SO4, solution and heated to reflux for 22 hours. The AcOH was removed under vacuum followed by EtOAc addition (200 mL). The solution was neutralized using 2M aqueous NaOH, extracted 3 times with EtOAc (200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed twice with saturated aqueous brine (200 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by column chromatography (30% CH2C12 in hexane) to yield 17.6 g (82%) of ketone 248 as a light brown solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.61 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.48 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 2.65 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 249 2-Methoxy-4-nitrobenzenethiol (249)
2-Methoxy-4-nitrobenzenethiol (249) was prepared according to the method of Price and Stacy , 7 Amer. Chem. Soc. 68, 498-500 (1946)) in 67%, yield from l-chloro-2-methoxy-4-nitro-benzene, obtained from Aldricrh_.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.8 (bd, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.73 (bs, IH), 7.62 (bd, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.8 (bs, IH), 3.95 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 184.
EXAMPLE 250 2,5-Dichloro-benzenethiazole(250)
5-Chloro-benzenethiazole-2-thiol, obtained from Aldrich, (2 g, 9.9 mmol) was added slowly to sulfuryl chloride, obtained from Aldrich, (20 mL) and stiπed for 1 h followed by heating to 50 °C for 15 minutes. The mixture was cooled, poured slowly over ice water and stiπed for 30 minutes. The product precipitated out of solution as a yellow solid and was collected by vacuum filtration and dried under a stream of air followed by high vacuum to give 1.92 g (96%) of compound 250. .
Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.18 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.1 (d, J = 2.0, IH), 7.59 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.1 Hz, IH).
Table 30
Table 30 illustrates the structures of examples 251-264.
Figure imgf000158_0001
257 5-C1 H -OMe 75%
*
258 5-CF3 Cl Cl 99%
259 5-CF3 Cl -COMe 75%
260 6-CN Cl Cl 99%
261 6-CN Cl H 93%
262 5-CN Cl Cl 99%
263 5-CN Cl H 92%
264 5-Me Cl -COMe 98%
EXAMPLE 251 l-[3-Chloro-2-(5-chloro-benzothiazoI-2-ylsulfanyl)-5-nitro-phenyl]- ethanone (251)
To a 0.55M solution of 5 -chloro-2 -mercaptobenzothiazole, obtained from Aldrich, (5.55 g, 27.5 mmol) in DMF at ambient temperature was added NaH, 60%> oil dispersion obtained from Aldrich, (1.2 g, 30.0 mmol) portionwise followed by l-(2,3-
Dichloro-5-nitro-phenyl)-ethanone (248) (5.83 g, 25 mmol). The reaction solution turned from bright orange to deep red upon acetophenone addition and was heated to 60 °C for 1 hour. The mixture was allowed to cool for a couple of minutes and the product was precipitated out of solution by the slow addition of H2O (250 mL). After lh of stirring the product was collect by vacuum filtration using a buAnal. calcd.: er funnel, dried under a stream of air for 3h, and triterated with a 1:1 MeOH/CH2Cl2 solution (200 mL) to yield 5.2 g (52%>) of 251 as an orange solid. An additonal 3.77 g (39%) coilld be isolated by purifying the mother liquor using column chromatography (dry load, 100% CH2C12).
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.68 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.6 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.05 (d, = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.95 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.56 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, IH), 2.65 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 252 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazole (252)
2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazole (252) was prepared (92%>) from 2-chloro-l-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene, obtained from Aldrich, and 5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2-thiol (239) in a similar manner as described in example 251.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.58 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.38-8.32 (m, 2 H), 8.05 (d, = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.28 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.09 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.8 (bd, J = 9.9 Hz, IH).
EXAMPLE 253 2-(2-chloro-4-αitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazol-5-carboxylic acid
(253) 2-(2-chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazol-5-carboxylic acid was prepared (66%>) from 2-mercapto-benzothiazol-5-carboxylic acid (240) and 2-chloro-l- fluoro-4-nitrobenzene, obtained from Aldrich, in a similar manner as described in example 251.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.56 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.42 (bs, 1 H), 8.27 (dd, = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.28 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.17 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.0 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.4
Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 365.
EXAMPLE 254 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (254)
To a 0.25M solution of 2-(2-chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazol- 5-carboxylic acid (253), (1.38 g, 3.8 mmol) in 10% MeOH in THF was added a 2M solution of (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane in hexane, obtained from Aldrich, (2.1 mL, 4.18 mmol) and the resulting solution was allowed to stir for 18 hours. The crude reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum to yield 1.4 g (100%>) of ester 254 which was taken on without further purification.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.6 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.45 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1 H), 8.28 (dd, = 8.7, 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.24 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 8.1 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 8.0 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.4 Hz, IH), 3.9 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 255 2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid (255) 2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid (255) was prepared (100%>) from 2-mercapto-benzothiazol-5-carboxylic acid (240) and l,2,3-trichloro-5-nitrobenzene, obtained from Aldrich, in a similar manner as described iri example 251. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.2 (bs, IH), 8.6 (s, 2H), 8.31 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, IH),
8.13 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.94 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.4 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 399.
EXAMPLE 256 2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (256)
2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (256) was prepared (100%>) from 2-(2,6-dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)- benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid 255 in a similar manner as described in example 254. Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.6 (s, 2H), 8.33 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, IH), 8.16 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.95 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.6 Hz, IH), 3.9 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 257 5-Chloro-2-(2-methoxy-4-nitro-phenylsuIfanyl)-benzothiazole (257) 5-Chloro-2-(2-methoxy-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole (257) was prepared (75%>) from 2-methoxy-4-nitrobenzenethiol (249) and 2,5-dichlorobenzothiazole (250), in a similar manner as described in example 251.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.05 (bd, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.03 (d, J = 2.0, IH), 7.99-7.94 (m, 3H), 7.48 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 3.95 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 258
2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-5-trifluoromethyl- benzothiazole (258)
To a solution of 2-mercapto-5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazole (239) (470 mg, 2.0 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added NaH (Aldrich, 60% suspension in hexanes, 80 mg, 2.0 mmol). After the resulting mixture was stiπed at ambient temperature for 20 minutes, was added l,2,3-trichloro-5-nitrobenzene (Acros, 452 mg, 2.0 mmol). The mixture was then heated at 60 °C for 4 hours. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was poured to water and stiπed for 1 hour. The solid product was collected by vacuum filtration to give 258 as a pale yellow solid (840 mg, 99%) which was used in the next reaction without further purification.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.61 (s, 2H), 8.27 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.21 (br s, IH), 7.74 (dd, J = 8.4,1.5 Hz, IH). MS (M+H) 425.
EXAMPLE 259 l-[3-Chloro-5-nitro-2-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazoI-2-ylsuIfanyl)- phenylj-ethanone (259)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 258, starting with 5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazole-2-thiol (239) ( 470 mg, 2.0 mmol), l-(2,3- dichloro-5-nitro-phenyl)-ethanone (248) (466 mg, 2.0 mmol) and NaH (Aldrich, 60%> suspension, 80 mg, 2.0 mmol) in DMF (20 mL). Compound 259 (750 mg, 87%) was obtained as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.68 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.62 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.27 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.20 (br s, IH), 7.74 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.7 Hz, IH), 2.65 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 433.
EXAMPLE 260 2-(2,6τDichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-6-carbonitrile (260)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 258, starting with 2-mercapto-benzothiazole-6-carbonitrile (241) (960 mg, 5.0 mmol), 1,2,3- trichloro-5-nitrobenzene (Acros, 1.13 g, 5.0 mmol) and NaH (Aldrich, 60% suspension, 200 mg, 5.0 mmol) in DMF (25 mL). Compound 260 (1.9 g , 99%) was obtained as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-de) δ 8.61 (s, 2H), 8.58 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.99 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.88 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.8 Hz, IH).
EXAMPLE 261 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-6-carbonitrile (261)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 258, starting with 2-mercapto-benzothiazole-6-carbonitrile (241) (960 mg, 5.0 mmol), 2- chloro-l-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (Aldrich, 878 mg, 5.0 mmol) and NaH (Aldrich, 60%> suspension, 200 mg, 5.0 mmol) in DMF (25 mL). Compound 261 (1.62 g, 93%) was obtained as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.62 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH), 8.56 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.29 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.16 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.06 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.91 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.6 Hz, IH). MS (M+H) 348.
EXAMPLE 262 2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carbonitrile (262) The title compound was prepared using the method of example 258, starting with 2-mercapto-benzothiazole-5-carbonitrile (243) (960 mg, 5.0 mmol), 1,2,3- trichloro-5-nitrobenzene (Acros, 1.13 g, 5.0 mmol) and NaH (Aldrich, 60%> suspension, 200 mg, 5.0 mmol) in DMF (25 mL). Compound 262 (1.9 g, 99%>) was obtained as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.62 (s, 2H), 8.38 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.24 (d, J =
8.4 Hz, IH), 7.88 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.5 Hz, IH).
EXAMPLE 263 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carbonitrile (263) The title compound was prepared using the method of example 258, starting with 2-mercapto-benzothiazole-5-carbonitrile (243) (960 mg, 5.0 mmol), 2- chloro-l-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (Aldrich, 878 mg, 5.0 mmol) and NaH (Aldrich, 60% suspension, 200 mg, 5.0 mmol) in DMF (25 mL). Compound 263 (1.60 g, 92%) was obtained as a yellow solid. Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.56 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.49 (d, J = 1.2
Hi, IH), 8.29 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.29 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.12 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.85 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.5 Hz, IH). MS ( M+H) 348.
EXAMPLE 264 l-[3-Chloro-2-(5-methyl-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-5-nitro-phenyl]- ethanone (264)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 258, starting with 5-methyl-benzothiazole-2-thiol (245) (1.90 g, 10.5 mmol), l-(2,3-dichloro- 5-nitro-phenyl)-ethanone (248) (2.45 g, 10.5 mmol) and NaH (Aldrich, 60%> suspension, 420 mg, 10.5 mmol) in DMF (20 mL). Compound 264 (3.87 g , 98%) was obtained as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.65 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 8.58 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.87 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 7.67 (br s, IH), 7.24 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.5 Hz, IH), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 379.
Examples 265-276: Reduction of the compounds of Table 30 provides the compounds illustrated in Table 31
Table 31
Table 31 illustrates the structures of examples 265-276
Figure imgf000164_0001
# X Y V w Yield
265 H Cl Cl COMe 83%
266 H CF3 Cl H 97%
267 H CO2Me Cl H 96%
268 H CO2Me Cl Cl 93%
269 H Cl H OMe 100%
270 H CF3 Cl Cl 96%
271 H CF3 Cl COMe 100%
272 CN H Cl Cl 98%
273 CN H Cl H 93%
274 H CN Cl Cl 80%
275 H CN Cl H 93%
276 H Me Cl COMe 68%
EXA MPLE 265 l-[5-Amino-3-chloro-2-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]- ethanone (265) To a 0.14M solution of l-[3-Chloro-2-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl)-5-nitro-phenyl]-ethanone (251)(4.08 g, 10.26 mmol) in a 2:2:1 solution of EtOH, obtained from gold shield,:THF, obtained from Aldrich,:H2O was added NH4 +C1", obtained from Aldrich, (2.74 g, 51.29 mmol) followed by iron(0) powder, obtained from Aldrich, (2.86 g, 51.29 mmol). The resulting solution was heated to reflux for 2.5 h with vigorous stirring. TLC and mass spectral analysis showed starting material and hydroxyl amine intermediate so an additional 5 Eq. of both NH +C1" and iron powder were subsequently added and the reaction mixture was allowed to continue to reflux for an additional 1.75 hours. The hot solution was immediately filtered through a plug of celite and the celite was washed with copious amounts of EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated under vaccum, resuspended in EtOAc (100 mL) and NaHCO3 (100mL),and extracted 3 times with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic layer was washed twice with saturated aqueous brine (100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, concentrated under vacuum, and purified by column chromatography (10-50%> EtOAc in hexane) to yield compound 265 (3.14 g, 83%) as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.95 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.89 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.39 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 6.95 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.72 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.41 (s, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 369.
EXAMPLE 266
3-Chloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl amine (266)
3-Chloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenylamine
(266) was prepared (97%>) from 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-5-trifluoromethyl- benzothiazole (252), in a similar manner as described in example 90.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.2-8.12 (m, 2 H), 7.65 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.7 Hz, 1 H), i 7.52 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 6.9 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.7 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.25 (bs, 2
H).). MS (M-H) 359.
EXAMPLE 267
2-(4-Amino-2-chloro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (267) 2-(4-Amino-2-chloro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (267) was prepared (96%) from 2-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)- benzothiazole-5 -carboxylic acid methyl ester (254) by the method of example 90.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.3 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, IH), 8.05 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (dd, = 8.4, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.55 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 6.89 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.65 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, IH), 3.9 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 349.
EXAMPLE 268 2-(4-Amino-2,6-dichloro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester(268)
2-(4-Amino-2,6-dichloro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (268) was prepared (93%>) from 2-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)- benzothiazole-5 -carboxylic acid methyl ester (256) in a similar manner as described in example 90. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.34 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.09 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH),
7.93 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.9 (s, 2H), 6.5 (s, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 383.
EXAMPLE 269 , 4-(5-Chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-3-methoxy-phenylamine (269) 4-(5-Chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-3-methoxy-phenylamine (269) was prepared (100%) from 5-chloro-2-(2-methoxy-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole (257), by the method of example 265.
Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.9 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.85 (d, J = 2.0, IH), 7.34 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.3 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 6.39 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.1 Hz, IH), 5.93 (s, 2H), 3.7 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 323.
EXAMPLE 270 3,5-Dichloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenylamine (270) To a solution of 2-(2,6-dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-5-trifluoromethyl- benzothiazole (258) (840 mg, 1.98 mmol) in EtOAc (20 mL) was added tin chloride dihydrate (Aldrich, 2.15 g, 9.52 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hours. After cooled to room temperature, to the mixture was added excess of 4N aqueous NaOH solution and the resulting mixture was stiπed for 20 minutes. The mixture was filtered through Celite pad and washed with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated , washed twice with a brine solution, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum to give compound 270 (755 mg , 96%>) product as a pale yellow solid, which was used in the next reaction without further purification. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.20-8.15 (m, 2H), 7.66 (dd, J = 8.4,1.7 Hz, IH),
6.88 (s, 2H), 6.50 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 395.
EXAMPLE 271 l-[5-Amino-3-chloro-2-(5-trifluoromethyI-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenylj-ethanone (271)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 270, starting with l-[3-chloro-5-nitro-2-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]- ethanone (259) (750 mg, 1,67 mmol), tin chloride dihydrate (Aldrich, 1.89 g, 8.37 mmol). Compound 271 (755 mg, 100%) was obtained as a yellowish solid. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.20-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.66 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.0 Hz, IH),
6.96 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.75 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.43 (s, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 403.
EXAMPLE 272 2-(4-Amino-2,6-dichloro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-6-carbonitrile
(272)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 270, starting with 2-(2,6-dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-6-carbonitrile (260) (1.9 g, 4.97 mmol), tin chloride dihydrate (Aldrich, 5.62 g, 24.9 mmol). Compound 272 (1.72 g , 98%>) was obtained as a yellowish solid.
Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.48 (d, J = 1.5 Hz,lH), 7.97 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.86 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.7 Hz, IH), 6.88 (s, 2H), 6.53 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 352.
EXAMPLE 273 2-(4-Amino-2-chloro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-6-carbonitrile
(273)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 270, starting with 2-(2-chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-6-carbonitrile (261) (1.6 g, 4.6 mmol), tin chloride dihydrate (Aldrich, 5.21 g, 23.1 mmol). Compound 273 (1.36 g, 93%>) was obtained as a yellowish solid. MS (M+H) 318
EXAMPLE 274
2-(4-Amino-2,6-dichloro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carbonitrile
(274)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 270, starting with 2-(2,6-dichloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carbonitrile (262) (1.9 g, 4.97 mmol), tin chloride dihydrate (Aldrich, 5.62 g, 24.9 mmol). Compound 274 (1.40 g, 80%>) was obtained as a yellowish solid.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.35 (d, J = 1.4 Hz,lH), 8.16 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.73 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.5 Hz, IH), 6.88 (s, 2H), 6.50 (s, 2H). MS (M+H) 352.
EXAMPLE 275
2-(4-Amino-2-chloro-phenylsuIfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carbonitrile
(275)
The title compound was prepared using the method of example 270, starting with 2-(2-chloro-4-nitro-phenylsulfanyl)-benzothiazole-5-carbonitrile (263) (1.59 g, 4.58 mmol), tin chloride dihydrate (Aldrich, 5.18 g, 22.9 mmol). Compound 275 (1.35 g, 93%>) was obtained as a yellowish solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.32 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, IH), 8.13 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.3, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.54 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 6.88 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.65 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH). MS (M+H) 318.
EXAMPLE 276 l-[5-Amino-3-chloro-2-(5-methyI-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]- ethanone (276)
To a solution of l-[3-chloro-5-nitro-2-(5-methyl-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-ethanone (264) (3.87 g, 10.2 mmol) in 2:2:1 of EtOH/THF/H2O, was added ammonium chloride (Aldrich 2.74 g, 51.2 mmol) and iron powder (Aldrich, 2.87 g, 51.2 mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 3 hours. The mixture was filtered through Celite pad while it was hot, washed the Celite pad with EtOAc. The filtrate was diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution and was extracted 3x with EtOAc (150 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed twice with a brine solution (100 mL), dried over Na2SO , and concentrated under vacuum. The crude solid was chromatographed (0-15% EtOAc in CH2C12) to yield 2.42 g (68%>) of compound 276 as a pale yellow solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.10 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.62 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.16 (dd, J = 8.1, 1.2 Hz, IH), 6.94 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.69 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 6.38 (s, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 349.
Examples 277-307: The compounds illustrated in Table 32 were prepared by sulfonylation of the anilines of Table 31 by the method of Example 277 unless otherwise specified.
Figure imgf000169_0001
Example '
# C D V W X Y MS(M-H) Yield
277 CF3 H COMe Cl H Cl 609 72%
278 Cl H COMe Cl H Cl 575 39%
279 Cl Me COMe Cl H Cl 589 73%
280 Cl H H Cl H CF3 567 68%
281 CF3 H H Cl H CF3 601 70%
282 Cl H H Cl H CO2Me 557 68%
283 Cl H Cl Cl H CO2Me 557 68%
284 CF3 H H Cl CONH2 H 576 14%
285 CF3 H Cl Cl CONH2 H 610 55% 286 CF3 H H C1 CN4H H 601 67%
287 CF3 H Cl Cl CN4H H 635 65%
288 CF3 H H OMe H Cl 563 72%
289 Cl H Cl Cl H CF3 601 61%
290 CF3 H Cl Cl H CF3 635 76%
291 Cl H COMe Cl H CF3 609 32%
292 CF3 H COMe Cl H CF3 643 29%
293 Cl H Cl Cl CN H 558 71%
294 CF3 H Cl Cl CN H 592 83%
295 Cl H H Cl CN H 524 88%
296 CF3 H H Cl CN H 558 64%
297 Cl H Cl Cl H CN 558 66%
298 CF3 H Cl Cl H CN 592 72%
299 Cl H H Cl H CN 524 58%
300 CF3 H H Cl H CN 558 58%
301 Cl H Cl Cl H CN4H 601 77%
302 CF3 H Cl Cl H CN4H 635 82%
303 Cl H Cl Cl H CONH2 601 77%
304 Cl H H Cl H CN4H 567 78%
305 CF3 H H Cl H CN4H 601 83%
306 CF3 H COMe Cl H Me 589 73%
307 Cl Me COMe Cl H Me 569 74%
EXAMPLE 277 N-[3-Acetyl-5-chloro-4-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-2- chloro-4-trifluoromethyI-benzenesuIfonamide (277)
To a IM solution of l-[5-Amino-3-chloro-2-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-ethanone, (265) (4.12 g, 11.19 mmol) in pyridine, obtained from Aldrich, was added 2-chloro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonyl chloride (3.75 g, 13.43 mmol) and heated to 90 °C for 1.5 hours. The crude reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum, partitioned between 2M aqueous HCl (100 mL) and EtOAc (100 mL), and extracted 3 times with EtOAc (100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed twice with saturated aqueous brine (100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, concentrated under vacuum, purified by column chromatography (0-5%> Et2O in CH2C12), and triturated with CH2Cl2/hexane mixture with 0.5 mL of MeOH added to yield compound 277 (4.9 g, 72%>) as an off white solid.
Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.9 (s, IH), 8.43 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 8.23 (s, IH), 8.01 (bd, J = 7.2 Hz, IH), 7.95 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.9 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.48 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.42 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.31 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 2.45 (s, 3H). MS (El): m/z 609 (38, M-H), 610 (10, M-H), 611 (50, M-H), 612 (12, M-H), 613 (20, M-H), 614 (5, M-H), 615 (3, M-H).
EXAMPLE 278 N-[3-Acety-5-chloro-4-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-
2,4-dichloro-benzenesιϊlfonamide (278) By the method of example 93.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.8 (s, IH), 8.24 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.1-7.95 ( , 2 H), 7.91 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.45 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.42 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.29 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 2.45 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 575.
EXAMPLE 279 N-[3-Acetyl-5-chloro-4-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]- 2,4-dichloro-5-methyl-benzenesulfonamide(279)
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.8 (s, IH), 8.3 (s, IH), 7.98 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.93-7.9 (m, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.42 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.3 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 589.
EXAMPLE 280 2,4-Dichloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazoI-2- ylsulfanyI)-phenyI]-benzenesulfohamide (280)
Η NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.6 (s, 1 H), 8.23-8.16 (m, 3 H), 7.96 (bs, 1 H), 7.88 (bd, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.75-7.67 (m, 2 H), 7.4 (bs, IH), 7.23 (bd, J = 10.7 Hz, 1 H). MS M-H) 567.
EXAMPLE 281
2-Chloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (281) 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.8 (s, 1 H), 8.4 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.23 (bs, 1 H), 7.98-7.94 (m, 2 H), 8.03 (bd, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.9 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.69 (bd, J = 10.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.25 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, 1 H). MS (M- H) 601.
EXAMPLE 282 2-[2-Chloro-4-(2,4-dichloro-benzenesulfonylamino)-phenylsulfanyl]- benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester(282)
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.5 (s, IH), 8.32 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH), 8.19 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.08 (d, = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.96 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.92 (dd, J = 9.1, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.73 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.4 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.22 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.9 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 557.
EXAMPLE 283 2-[2,6-Dichloro-4-(2,4-dichloro-benzenesuIfonylamino)- phenylsulfanyl]-benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester(283) By the method of example 93.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.9 (s, IH), 8.32 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, IH), 8.22 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.09 (d, = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.0 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.92 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.75 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.4 (s, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 591.
EXAMPLE 284 2-[2-Chloro-4-(2-chloro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonylamino)- phenylsulfanylJ-benzothiazole-6-carboxylic acid amide (284) 2-[2rChloro-4-(2-chloro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonylamino)- phenylsulfanyl]-benzothiazole-6-carboxylic acid amide (284) was prepared (14%) from 2-chloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(6-cyano-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl- benzenesulfonamide (296) by the method of example 303. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.8 (s, IH), 8.42 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, IH), 8.38 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.21 (bs, IH), 8.05-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.94 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.89-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.45 (s, IH), 7.42 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.24 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.1 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 576. EXAMPLE 285 2-[2,6-Dichloro-4-(2-chloro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzensulfonylamino)- phenylsulfanyl]-benzothiazole-6-carboxylic acid amide (285)
2-[2,6-Dichloro-4-(2-chloro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzensulfonylamino)- phenylsulfanyl]-benzothiazole-6-carboxylic acid amide (285) was prepared (55%>) from 2-chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(6-cyano-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (294), by the method of example 303.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 12.0 (bs, IH), 8.48-8.4 (m, 2H), 8.23 (bs, IH), 8.05-8.0 (m, 2H), 7.95 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.48 (s, IH), 7.4 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 610.
EXAMPLE 286 2-Chloro-N-{3-chloro-4-[6-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-benzothiazoI-2- ylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide 2-Chloro-N- {3-chloro-4-[6-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl]- phenyl}-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (286) was prepared (67%>) from 2-chloro- N-[3-chloro-4-(6-cyano-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl- benzenesulfonamide (296) ), by the method of example 301.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.62 (bs, IH), 8.36 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 8.19 (bs, IH), 8.08 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 8.04-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.38 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.2 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.8 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 601.
EXAMPLE 287 2-Chloro-N-{3,5-dichloro-4-[6-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (287)
2-Chloro-N-{3,5-dichloro-4-[6-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (287) was prepared (65%>) from 2-chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(6-cyano-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (294) by e method of example 301. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.65 (bs, IH), 8.44 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.24 (bs,
IH), 8.09 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 8.06-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.4 (bs, 2H). MS (M-H) 635. EXAMPLE 288 2-Chloro-N-[4-(5-chloro-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-3-methoxy- phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (288) By the method of example 93. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.5 (s, IH), 8.4 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 8.2 (bs, IH), 8.01 (d, J = 8.3, IH), 7.89 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.87 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.63 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.38 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.96 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.83 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.1 Hz, IH), 3.8 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 563.
EXAMPLE 289 2,4-Dichloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-benzenesulfonamide (289)
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.90 (s, IH), 8.25-8.15 (m, 3H), 7.98 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.76-7.67 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 601
EXAMPLE 290
2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfoπamide (290)
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.90 (br s, IH), 8.43 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.26- 8.15 (m, 3H), 8.03 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.7 Hz, IH), 7.68 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.40 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 635.
EXAMPLE 291 N-[3-Acetyl-5-chloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2-ylsuIfanyl)- phenyl]-2,4-dichloro-benzenesulfonamide (291) Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.80 (br s, IH), 8.25 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.22-
8.15 (m, 2H), 7.97 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.69 (dd, J = 8.6, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.46 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.31 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 2.47 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 609.
EXAMPLE 292
N-[3-Acetyl-5-chloro-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenyl]-2-chloro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (292) 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.90 (br s, IH), 8.42 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 8.23- 8.17 (m, 3H), 8.01 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.65 (dd, J = 8.5, 1. 5 Hz, IH), 7.44 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.36 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 2.48 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 643.
EXAMPLE 293
2,4-Dichloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(6-cyano-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenyl]-benzenesulfonamide (293)
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.90 (br s, IH), 8.49 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, IH), 8.23 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.97 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.96 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.86 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.74 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.38 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 558.
EXAMPLE 294 2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(6-cyano-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (294) Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.90 (br s, IH), 8.49 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH), 8.43 (d,
J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 8.24 (br s, IH), 8.03 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.97 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.87 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.7 Hz, IH), 7.40 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 592.
EXAMPLE 295 2,4-Dichloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(6-cyano-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenylj-benzenesulfonamide (295)
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.60 (br s, IH), 8.49 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, IH), 8.18 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.00-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.90-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.41 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.23 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 524.
EXAMPLE 296 2-Chloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(6-cyano-benzothiazoI-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (296) lH ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.78 (br s, IH), 8.48 (br s, IH), 8.39 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.22 (br s, IH), 8.02 (br d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.97 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.86 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.43 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.25 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 558. EXAMPLE 297 2,4-Dichloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-cyano-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyI)- phenyl]-benzenesulfonamide (297)
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.90 (br s, IH), 8.36 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, IH), 8.23 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 8.16 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.98 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.77 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.73 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.38 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 558.
EXAMPLE 298 2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-cyano-benzothiazol-2-yIsulfanyl)- phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (298)
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.98 (br s, IH), 8.43 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 8.35 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH), 8.23 (br s, IH), 8.15 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 8.03 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.0 Hz, IH), 7.76 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.40 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 592.
EXAMPLE 299
2,4-Dichloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(5-cyano-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)- phenylj-benzenesulfonamide
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.60 (br s, IH), 8.36 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH), 8.18 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.15 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, IH), 7.96 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.88 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.75 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.40 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.23 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 524.
EXAMPLE 300 2-Chloro-N-[3-chloro-4-(5-cyano-benzothiazol-2-yIsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (300)
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.70 (br s, IH), 8.39 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.35 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, IH), 8.21 (br s, IH), 8.13 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.03 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.88 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.75 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.43 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.24 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.4 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 558.
EXAMPLE 301 2,4-Dichloro-N-{3,5-dichloro-4-[5-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-benzenesulfonamide (301) To a solution of 2,4-dichloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-cyano-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-benzenesulfonamide (297) (250 mg, 0.45 mmol) in toluene (5 mL), was added azidotrimethylsilane (Aldrich, 0.12 mL, 0.90 mmol) and dibutyltin oxide (Aldrich, 11 mg, 0.045 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 90 °C overnight (15 hours). A IM aqueous solution of HCl (50 mL) and ice was added and the crude reaction mixture was extracted 3x with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed twice with a brine solution (100 mL), dried over Νa2SO , and concentrated under vacuum. The crude solid was chromatographed (20%> EtOAc in CH2C12, then 10% MeOH in CH2C12) to yield 209 mg (77%) of product as a white solid. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.44 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, IH), 8.21 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH),
8.16 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.01 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.7 Hz, IH), 7.96 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.72 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.38 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 601.
EXAMPLE 302 2-Chloro-N-{3,5-dichloro-4-[5-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-4-trifluorornethyl-benzenesulfonamide (302)
The title compound was prepared by the method of example 301. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.44 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH), 8.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.23 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, IH), 8.15 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.02 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.40 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 635.
EXAMPLE 303 2-[2,6-Dichloro-4-(2,4-dichloro-benzenesulfonylamino)- phenylsulfanyl]-benzothiazole-5-carboxylic acid amide (303) To a solution of 2,4-dichloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(5-cyano-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-benzenesulfonamide (297) (250 mg, 0.45 mmol) in /ert-butanol (10 mL), was added KOH (EM Science Product, 126 mg, 2.25 mmol). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 1 hour. After cooling to room temperature, a IM aqueous solution of HCl (50 mL) was added and the crude reaction mixture was extracted 3x with EtOAc (50 L). The organic layers were combined and washed twice with a brine solution (100 mL), dried over Νa2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude solid was chromatographed (20% EtOAc in CH2C12, then 10% MeOH in CH2C12) to yield 207 mg (80%>) of compound 303 as a white solid. Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.80 (s, IH), 8.33 (br s, IH), 8.22 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.9 Hz, IH), 8.08 (br s, IH), 8.03-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.85 (m, IH), 7.74 (m, IH), 7.47 (br s, IH), 7.38 (s, 2H). MS (M-H) 578.
EXAMPLE 304
2,4-Dichloro-N-{3-chloro-4-[5-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-benzenesulfonamide (304) The title compound was prepared by the method of example 301.
Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.44 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH), 8.17 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.14 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.01 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.95 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.87 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.39 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.21 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.4 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 567.
EXAMPLE 305 2-Chloro-N-{3-chloro-4-[5-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-benzothiazol-2- ylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (305).
The title compound was prepared by the method of example 301. Η ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.43 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, IH), 8.36 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.17 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, IH), 8.12 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.03-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.40 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.20 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.4 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 601.
EXAMPLE 306 N-[3-Acetyl-5-chloro-4-(5-methyl-benzbthiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]- 2-chIoro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (306). 1H ΝMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.90 (br s, IH), 8.43 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 8.23 (d,
J = 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.01 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.78 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.62 (s, IH), 7.46 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.29 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.19 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.2 Hz, IH), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 589.
EXAMPLE 307
N-[3-Acetyl-5-chloro-4-(5-methyI-benzothiazol-2-ylsulfanyl)-phenyl]- 2,4-dichloro-5-methyI-benzenesulfonamide (307) 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.70 (br s, IH), 8.28 (s, IH), 7.92 (s, IH), 7.80 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.64 (s, IH), 7.45 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.29 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.19 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.5 Hz, IH), 2.48-2.38 (m, 9H). MS (M-H) 569.
EXAMPLE 308
3-Hydroxy-6-methylquinoline (308)
A solution of 3-Amino-6-methylquinoline [(1.21g, 7.65mmol), prepared according to J.Chem.Soc.2024-2027(l 948) Morley, J. S.; Simpson, J. C. E.] in 6N H2SO4 (25ml) was cooled in an ice bath. To the solution NaNO2 (560mg, 8.10mmol) in water (2ml) was added and stiπed for 30min at 0 degrees. Separately 5% H2SO4 was refluxed and above Diazo reaction mixture was added to this refluxing solution. After 30min the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and was neutralized by 6N NaOH. The resulting insoluble material was collected by filtration. This solid was recrystallized by CHCl3/AcOEt to afford compound (308) (348mg, 29%). Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 7.34 (IH, dd, J=1.9, 8.6Hz), 7.42(1H, d,
J=2.8Hz), 7.55 (IH, s), 7.79 (IH, d, J=8.6Hz), 8.50 (IH, d, J=2.8Hz).
EXAMPLE 309 3-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenoxy)-6-methyl-quinoline (309) To a solution of 3-Hydroxy-6-methylquinoline (308) (348mg, 2.19mmol) in DMF (3.5ml), was added NaH (60% oil suspension, 90mg, 2.25mmol) in one portion at room temperature. After 5min 3,4,5-Trichloronitorobenzene (509mg, 2.25mmol) in DMF (2ml) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 50 degrees with stirring for 2hr. After cooling to room temperature. Ice/water was added to the reaction mixture, which was then acidified with 2N HCl and extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed with Brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, and concentrated. Crude residue was purified by column chromatography (Hexane/AcOEt=4/l, 80g of silica gel) to afford compound 309 (510mg, 67%).
Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 7.52-7.57(2H,m), 7.61 (IH, s), 7.94(1H, d, J=8.6Hz), 8.63 (2H, s), 8.86 (IH, d, J=2.9Hz).
EXAMPLE 310 3-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenoxy)-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid (310). A solution of 3-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phnoxy)-6-methyl-quinoline(309) (510mg, 1.46mmol) and chromium (VI) oxide (292mg, 2.92mmol) in c H2SO / H2O =2.4ml 4.7ml was heated at 100 degrees while three 292mg portions of chromic anhydride were added eight hour intervals. After 32hr heating was stopped and allowed to stand for over night. Insoluble material was collected by filtration, and this solid was washed with water twice to afford compound (310)(443mg, 80%).
Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 7.94 (IH, d, J=3.0Hz), 8.14(2H, s), 8.56 (IH, s), 8.65 (2H, s), 9.09 (IH, d, J=3.0Hz).
EXAMPLE 311
3-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenoxy)-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester (311)
To a solution of 3-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenoxy)-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid (310) (443mg, 0.93mmol) in dry THF (20ml) was added CH2N2 in Et2O solution [Prepared from Nitrosomethylurea (1.65g) and 50%>KOH (5ml)]. This mixture was stiπed at room temperature for lhr. AcOH (1ml) was added to the reaction mixture, which was then concentrated. Sat NaHCO was added to the residue, which was extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed by Brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, and concentrated to afford compound 311 (415mg). Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 3.89 (3H, s), 5.75(2H, br s), 6.76 (2H, s),
7.73 (IH, d, J=2.9Hz), 8.09 (2H, s), 8.67 (IH, s), 8.94 (IH, d, J=2.9Hz).
EXAMPLE 312 3-(4-Amino-2, 6-dichloro-pheuoxy)-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester (312)
To a solution of 3-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenoxy)-quinoline-6-carboxylic acid methyl ester (311) (0.93mmol) and NH4C1 (283mg, 5.3mmol) in EtOH/THF/water (8ml/16ml/lml )was added Iron powder (296mg, 5.3mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 4hr. Insoluble materials were removed by Celite pad, which was washed by THF, acetone and then EtOH. The filtrate was concentrated, and sat NaHCO3 was added and extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed by brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, and concentrated to afford compound 312 (372mg, over weight). Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 3.89 (3H, s), 5.75(2H,s), 6.76 (2H, s), 7.73 (IH, d, J=2.9Hz), 8.09 (2H, s), 8.67 (IH, s), 8.94 (IH, d, J=2.9Hz).
EXAMPLE 313 3-Hydroxy-8-quinolinecarboxylic acid methyl ester (313)
To the mixture of 8-Quinoline carboxylic acid (500mg, 2.89mmol) in THF (80ml) was added CH2N2 in Et2O sol. [Prepared from Nitrosomethylurea (1.65g) and 50%KOH (5ml)] at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stined for 12 hr and then concentrated to give the intermediate ester. Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 3.92 (3H, s), 7.60-7.70 (2H, m), 7.93-
7.96(1H, m), 8.14-8.17 (IH, m), 8.44-8.48(lH, m), 8.97-8.99(lH, m)
To a solution of the intermediate 8-Quinolinecarboxylic acid methyl ester (2.89mmol) in AcOH (4ml) was added 30% H2O2 (0.6ml). The reaction mixture was heated at 85 degrees for 7.5hr. The reaction mixture was treated with sat NaHCO3, and extracted six times with CHC13. Organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, and concentrated. Crude residue was triturated with CHCl3/Toluene to provide compound 313 (256mg, 44%, in 2 steps).
Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 3.89 (3H, s), 7.52(1H, d, J=6.9Hz), 7.57 (IH, d, J=1.5Hz), 7.66 (IH, dd, J=1.5, 6.9Hz), 7.95 (IH, dd, J=1.5, 8.1Hz), 8.63 (IH, d, J=2.7Hz), 10.5 (IH, br s).
EXAMPLE 314 3-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenoxy)-quinoline-8-carboxylic acid methyl ester (314) To a solution of 3-Hydroxy-8-quinolinecarboxylic acid methyl ester (313)
(256mg, 1.26mmol) and 3,4,5-Trichloronitrobenzene (294mg, 1.30mmol) in Acetone (40ml) was added K2CO3 (870mg, 6.30mmol). This mixture was refluxed for 3.5hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and insoluble materials were removed by Celite filtration. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography. (Hexane/AcOEt=4/l, 80g of silica gel) to afford compound 314.
Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 3.92 (3H, s), 7.67(1H, dd, J=7.3Hz), 7.79 (IH, d, J=2.9Hz), 7.88 (IH, dd, J=1.5, 7.3Hz), 9.05 (IH, d, J=2.9Hz). EXAMPLE 315
3-(4-Amino-2, 6-dichIoro-phenoxy)-quinoline-8-carboxylic acid methyl ester(315).
To a solution of 3-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenoxy)-quinoline-8-carboxylic acid methyl ester (314) (1.26mmol) and NH4C1 (370mg, 6.91mmol) in EtOH/THF/ H2O =8ml/4ml/2ml was added Iron powder (386mg, 6.91mmol). The reaction mixture was.refluxed for 3.5hr. After cooling to room temperature and insoluble materials were filtered by Celite filtration. The filtrate was concentrated and sat NaHCO3 was added to the residue, which was extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed by Brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. Crude residue was purified by column chromatography (Hexane/AcOEt=2/l, 80g of silica gel) to afford compound 315 (543mg).
Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 3.91(3H, s), 5.77(2H, br s), 6.78 (2H, s), 7.50 (IH, d, J=3.0Hz), 7.61 (IH, dd, J=8.1Hz), 7.81 (IH, dd, J=1.4, 6.4Hz), 8.08 (IH, dd, J=1.4Hz, 6.4Hz), 8.93 (IH, d, J=3.0Hz).
Figure imgf000182_0001
, Example
# V X Y Z
316 H Cl H Cl
317 H F F H
318 H F H F
319 Cl Me Me H
EXAMPLE 316
3-chloro-4- (3,5-dichloro-phenylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (316). A solution of potassium t-butoxide (IM in THF) (13 ml) was added via syringe to a solution of 3,5 dichlorothiophenol (2.37 g) and 3-chloro-4-fluoro- nitrobenzene (2.3 g) in THF (20 mL). The exothermic reaction was allowed to stir until it cooled to room temperature. It was poured into water. The resulting solid was collected by filtration and rinsed quickly with ether to leave the intermediate nitro compound. (3.5 g). This was dissolved in ethyl acetate at reflux. Tin (II) chloride dihydrate (2.3g) was added in portions as a solid and the reflux continued for 2 hr. After cooling, the mixture was diluted in ethyl acetate, quenched with KOH (0.5 N, 500 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate 3 X. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to afford the aniline (316) (2.9 g) as a light tan solid useable in subsequent reactions. Mp 157-160°.
1H NMR (DMSO) δ 7.36 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.341 (t, J=2 Hz, IH), 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.831 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH), 6.602 (dd, J=8.4, 2.8 Hz, IH), 6.01 (br s, 2H).
EXAMPLES 317 AND 318
3,4 difluorothiophenol and 3,5-difluorothiophenol were prepared by the method of D.K. Kim et al (J. Med. Chem. 40, 2363-2373 (1997) and converted by the method of example 316 to the corresponding anilines.
EXAMPLE 317
3-chloro-4- (3,5-difluoro-phenylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (317) Η NMR (DMSO) δ 7.361 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 6.983 (m, IH), 6.84 (d, J=2.4 Hz, IH) 6.61 (m, 3H), 6.02 (s, 2H).
EXAMPLE 318
3-chloro-4- (3,4-difluoro-phenylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (318)
Η NMR (acetone) δ 7.377 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.258 (dt J=10.4, 8.4 Hz, IH), 6.97 (m, IH) 6.94 (m, 2H), 6.714 (dd, 8.4, 2.5 Hz, IH), 5.42 (s, 2H).
EXAMPLE 319
3,5-Dichloro-4- (3,4-dimethyl-phenylsulfanyl)-phenylamine (319).
A mixture of 3,4-dimethylthiophenol (1.38g, lOmmol), 3,4,5- trichoronitrobenzene 2.49g, 1 lmmol) and K2CO3 (4.15g, 30mmol) in acetone (15ml) was refluxed for 2 hr. After reaction mixture was concentrated, crude product was purified by column chromatography (H/A=9/l, 180g of silica gel) to afford a yellow oil. Unpurified crude 3,5-Dichloro-4- (3,4-dimethyl-phenylsulfanyl)-nitrobenzene was dissolved in CH2Cl2/AcOEt (5ml 20ml). To the solution was added SnCl2/2H2O(9.03g, 40mmol) and the reaction mixture was stiπed at room temperature for 12 hr. 30% NaOH was added to the reaction mixture, which was extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed by water, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to give 2.86g (96%> 2 steps) of compound 319 as a white solid.
Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 2.14(6H, s), 6.11(2H, br s), 6.66(1H, dd, J=1.8, 8.1Hz), 6.77(2H, s), 6.82(1H, d, J=1.8Hz), 7.02(1H, d, J=8.1Hz).
EXAMPLES 320-337
The anilines of Table 33 were sulfonylated by the method of example 3 and then oxidized to the coπesponding sulfoxide by the method of example 103 or sulfone by the method of example 104 to provide the examples 320-337 illustrated in Table 34.
Table 34
Figure imgf000184_0001
EXAMPLE MS
# k A B C D V X Y Z (M-H)
320 O Cl H Cl H H Cl H Cl 509.9
321 1 Cl H Cl H H Cl H Cl 525.8
322 2 Cl H Cl H H Cl H Cl 541.8
323 O Cl H Cl H H F H F 478
324 1 Cl H Cl H H F H F
325 2 Cl H Cl H H F H F 509.9 326 O Cl H CF3 H H F H F 512
327 1 Cl H CF3 H H F H F 461
328 2 Cl H CF3 H H F H F 544
329 O Cl H Cl Me H F H F 491.9
330 1 Cl H Cl Me H F H F
331 2 Cl H Cl Me H F H F 523.8
332 O Cl H Cl H H F F H
333 1 Cl H Cl H H F F H 493.9
334 2 Cl H Cl H H F F H 509.9
335 O Cl H CF3 H H F F H 512
336 1 Cl H CF3 H H F F H 493.9
337 2 Cl H CF3 H H F F H 544
338 0 Cl H CF3 H Cl Me Me H 540
EXAMPLE 324
Η NMR (DMSO) δ 11.5 (br s, IH), 8.12 (d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 7.88 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 7.748 (d, J= 8 Hz, IH), 7.661 (dd, J=8.8, 2 Hz, IH), 7.476 (m, IH), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.28 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, IH) 7.17 (br s, IH).
EXAMPLE 330
Η NMR (acetone) δ 10.1 (br s, IH), 8.147 (s, IH), 7.80 (d, IH), 7.648 (s, IH), 7.49 (m, IH), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, IH), 2.433 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 332 1H NMR (acetone) δ 9.80 (br s, IH), 8.162 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.735 (d,
J=2 Hz, IH), 7.615 (dd, J=8.4, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.436 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.358 (dt, J=10.5, 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.292 (ddd, IH), 7.224 (dd, J=8.4, 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.176 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.16 (m, IH).
EXAMPLE 338
2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(3,4-dimethyl-phenylsulfanyl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (338) A solution of aniline 319 (860mg, 2.68mmol) and 3-chloro-4- trifluoromethylbenzene-sulfonylchloride (658mg, 2.68mmol) in pyridine (10ml) was stirred at room temperature for 2-hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, which was then acidified by 2N HCl. Reaction mixture was extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed by Brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Crude residue was purified by column chromatography (H/A=4/l, 80g of silica gel) to afford compound 3 7 (591mg, 41%>) as a white solid.
Η NMR (400MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 2.11(3H,s), 2.13(3H,s), 6.78(lH,dd, J=2.1,8.3Hz), 6.81(lH,s), 7.01(lH,d, J=8.3Hz), 7.30(2H, s), 7.98(2H,dd, J=2.1,8.3Hz), 8.18(lH,s), 8.35(lH, d, J=8.3Hz), 11.6(1H, br s). mp 156-158 °C. MS (M+H) 540.
EXAMPLE 339 3,5-Dichloro-4- (6-methyl-quinolin-3-yloxy)-phenylamine (339) To a solution of 3-(2,6-Dichloro-4-nitro-phenoxy)-6-methyl-quinoline
(309) (1.30g, 3.71mmol) and NH4C1 (992mg, 18.55mmol) in EtOH/THF/ H2O =12ml/12ml/3ml, was added Iron Powder (1.04g, 18.55mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 4 hr. Insoluble materials were removed by Celite filtration. The filtrate was concentrated and sat NaHCO3 was added to the residue, which was then extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed with Brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO4, and concentrated to afford compound 339 (1.18g, 98%>).
Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 2.44 (3H, s), 5.75 (2H, br s), 6.77 (2H, s), 7.27 (IH, d, J=2.8Hz), 7.48 (IH, d, J=8.6Hz), 7.67 (IH, s), 7.89 (IH, d, J=8.6Hz), 8.74 (IH, d, J=2.8Hz).
EXAMPLE 340 2-Mercapto -4-methyl-benzothiazole (340) The title compound was prepared using the method of example 239, starting with 2-bromo-4-methyl-phenylamine (Acros) (27.9g), O-ethylxanthic acid, potassium salt (Lancaster, 54g) in DMF (250 mL). The mercaptobenzothiazole 340 was obtained as an pale brown solid (27 g). Recrystalization from CHCI3 gave pinkish white crystals (20g). Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.499 (br s, -IH), 7.223 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.198(d, J=8 Hz, IH), 2.342 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 341
Compound 341 was prepared by the method of example 84.1 by coupling thiol 340 (9.3g) with l,2,3,-trichloro-5-nitrobenzene (11.3g) in DMF using NaH as base. Trituration with ether gave 341 (12.4 g) as a yellow solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.577 (s, 2H), 7.795 (br s, IH), 7.736 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.303 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 2.405 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 342
Reduction of compound 341 (12.4 g) with SnC12 by the method of example 32 gave after trituration with methylene chloride, aniline 342 (9 g) as a solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.709 (br s, IH), 7.699 (d, J = 8 Hz, IH), 7.262 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 6.859 (s, 2H), 6.45 (s, 2H), 2.384 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 344
Compound 344 was prepared by the method of example 84.1 by coupling thiol 245 (2.01 g) with l,2,3,-trichloro-5-nitrobenzene (2.51g ) in DMF using NaH as base. Recrystalization with ether/hexane gave compound 344 (3.2 g) as a yellow solid. Mp l l6-118°C.
EXAMPLE 345
Reduction of compound 344 (3.01 g) with SnC12 by the method of example 32 gave aniline 345 (2.8 g) as a solid.
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.772 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.630 (br s, IH), 7.155 (br d, J=8 Hz, IH), 6.855 (s, 2H), 6.442 (s, 2H), 2.409 (s, 3H). MS (M+H) 341. Anal. Calcd.: : calc. 49.27% C, 2.95% H, 8.21% N. Found. 49.39% C, 3.16 %H, 7.98 %N
Figure imgf000188_0001
Example 342: X=Me, Y=H Example 345: X=H, Y=Me
EXAMPLES 346-351
Sulfonylation of anilines 342 or 345 by the method of example 3 gave the sulfonamides of Table 35.
Table 35
Example MS
# A B C D X Y (M-H)
346 Cl H CF3 H Me H 581
347 CF3 H Cl H Me H 581
348 Cl H Cl Me Me H 561
349 Cl H CF3 H H Me 581
350 Cl H Cl Me H . Me 561
351 Cl H Me H H Me 527 EXAMPLE 346
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.90 (s, IH), 8.416 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.228 (br s, IH), 8.024 (br d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.690 (m, 2H), 7.383 (s, 2H), 7.265 (br d, J=8 Hz, IH), 2.379 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 580.8.
EXAMPLE 347 Η NMR(^-DMSO) δ 11.70-12.00 (IH, broad), 8.22 (IH, d, 7= 8.6 Hz), 8.17 (IH, s), 8.08 (IH, d, 7= 8.5 Hz), 7.68-7.75 (2H, m), 7.39 (2H, s), 7.28 (IH, d, 7= 8.2 Hz), 2.39 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 580.8. mp 227.0°C. Anal. Calcd.: C 43.20, H 2.07, N 4.80; found C 43.23, H 1.97, N 4.91.
EXAMPLE 348
'H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.71 (br s, IH), 8.237 (br s, IH), 7.915 (s, IH), 7.708 (s, IH), 7.698 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.365 (s, 2H), 7.266 (dd, J=8, 1.6 Hz, IH), 2.414 (s, 3H), 2.380 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 560.8.
EXAMPLE 349
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.94 (br s, IH), 8.416 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.231 (d, J=1.6 Hz, IH), 8.024 (dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.767 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.628 (s, IH), 7.382 (s, 2H), 7.185 (dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz, IH), 2.398 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 580.8.
EXAMPLE 350
Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.725 (br s, IH), 8.236 (br s, IH), 7.918 (s, IH), 7.785 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.637 (s, IH), 7.363 (s, 2H), 7.183 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 2.408 (s, 6H). MS (M-H) 560.9.
EXAMPLE 351
Η NMR (d6-OMSO) δ 11.67 (IH, s), 8.12 (IH, d, 7= 8.1 Hz), 7.80 (IH, d, 7= 8.2 Hz), 7.58-7.68 (2H, m), 7.46 (IH, d, 7= 8.1 Hz), 7.35 (2H, s), 7.20 (IH, d, 7= 8.2 Hz), 2.40 (6H, s). MS: (M-H) 526.8. mp 112.8 °C. Anal. Calcd.: 47.60%C, 2.85% H, 5.29% N; found 47.28%C, 2.98%H, 5.28%N. EXAMPLE 352
Aniline 342 was converted according to the method of example 34 to afford the corresponding sulfonyl chloride 352 as a white solid.
Η NMR (CDC13) δ 8.131 (s, 2H), 7.786 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.567 (br s, IH), 7.28 (br d, J=8 Hz, IH), 2.482 (s, 3H).
Example 353 X=
Example 354 X=
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000190_0002
EXAMPLE 353 Coupling of compound 352 (85 mg) with 3,4-dichloroaniline (42 mg) by the method of example 3 gave the sulfonamide 353 (76 mg) as a white solid.
Η NMR ( d-DMSO) δ 11.01 (IH, s), 8.04 (IH, s), 7.76 (IH, s), 7.72 (IH, d, 7= 8.5 Hz), 7.62 (IH, d, 7= 8.7 Hz), 7.34 (IH, s), 7.29 (IH, d, 7= 7.6 Hz), 7.13-7.23 (IH, m), 2.40 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 546.8. mp 181.0 °C. Anal. Calcd.: calc. 43.65% C , 2.20% H, 5.09% N. found 43.10% C, 2.21% H, 4.81% N.
EXAMPLE 354
Coupling of compound 352 (85 mg) with 2,4-dichloroaniline (42 mg) by the method of example 3 gave after recrystalization from methanol water, the sulfonamide 354 (38 mg) as a white solid.
1H NMR (76-DMSO) δ 10.72 (IH, s), 7.96 (2H, s), 7.79 (IH, s), 7.72-7.77 (2H, m), 7.47 (IH, dd, 7= 8.7, 2.4 Hz), 7.33 (IH, d, 7= 8.6 Hz), 7.31 (IH, d, 7= 8.6 Hz), 2.41 (3H, s). MS (M+H) 548.9. mp 160.7 °C. Anal. Calcd.: calc. 43.65% C , 2.20% H, 5.09% N. found 43.83% C, 2.19% H, 5.10% N The following examples illustrate the synthesis of compounds 355-358.
Figure imgf000191_0001
355 X=NO2 357 X=NO2
356 X=NH2 358 X=NH2
EXAMPLE 355
2,3-dichloronitrobenzene (6.15 g, 32 mmol), methylamine hydrochloride (2.38 g, 35 mmol), triethylamine (9.8 mL, 71 mmol), and DMF (16 mL) were combined in a 100 mL round-bottomed flask and heated to 90°C overnight. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and dumped over 600 mL of ice- water. The resulting orange solid was collected by filtration and dried at the pump. Recrystallization from hot hexanes yielded 3.2 g (53%>) of compound 355 as bright orange crystals.
Η NMR ( (7<f-DMSO) δ 7.75 (IH, dd); 7.62 (IH, dd); 6.76 (IH, t); 6.63 (IH, broad s); 2.75 (3H, t).
EXAMPLE 356 A round-bottomed flask was charged with 3.8 g (20 mmol) of compound 355. 22.9 g (102 mmol) of tin dichloride dihydrate, and 125 mL of EtOAc. This was heated to 75 °C for 3.0 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 300 mL of EtOAc and washed with 250 mL of 2N aqueous KOH solution followed by 200 mL of brine. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to a white amorphous solid 355 (2.9 g, 90%>) that was used without further purification (turned brown upon standing in air).
Η NMR tø-DMSO) δ 6.68 (IH, t); 6.56 (2H, m); 4.98 (2H, broad s); 3.76 (IH, broad s); 2.59 (3H, t). EXAMPLE 357
A round-bottomed flask was charged with 356 (1.0 g, 6.4 mmol), 4-nitro- 2-flourophenyl acetic acid (148) (1.4 g, 7.0 mmol), and 4N aqueous HCl (13 mL). This was refluxed overnight. The reaction was then cooled and basified with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organics were extracted with methylene chloride, dried over Na2SO , and concentrated to a pink solid. This was recrystallized from methylene chloride and hexanes to yield compound 357 (1.4 g, 75%>) as fluffy crystals.
Η NMR (400MHz) tø-DMSO) δ 8.16 (IH, dd); 8.08 (IH, dd); 7.62 (IH, t); 7.49 (IH, dd); 7.23 (IH, dd); 7.13 (IH, t); 4.48 (2H, s); 4.08 (3H, s).
EXAMPLE 358
Nitro compound 357 (1.3 g, 4.0 mmol) was reduced by the method of example 356 to give the aniline 358 (1.0 g, 86%>) as off-white crystals. MS (M+H) 290.1
EXAMPLE 359-361
Aniline 358 was coupled with various sulfonyl chlorides by the method of example 192 to give the sulfonamides illustrated in Table 36
Table 36
Figure imgf000192_0001
EXAMPLE MS
# A B C D yield (M-H)
359 Cl H Cl H 36% 496
360 H H -COMe H 50% 470
361 Me H Cl Me 60% 362 Cl H Cl Me 496%
EXAMPLE 359
Η NMR (f/ή-DMSO) δ 11.01 (IH, s); 8.07 (IH, d); 7.87 (IH, d); 7.63 (IH, dd); 7.49 (IH, d); 7.22 (IH, d); 7.15 (2H, m); 6.89 (2H, m); 4.21 (2H, s); 3.99 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 496.0.
EXAMPLE 360
Η NMR (d6-OMSO) δ 10.78 (IH, s); 8.12 (2H, d); 7.94 (2H, d); 7.51 (IH, d); 7.26 (IH, d); 7.17 (2H, t); 6.97 (2H, m); 4.24 (2H, s); 4.01 (3H, s). MS (M-H) 470.1.
EXAMPLE 361
Η NMR (d6-OMSO) δ 10.75 (IH, s); 7.91 (IH, s); 7.51 (2H, m); 7.26 (IH, d); 7.16 (2H, dd); 6.88 (2H, t); 4.24 (2H, s); 4.01 (3H, s); 2.54 (3H, s); 2.34 (3H, s).
EXAMPLE 362 'H NMR (7<J-DMSO) δ 10.97 (IH, s); 8.10 (IH, s); 7.83 (IH, s); 7.52 (IH, d); 7.27 (IH, d); 7.17 (2H, t); 6.94 (2H, m); 4.24 (2H, s); 4.01 (3H, s); 2.38 (3H, s).
EXAMPLE 363
This illustrates the preparation of 2,6-dichloro-benzothiazole (363). 2-Amino-6-chlorobenzothiazole (15.7g, 85mmol) in H3PO (85%)(470ml) was heated to 100 degrees and dissolved. Then clear solution was cooled and vigorously stiπed by mechanical stiπer. NaNO2 (17.6g, 255mmol) in water (30ml) was added slowly keeps the temperature below 0 degrees. Separately a solution of CuSO4/5H2O(85g), NaCl (107g) in water (350ml) was cooled to -5 degrees and stirred by mechanical stirrer. After Potassium Iodide Starch paper's color was disappeared Diazonium solution was keeping cold and added slowly to the copper chloride solution with vigorous stining. The reaction Mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1-hour water (IL) and ether (IL) were added to the reaction mixture and extracted twice. Organic layer was washed by water and dried over anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated.Crude residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (H/A=4/l, 180g of silica gel) to provide title compound 363 (7.46g, 48%). EXAMPLE 364
This illustrates the preparation of 3,5-dichloro-4- (6-chloro-benzothiazol- 2-yloxy)-phenylamine. To the solution of 4-amino-2, 6-dichloro phenol (6g, 26.5mmol) and 2,6- dichlorobenzothiazole (363) (6g, 29.4mmol, 1.1 eq) in DMSO (25ml), was added K2CO3 (1 lg, 80mmol, 3.0eq). The mixture was stiπed and heated to 160 degree. After 5.5-hr water (20ml) was added to the reaction mixture, which was neutralized with 2N HCl., and was extracted with AcOEt three times. And the organic layer was washed with Brine and was dried over anhydrous MgSO , and then concentrated. Crude residue was purified by column chromatography
Figure imgf000194_0001
180g of silica gel) to afford 3,5-Dichloro- 4- (6-chloro-benzothiazol-2-yloxy)-phenylamine (364) as a black solid (4.52g, 49%).
Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 5.86(2H,br s), 6.74(2H,s), 7.48(lH,dd, J=2.1,5.7Hz), 7.70(lH,d, 8.7Hz), 8.10(lH,d, 2.1Hz).
EXAMPLE 365 This illustrates the preparation of 2-Chloro-N- [3,5-dichloro-4- (6-chloro- benzothiazol-2-yloxy)-phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (365). A solution of 3,5-dichloro-4- (6-chloro-benzothiazol-2-yloxy)- phenylamine (364) (2.0g, 5.79mmol) and 3-chloro-4- trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonylchloride (1.7g, 6.08mmol) in pyridine (10ml) was stirred at room temperature. After 3-hr water was added to the reaction mixture, which was then acidify by 2N HCl. Reaction mixture was extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed by brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Cmde residue was purified by column chromatography (H/A=4/l , 80g of silica gel) to afford title compound 365 (2.11 g, 65%>) as a white solid, mp 82-84 °
Η NMR (400MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 7.32(2H,s), 7.46(lH,dd, J=2.2,8.7Hz), 7.67(lH,d, J=8.7Hz), 8.00(lH,d, 8.0Hz), 8.14(lH,d, J=2.2Hz), 8.20(lH,s), 8.38(lH,d, J=8.3Hz), 11.6(lH,br s). MS (M+H) 586.
EXAMPLE 366
This illustrates the preparation of 2,4-Dichloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(6- chloro-benzothiazol-2-yloxy)-phenyl]benzenesulfonamide (366). A solution of 3,5-dichloro-4-(6-chloro-benzothiazol-2-yloxy)-phenylamine (364) (2.0g, 5.79mmol) and 2,4-dichloro benzenesulfonylchloride (1.5g, 6.08mmol) in pyridine (10ml) was stiπed at room temperature for 12-hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, which was then acidified by 2N HCl. Reaction mixture was extracted twice with AcOEt. Organic layer was washed by Brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. Crude residue was purified by column chromatography (H/A=4/l , 80g of silica gel) to afford title compound (366) (1.49g, 46%) as a white solid. mp73-75 °,
Η NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) δ 7.29 (2H, s), 7.46 (IH, dd, J=2.2, 8.8Hz), 7.69 (IH, d, J=8.8Hz), 7.71 (IH, dd, J=2.2, 8.4Hz), 7.95 (IH, d, J=2.2Hz), 8.14 (IH, d, J=2.2Hz), 8.18 (IH, d, J=8.4Hz), 11.5 (IH, br s). MS (M+H) 553.
EXAMPLE 367
This illustrates the preparation of 3,5-Dichloro-4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol- 2-yloxy)phenylamine (367). To a solution of 2-chloro-6-methoxybenzothiazole (prepared as described by Weinstock et.al., J.Med.Chem.30: pi 166 (1987)) and 4-Amino-2,6-dichlorophenol 1.3g(available from Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) in DMSO(9ml), was added K2CO3 3.12g. The mixture was heated at 150 degree for 3hr. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography(silica gel, AcOEt:Hexane=l :2) to provide the aniline 367 (1.43g, 56%). mp 158-160 °
NMR(300MHz/CDCl3) δ 3.84(3H, s), 3.85(2H, brs), 6.69(2H, s) 6.97(1H, dd, J=2.6Hz, J=8.9Hz), 7.18(1H, d, J=2.6Hz),7.61(lH, d, J=8.9Hz).
Figure imgf000195_0001
EXAMPLE 368 This illustrates the preparation of 2-Chloro-N-[3,5-dichloro-4-(6- methoxybenzothol-2-yloxy)-phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonamide (368). To a solution of 3,5-dichloro-4-(6-methoxybenzothiazol-2-yloxy)phenylamine (367) (1.40g) in pyridine (5ml), was added 2-Chloro-4-trifluorobenzenesulfonamide 1.15g. The mixture was stiπed at room temperature for 2hr. The reaction mixture was purified directly by column chromatography (silica gel, AcOEt:Hexane=l :3). The product was triturated by hexane to give the title compound 368 (1.97g, 82%>) as a colorless powder, mp 164-165 ° NMR (300MHz/DMSO-d6) δ 3.79(3H, s), 7.00(1H, dd, J=2.9Hz, J=8.8Hz),
7.31(2H, s), 7.55(1H, d, J=8.8Hz), 7.58(1H, d, J=2.9Hz), 8.00(1H, dd, J=1.5Hz, J=8.1Hz), 8.20 (IH, d, J=1.5Hz), 8.37(1H, d, J=8.1Hz), 11.59(1H, brs). MS (M+H) 583.
EXAMPLES 369-370 The examples illustrated in Table 37, were prepared from aniline 75 and the coπesponding sulfonyl chlorides by the method of procedure 3. The compounds were purified by chromatography on silica gel.
Table 37
Figure imgf000196_0001
Example MS
# A B C D (M-H)
369 Cl H Cl H 466
370 H Cl Cl H 466
371 Me H Cl Me 460
372 Cl H Cl Me 480
EXAMPLE 369
Η NMR (d6-acetone) δ 9.54 (br s, IH), 8.82 (br s, IH), 8.446 (d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 8.129 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.763 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 7.602 (dd, J=8.4, 2 Hz, IH), 7.428 (m, 2H), 7.327 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.252 (td, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.17 (td, J=8, 1.2 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 466.0. EXAMPLE 370
Η NMR (d6-DMSO) δ 10.643 (br s, IH), 9.954 (br s, IH), 7.983 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 7.934 (br d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.885 (d, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 7.717 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.454 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.360 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, IH), 7.226 (d, J=2 Hz, IH), 7.194 (t, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.142 (dd, J=8.8, 2 Hz, IH), 7.106 (t, J=8 Hz, IH). MS (M-H) 466.0.
EXAMPLE 371
Η NMR (d6-acetone) δ 9.31 (br s, IH), 8.80 (br s, IH), 8.403 (d, J=8 Hz, IH), 7.928 (s, IH), 7.45-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.3-7.2 (m, 2H), 7.164 (br t, J=8 Hz, IH), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.387 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 460.0.
EXAMPLE 372
Η NMR (d6-acetone) δ 9.48 (br s, IH), 8.82 (br s, IH), 8.064 (s, IH), 7.707 (s, IH), 7.45-7.40 (m, 4H), 7.335 (dd, J=8.8, 2HZ, IH), 7.252 (td, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.19 (td, J=8, 1.2 Hz, IH) 2.425 (s, 3H). MS (M-H) 479.9.
EXAMPLE 373
Using methods similar to Lehmann, et ial, ibid., selected compounds exhibited the following IC50 values in a PPARγ ligand binding assay utilizing [3H]-BRL 49653 as the radioligand. IC50 values are defined as the concentration of test compounds required to reduce by 50%> the specific binding of [ H]-BRL 49653 and are represented by (+) <30 μM; (++) < 10 μM; (+++) < 1 μM.
TABLE 38
Compound IC50(μI
4.1 +++
16.1 +++
27.3 ++
27.5 ++
49.1 +++
50.1 +++
72.2 ++ 72.3 72.4 ++ 73.4 +++ 73.5 +++ 73.6 73.7 73.8 +++ 73.9 +++ 79.5 +++ 86 +++ 87.3 +++ 95 +++ 97 +++ 108.4 +++ 158 +++ 160 +++ 178 179 +++ 219 +++ 233 +++ 290 +++ 292 +++ 349 +++ 364 ++ 365 ++ 368 +++
EXAMPLE 374
Selected compounds were administered to KK-Ay mice as a 0.018%> (30 mg/kg) dietary admixture in powdered diet and evaluated for anti-diabetic efficacy as described (T. Shibata, K. Matsui, K. Nagao, H. Shinkai, F. Yonemori and K. Wakitani 1999; European Journal of Pharmacology 364:211-219). The change in serum glucose levels compared to untreated control animals is exemplified in Table 39. TABLE 39
Example # KKAy Glucose
87.3 ++
178 ++
179 ++
219 +
233 -
364 +
365 ++
(-)<10%;(+)10%to20%; (++) glucose lowering >20%>.
All publications and patent applications cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference as if each individual publication or patent application were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, it will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art in light of the teachings of this invention that certain changes and modifications may be made thereto without departing from the spirit or scope of the appended claims.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000201_0001
wherein Ar' is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl; X is a divalent linkage selected from the
Figure imgf000201_0002
(C C6)alkylenoxy, (Cι-C6)alkylenamino, (CrC6)alkylene-S(O)k-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R! ')-, -N(R")C(O)-, -S(O)k- and a single bond, wherein Rπ is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C\- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and aryl(C C4)alkyl; and the subscript k is an integer of from 0 to 2; Y is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of (Cι-C6)alkylene, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R12)-S(O)m-,-N(R12)-S(O)m-N(R13)-, -N(R12)C(O)-, -S(O)n- and a single bond, wherein R12 and R13 are members independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and aryl(C C4)alkyl; and the subscripts m and n are independently integers of
Figure imgf000201_0003
R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C2- C8)heteroalkyl, aryl, aryl(C1-C4)alkyl, halogen, cyano, nitro, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C,-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q- NR15R16, -O-C(O)-OR17, -O-C(O)-R17, -O-C(O)-NR15R16, -N(R14)-C(O)- NR15R16, -N(R14)-C(O)-R17 and -N(R14)-C(O)-OR17 ; wherein R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(d-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl, and aryl(Cr C4)alkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring; R17 is a member selected from the group consisting of (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2- C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C )alkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 3; and the subscript q is an integer of from 1 to 2; and R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl; and R is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro and (CrC8)alkoxy.
2. A compound of claim 1, wherein X is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted (Cι-C6)alkylene, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R")- and -S(O)k-.
3. A compound of claim 1, wherein X is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of-CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -CH(CH2CH3)-, -CH(isopropyl)-, -CH(CN)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R' ')- and -S(O)k-.
4. A compound of claim 1, wherein Y is -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Cj-C )alkyl.
5. A compound of claim 1, wherein X is μ divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R11)- and -S-; and Y is -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C,-C8)alkyl.
6. A compound of claim 1, wherein R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl and pyridazinyl.
7. A compound of claim 1, wherein X is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R' ')- and -S-; Y is -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Cι-C8)alkyl; and R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl and pyridazinyl.
8. A compound of claim 1, wherein Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, phenyl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzimidazolyl.
9. A compound of claim 8, wherein Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group.
10. A compound of claim 9, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000203_0001
(le) (If) (Ig) (Ih)
Figure imgf000203_0002
(ii) (ij)
11. A compound of claim 10, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (Cp C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (d-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR,5R16, -S(O)p- R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, C(O)-(C1-C8)alkyl, CN, -CF3, (C1-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
12. A compound of claim 9, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000204_0001
(Ii) (Ij)
13. A compound of claim 12, wherein X is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of-CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R")- and -S-; wherein R1' is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Ci- C8)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of -N(Rl2)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C\- C8)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (C\- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)- C(O)-R'7 ; wherein R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C\- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7- membered ring; R17 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; and the subscript q is 2; and R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R .3 i •s a member selected from the group consisting of halogen and (Cι-C8)alkoxy.
14. A compound of claim 13, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (C\- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (C1-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p- R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(C C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, - CN, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
15. A compound of claim 14, wherein Ar' is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, - O(Cι-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (C]-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and (Cj-C8)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, - OCF3, -OH, -O C-Cj alkyl, -C(O)-(C,-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C1-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
16. A compound of claim 15, wherein R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF , and -CF3.
17. A compound of claim 15, wherein, R1 and R3 are each independently a halogen, and R is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
18. A compound of claim 8, wherein Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl group.
19. A compound of claim 18, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000206_0001
20. A compound of claim 19, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen,
Figure imgf000206_0002
C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p- R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(C C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(C,-C8)alkyl, CN, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
21. A compound of claim 19, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000206_0003
(Ii) (Ij)
22. A compound of claim 21, wherein X is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of-CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R")- and -S-; wherein R11 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Ci- C8)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of -N(R )-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
Figure imgf000207_0001
C8)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (Cp C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (d-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)- C(O)-R'7 ; wherein R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7- membered ring; R17 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; and the subscript q is 2; and R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen and (C)-C8)alkoxy.
23. A compound of claim 22, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (C,-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NRl5R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(CrC8)alkyl, -CN, - CF3, (d-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
24. A compound of claim 23, wherein Ar 1 is a pyridyl group having from 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, - O(Cι-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (d-C8)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and (Cι-C8)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, - OCF3, -OH, -O(C,-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C,-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
25. A compound of claim 24, wherein R is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
26. A compound of claim 25, wherein, R1 and R3 are each independently a halogen, and R is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
27. A compound of claim 8, wherein Ar' is a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group.
28. A compound of claim 27, represented by a formula selected from trie group consisting of
Figure imgf000208_0001
(la) (lb) (Ic) (Id)
Figure imgf000208_0002
(le) (10 (Ig) (Ih)
Figure imgf000208_0003
(Ii) (Ij)
29. A compound of claim 28, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (d-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p- R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, - CN, -CF , (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
30. A compound of claim 28, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
and '
Figure imgf000209_0002
Figure imgf000209_0001
(Ii) (Ij)
31. A compound of claim 30, wherein X is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of-CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R' ')- and -S-; wherein R1' is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Ci- C8)alkyl;
1 Y is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of -N(R )-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (C\- C8)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (C C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R1 , -C(O)NRl5R16, -S(O)p-R'4, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)- C(O)-R17; wherein R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(d-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from the group consisting ' of hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7- membered ring; R17 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; and the subscript q is 2; and R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R3 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen and (d-C8)alkoxy.
32. A compound of claim 31, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (C,-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-N 15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C8)alkyl, -CN, - CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
33. A compound of claim 32, wherein Ar1 is a naphthyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, - O(Cι-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and (Cι-C8)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, - OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(C,-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C,-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
34. A compound of claim 33, wherein R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
35. A compound of claim 34, wherein, R' and R3 are each independently a halogen, and R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
36 A compound of claim 8, wherein Ar' is a substituted or unsubstituted benzothiazolyl group.
37. A compound of claim 36, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000211_0001
38. A compound of claim 37, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (d- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NRI5R16, -S(O)p- R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(C,-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(C,-C8)alkyl, CN, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
39. A compound of claim 37, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000211_0002
40. A compound of claim 39, wherein X is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of-CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R* ')- and -S-; wherein R1' is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Cj- C8)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (d- C8)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (C C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)- C(O)-R17; wherein R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (d- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι -C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (d-C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7- membered ring; R17 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; and the subscript q is 2; and R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R3 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen and (Cι-C8)alkoxy.
41. A compound of claim 40, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (C,-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NRl5R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(C,-C8)alkyl, -CN, - CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
42. A compound of claim 41, wherein Ar is a benzothiazolyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, - OH, -O(d-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (C C8)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and (Cι-C8)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C,-C8)alkyl and - NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
43. A compound of claim 42, wherein R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substimtents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
44. A compound of claim 43, wherein, R and R are each independently a halogen, and R is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
45. A compound of claim 8, wherein Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted benzoxazolyl group.
46. A compound of claim 45, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000213_0001
(la) (lb) (Ic) (Id)
Figure imgf000213_0002
(Ii) (Ij)
47. A compound of claim 46, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (C C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (d-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R1 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p- R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, - CN, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
48. A compound of claim 46, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000214_0001
(Ii) (Ij)
49. A compound of claim 48, wherein X is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of-CH -, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R' ')- and -S-; wherein Rn is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Ci- C8)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of -N(R12)-S(O)2-, wherein R is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Cι- C8)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (C\- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (C,-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)- C(O)-Rl7 ; wherein R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(d-C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7- membered ring; R17 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (d- C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; and the subscript q is 2; and R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R3 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen and (Cι-C8)alkoxy.
50. A compound of claim 49, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NRI5R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(C C8)alkyl, -CN, - CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
51. A compound of claim 50, wherein Ar' is a benzoxazolyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, - OH, -O(Cι-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (C C8)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and (Cι-C8)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C,-C8)alkyl and - NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
52. A compound of claim 51, wherein R is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
53. A compound of claim 52, wherein, R and R are each independently a halogen, and R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
54. A compound of claim 8, wherein Ar' is a substituted or unsubstituted benzimidazolyl group.
55. A compound of claim 54, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000216_0001
(Ie) (If) (Ig) Oh)
Figure imgf000216_0002
56. A compound of claim 55, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (Ci- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p- R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, CN, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
57. A compound of claim 55, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000216_0003
(Ii) (Ij)
58. A compound of claim 57, wherein X is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of-CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -N(R' ')- and -S-; wherein R" is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (d- C8)alkyl; Y is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of -N(R )-S(O)2-, wherein R is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Cι- C8)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (d- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)- C(O)-R17; wherein R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cj- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C4)alkyl; R15 and R1 are members independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7- membered ring; R17 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cp C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; and the subscript q is 2; and R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R3 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen and (Cι-C8)alkoxy.
59. A compound of claim 58, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (Cι-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(C x -C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι -C8)alkyl, -CN, - CF3, (d-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
60. A compound of claim 59, wherein Ar' is a benzimidazolyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, - OH, -O(Cι-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (d-C8)alkyl and -NO ; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and (Cι-C8)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(C,-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(C,-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (C,-C8)alkyl and - NH2; and R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
61. A compound of claim 60, wherein R ,2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
62. A compound of claim 61, wherein, Rl and R3 are each independently a halogen, and R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
63. A compound of claim 8, wherein Ar' is a substituted or unsubstituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group.
64. A compound of claim 63, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000219_0001
65. A compound of claim 64, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (Cj- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (d-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(0)NR'5R16, -S(O)P- R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(Cι-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, CN, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
66. A compound of claim 64, represented by a formula selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000219_0002
(Ii) (Ij)
67. A compound of claim 66, wherein X is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of-CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -O-, -C(O)-, -NCR1 ')- and -S-; wherein R11 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (Ci- C8)alkyl;
1 Y is a divalent linkage selected from the group consisting of -N(R )-S(O)2-, wherein R12 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and (d- C8)alkyl; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, (d- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (C,-C8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14, -S(O)q-NR15R16, -O-C(O)-R17, and -N(R14)- C(O)-R17; wherein R14 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (d- C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, aryl and aryl(C, -C4)alkyl; R15 and R16 are members independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, or taken together with the nitrogen to which each is attached form a 5-, 6- or 7- membered ring;
11 R is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C\- C8)alkyl and (C2-C8)heteroalkyl; the subscript p is an integer of from 0 to 2; and the subscript q is 2; and R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and R3 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen and (Cι-C8)alkoxy.
68. A compound of claim 67, wherein X is -O-, -NH- or -S-; Y is -NH-SO2-; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (C C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl, (CrC8)alkoxy, -C(O)R14, -CO2R14 , -C(O)NR15R16, -S(O)p-R14 and -S(O)q-NR15R16; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(d-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(d-C8)alkyl, -CN, - CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
69. A compound of claim 68, wherein Ar' is a benzimidazolyl group having from 0 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, - OH, -O(d-C6)alkyl, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and -NO2; R1 is a member selected from the group consisting of halogen, (Cι-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)heteroalkyl and (d-C8)alkoxy; R2 is a phenyl group having from 0 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, -OH, -O(C,-C8)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C8)alkyl, -CN, -CF3, (Cι-C8)alkyl and - NH2; and R3 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
70. A compound of claim 69, wherein R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
71. A compound of claim 69, wherein, R and R are each independently a halogen, and R2 is a phenyl group having from 1 to 3 substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OCF3, and -CF3.
72. A compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000221_0001
73. A compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000221_0002
74. A compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000222_0001
75. A compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000222_0002
76. A compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000222_0003
77. A compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000223_0001
78. A compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000223_0002
79. A compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000223_0003
80. A compound of claim 1, selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000224_0001
81. A composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a compound of any of claims 1-80.
82. A method for modulating conditions associated with metabolic or inflammatory disorders in a host, said method comprising administering to said host an efficacious amount of a compound of any of claims 1 -80.
83. A method in accordance with claim 82, wherein said host is a mammal selected from the group consisting of humans, dogs, monkeys, mice, rats, horses and cats.
84. A method in accordance with claim 82, wherein said administering is oral.
85. A method in accordance with claim 82, wherein said administering is topical.
86. A method in accordance with claim 82, wherein said administering is prophylactic to prevent the onset of a PPARγ-mediated condition.
87. A method in accordance with claim 82, wherein said disorders are selected from the group consisting of NIDDM, obesity, hypercholesterolemia and other lipid-mediated diseases, and inflammatory conditions.
88. A method in accordance with claim 82, wherein said administering is parenteral.
89. A method in accordance with claim 82, wherein said metabolic disorders are mediated by PPARγ.
PCT/US2000/018178 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 COMPOUNDS FOR THE MODULATION OF PPARη ACTIVITY WO2001000579A1 (en)

Priority Applications (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
MXPA01013199A MXPA01013199A (en) 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 COMPOUNDS FOR THE MODULATION OF PPARgamma ACTIVITY.
EA200200105A EA004887B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 COMPOUNDS FOR THE MODULATION OF PPARgamma ACTIVITY
NZ516455A NZ516455A (en) 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 Compounds for the modulation of PPARgamma activity
IL14730800A IL147308A0 (en) 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 Compounds for the modulation of pparγ activity and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
ES00946961.0T ES2437103T3 (en) 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 Compounds for modulating the activity of PPAR gamma
AU60643/00A AU779730B2 (en) 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 Compounds for the modulation of PPARgamma activity
EP00946961.0A EP1192137B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 Compounds for the modulation of ppar-gamma activity
JP2001506989A JP4295458B2 (en) 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 PPAR-gamma activity modulating compound
CA2377309A CA2377309C (en) 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 Compounds for the modulation of ppar.gamma. activity
DK00946961.0T DK1192137T3 (en) 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 Compounds for modulating PPAR gamma activity
IL147308A IL147308A (en) 1999-06-30 2001-12-25 Tricyclic compounds whose molecules comprise quinolin-3-yl and a phenylsulfonylanilino moiety and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
HK02105143.3A HK1043369B (en) 1999-06-30 2002-07-10 Compounds for the modulation of ppar-gamma activity

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14167299P 1999-06-30 1999-06-30
US60/141,672 1999-06-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2001000579A1 true WO2001000579A1 (en) 2001-01-04

Family

ID=22496697

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2000/018178 WO2001000579A1 (en) 1999-06-30 2000-06-28 COMPOUNDS FOR THE MODULATION OF PPARη ACTIVITY

Country Status (14)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1192137B1 (en)
JP (1) JP4295458B2 (en)
CN (1) CN1171872C (en)
CA (1) CA2377309C (en)
DK (1) DK1192137T3 (en)
EA (1) EA004887B1 (en)
ES (1) ES2437103T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1043369B (en)
IL (2) IL147308A0 (en)
MX (2) MXPA01013199A (en)
NZ (2) NZ530833A (en)
SG (1) SG148834A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2001000579A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200200057B (en)

Cited By (48)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001082916A2 (en) * 2000-05-03 2001-11-08 Tularik Inc. Combination therapeutic compositions and methods of use
WO2002000633A1 (en) * 2000-06-28 2002-01-03 Tularik Inc. Quinolinyl and benzothiazolyl ppar-gamma modulators
WO2003004458A1 (en) * 2001-07-03 2003-01-16 Biovitrum Ab New compounds
US6583157B2 (en) 1998-01-29 2003-06-24 Tularik Inc. Quinolinyl and benzothiazolyl modulators
US6770648B2 (en) 1999-06-30 2004-08-03 Tularik Inc. Compounds for the modulation of PPARγ activity
WO2005005421A1 (en) * 2003-07-08 2005-01-20 Novartis Ag Benzenesulfonylamino compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds
US6869975B2 (en) 2001-09-14 2005-03-22 Tularik Inc. Linked biaryl compounds
WO2005070906A1 (en) * 2004-01-21 2005-08-04 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US6939885B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2005-09-06 Chemocentryx Aryl sulfonamides
JP2007507537A (en) * 2003-10-03 2007-03-29 アムジェン インコーポレーテッド Salts and polymorphs of potent antidiabetic compounds
US7227035B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2007-06-05 Chemocentryx Bis-aryl sulfonamides
WO2008035306A1 (en) * 2006-09-21 2008-03-27 Piramal Life Sciences Limited 3 -amino- pyridine derivatives for the treatment of metabolic disorders
EP1911462A2 (en) 2001-01-26 2008-04-16 Schering Corporation Compositions comprising a sterol absorption inhibitor
US7420055B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2008-09-02 Chemocentryx, Inc. Aryl sulfonamides
US7544702B2 (en) 2004-08-12 2009-06-09 Amgen Inc. Bisaryl-sulfonamides
WO2010047982A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-04-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2010051206A1 (en) 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
US7741519B2 (en) 2007-04-23 2010-06-22 Chemocentryx, Inc. Bis-aryl sulfonamides
EP2305352A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2011-04-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 5-alpha-reductase inhibitors for use in the treatment of men with metabolic and anthropometric disorders
WO2011069038A2 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, atherosclerosis, coronary heart disease, gallstone, obesity and other cardiovascular diseases
WO2011084459A1 (en) * 2009-12-15 2011-07-14 Metabolic Solutions Development Company Ppar-sparing thiazolidinediones and combinations for the treatment of obesity and other metabolic diseases
US7999109B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2011-08-16 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CCR9 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
WO2011106273A1 (en) 2010-02-25 2011-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
US8067450B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2011-11-29 Metabolic Solutions Development Company Thiazolidinedione analogues for the treatment of metabolic diseases
WO2012027331A1 (en) 2010-08-27 2012-03-01 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating or preventing metabolic syndrome and related diseases and disorders
WO2012040082A2 (en) 2010-09-21 2012-03-29 Intekrin Therapeutics, Inc. Antidiabetic solid pharmaceutical compositions
WO2012116145A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic azabenzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
US8304441B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2012-11-06 Metabolic Solutions Development Company, Llc Thiazolidinedione analogues for the treatment of metabolic diseases
WO2013082106A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2013-06-06 The General Hospital Corporation Differentiation into brown adipocytes
WO2013138352A1 (en) 2012-03-15 2013-09-19 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Formulations of guanylate cyclase c agonists and methods of use
WO2013163758A1 (en) 2012-05-01 2013-11-07 Boyd Shelley Romayne Methods for treating and diagnosing blinding eye diseases
US8598217B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2013-12-03 Astex Therapeutics Ltd. Imidazole derivatives and their use as modulators of cyclin dependent kinases
WO2014022528A1 (en) 2012-08-02 2014-02-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic tricyclic compounds
WO2014130608A1 (en) 2013-02-22 2014-08-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic bicyclic compounds
WO2014139388A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel indole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2014151200A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compositions useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
WO2014151206A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase and their uses
EP2810951A2 (en) 2008-06-04 2014-12-10 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
WO2014197720A2 (en) 2013-06-05 2014-12-11 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ultra-pure agonists of guanylate cyclase c, method of making and using same
US8912335B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2014-12-16 Metabolic Solutions Development Company, Llc PPAR-sparing thiazolidinedione salts for the treatment of metabolic diseases
WO2015051725A1 (en) 2013-10-08 2015-04-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic tricyclic compounds
EP2998314A1 (en) 2007-06-04 2016-03-23 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
WO2016144862A1 (en) 2015-03-09 2016-09-15 Intekrin Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
EP3241839A1 (en) 2008-07-16 2017-11-08 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
WO2018106518A1 (en) 2016-12-06 2018-06-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic heterocyclic compounds
WO2018118670A1 (en) 2016-12-20 2018-06-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic spirochroman compounds
US11253508B2 (en) 2017-04-03 2022-02-22 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. PPARy agonist for treatment of progressive supranuclear palsy
US11484530B2 (en) 2011-12-19 2022-11-01 Bjoern Colin Kahrs Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the PPAR agonist INT-131 and Nrf2 activators

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE10344223A1 (en) * 2003-09-24 2005-04-21 Merck Patent Gmbh New 2-anilino-1,3-benzoxazole derivatives, are inhibitors of kinases, especially tyrosine- or Raf-kinases, useful e.g. for treating solid tumors, angiogenesis, diabetic retinopathy, inflammation or psoriasis
ES2360763T3 (en) * 2006-09-21 2011-06-08 Piramal Life Sciences Limited PIRIDINE DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OF METABOLIC DISORDERS RELATED TO RESISTANCE TO INSULIN OR HYPERGLUCEMIA.
EP3924343A1 (en) * 2008-09-26 2021-12-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
JP6902748B2 (en) * 2016-09-29 2021-07-14 雪印種苗株式会社 Plant growth regulator
CN116693433B (en) * 2023-06-02 2024-04-16 济南悟通生物科技有限公司 Synthesis method of alkyl substituted thiophenol

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0069585A1 (en) * 1981-07-06 1983-01-12 EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY (a New Jersey corporation) Color-forming sulfonamidodiphenylamines, photographic elements containing them and corresponding sulfonimide dyes
EP0261539A2 (en) * 1986-09-24 1988-03-30 Bayer Ag Substituted phenyl-sulphon amides
WO1995001326A1 (en) * 1993-06-30 1995-01-12 The Wellcome Foundation Limited Anti-atherosclerotic diaryl compounds
WO1996015118A1 (en) * 1994-11-12 1996-05-23 Zeneca Limited Aniline derivatives
EP0749751A2 (en) * 1995-06-20 1996-12-27 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition for use in tteatment of diabetes
WO1997031907A1 (en) * 1996-02-28 1997-09-04 Glaxo Group Limited Substituted 4-hydroxy-phenylalcanoic acid derivatives with agonist activity to ppar-gamma
EP0855391A1 (en) * 1996-08-07 1998-07-29 Snow Brand Milk Products Co., Ltd. Novel isoquinoline derivatives
WO1999006378A1 (en) * 1997-07-29 1999-02-11 Warner-Lambert Company Irreversible inhibitors of tyrosine kinases
WO1999010320A1 (en) * 1997-08-22 1999-03-04 Tularik Inc. Substituted benzene compounds as antiproliferative and cholesterol lowering agents
WO1999038845A1 (en) * 1998-01-29 1999-08-05 Tularik Inc. Ppar-gamma modulators

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0069585A1 (en) * 1981-07-06 1983-01-12 EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY (a New Jersey corporation) Color-forming sulfonamidodiphenylamines, photographic elements containing them and corresponding sulfonimide dyes
EP0261539A2 (en) * 1986-09-24 1988-03-30 Bayer Ag Substituted phenyl-sulphon amides
WO1995001326A1 (en) * 1993-06-30 1995-01-12 The Wellcome Foundation Limited Anti-atherosclerotic diaryl compounds
WO1996015118A1 (en) * 1994-11-12 1996-05-23 Zeneca Limited Aniline derivatives
EP0749751A2 (en) * 1995-06-20 1996-12-27 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition for use in tteatment of diabetes
WO1997031907A1 (en) * 1996-02-28 1997-09-04 Glaxo Group Limited Substituted 4-hydroxy-phenylalcanoic acid derivatives with agonist activity to ppar-gamma
EP0855391A1 (en) * 1996-08-07 1998-07-29 Snow Brand Milk Products Co., Ltd. Novel isoquinoline derivatives
WO1999006378A1 (en) * 1997-07-29 1999-02-11 Warner-Lambert Company Irreversible inhibitors of tyrosine kinases
WO1999010320A1 (en) * 1997-08-22 1999-03-04 Tularik Inc. Substituted benzene compounds as antiproliferative and cholesterol lowering agents
WO1999038845A1 (en) * 1998-01-29 1999-08-05 Tularik Inc. Ppar-gamma modulators

Non-Patent Citations (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ARZNEIM.-FORSCH., vol. 34, no. 5, 1984, pages 531 - 542 *
ARZNEIM.-FORSCH., vol. 39, no. 9, 1989, pages 1073 - 1080 *
DATABASE CHEMABS [online] CAS; BAGULEY BRUCE C. ET AL., XP002148694, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 108:179602 *
DATABASE CHEMABS [online] CAS; BURMISTROV K.S. ET AL., XP002148690, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 122:132338 *
DATABASE CHEMABS [online] CAS; BURMISTROV K.S. ET AL., XP002148692, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 115:8165 *
DATABASE CHEMABS [online] CAS; DENNY WILLIAM A. ET AL., XP002148697, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 96:79437 *
DATABASE CHEMABS [online] CAS; MYSYK D.D. ET AL., XP002148698, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 92:163637 *
DATABASE CHEMABS [online] CAS; PIEPER H. ET AL., XP002148693, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 112:138679 *
DATABASE CHEMABS [online] CAS; SARUL E. ET AL., XP002148695, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 103:123106 *
DATABASE CHEMABS [online] CAS; SEBE, ION ET AL., XP002148691, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 117:214517 *
DATABASE CHEMABS [online] CAS; WOLLWEBER H. ET AL., XP002148696, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 101:151540 *
DATABASE CHEMABS [online] CAS; ZAITSEVA ET AL., XP002148699, retrieved from STN Database accession no. 86:43377 *
EUR. J. CANCER CLIN. ONCOL., vol. 24, no. 2, 1988, pages 205 - 210 *
FORMAN B M ET AL: "15-DEOXY-DELTA 12,14-PROSTAGLANDIN J2 IS A LIGAND FOR THE ADIPOXYTE DETERMINATION FACTOR PPARY", CELL,US,CELL PRESS, CAMBRIDGE, NA, vol. 83, 1 December 1995 (1995-12-01), pages 803 - 812, XP000575803, ISSN: 0092-8674 *
J. MED. CHEM., vol. 25, no. 3, 1982, pages 276 - 315 *
LATV. PSR ZINAT. AKAD. VESTIS, KIM. SER., vol. 2, 1985, pages 225 - 228 *
LEHMANN J M ET AL: "PEROXISOME PROLIFERATOR-ACTIVATED RECEPTORS ALPHA AND GAMMA ARE ACTIVATED BY INDOMETHACIN AND OTHER NON-STEROIDAL ANTI-INFLAMMATORYDRUGS", JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY,US,AMERICAN SOCIETY OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTS, BALTIMORE, MD, vol. 272, no. 6, 7 February 1997 (1997-02-07), pages 3406 - 3410, XP002923816, ISSN: 0021-9258 *
REV. CHIM., vol. 43, no. 5-6, 1992, pages 222 - 225 *
WILLSON T M ET AL: "THE STRUCTURE-ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PEROXISOME PROLIFERATOR-ACTIVATED RECEPTOR GAMMA AGONISM AND THE ANTIHYPERGLYCEMIC ACTIVITY OF THIAZOLIDINEDIONES", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY,US,AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY. WASHINGTON, vol. 39, no. 3, 2 February 1996 (1996-02-02), pages 665 - 668, XP000613613, ISSN: 0022-2623 *
ZH. ORG. KHIM., vol. 12, no. 9, 1976, pages 1987 - 1992 *
ZH. ORG. KHIM., vol. 15, no. 12, 1979, pages 2499 - 2502 *
ZH. ORG. KHIM., vol. 26, no. 9, 1990, pages 1995 - 1998 *
ZH. ORG. KHIM., vol. 30, no. 5, 1994, pages 744 - 747 *

Cited By (88)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6583157B2 (en) 1998-01-29 2003-06-24 Tularik Inc. Quinolinyl and benzothiazolyl modulators
US7041691B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2006-05-09 Amgen Inc. Compounds for the modulation of PPARγ activity
US6770648B2 (en) 1999-06-30 2004-08-03 Tularik Inc. Compounds for the modulation of PPARγ activity
US7968567B2 (en) 1999-06-30 2011-06-28 Amgen Inc. Compounds for the modulation of PPARγ activity
WO2001082916A3 (en) * 2000-05-03 2002-07-04 Tularik Inc Combination therapeutic compositions and methods of use
US6653332B2 (en) 2000-05-03 2003-11-25 Tularik Inc. Combination therapeutic compositions and method of use
WO2001082916A2 (en) * 2000-05-03 2001-11-08 Tularik Inc. Combination therapeutic compositions and methods of use
WO2002000633A1 (en) * 2000-06-28 2002-01-03 Tularik Inc. Quinolinyl and benzothiazolyl ppar-gamma modulators
EP1911462A2 (en) 2001-01-26 2008-04-16 Schering Corporation Compositions comprising a sterol absorption inhibitor
WO2003004458A1 (en) * 2001-07-03 2003-01-16 Biovitrum Ab New compounds
WO2003005025A1 (en) * 2001-07-03 2003-01-16 Biovitrum Ab Methods for identifying compounds modulating the activity of ppar-gamma
US6869975B2 (en) 2001-09-14 2005-03-22 Tularik Inc. Linked biaryl compounds
US7645779B2 (en) 2001-09-14 2010-01-12 Amgen Inc. Linked biaryl compounds
US7999109B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2011-08-16 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CCR9 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
US8030517B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2011-10-04 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CCR9 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
US9035096B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2015-05-19 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CCR9 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
US6939885B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2005-09-06 Chemocentryx Aryl sulfonamides
US7335653B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2008-02-26 Chemocentryx, Inc. Bis-aryl sulfonamides
US7582661B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2009-09-01 Chemocentryx, Inc. Aryl sulfonamides
US8211896B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2012-07-03 Chemocentryx, Inc. Aryl sulfonamides
US7420055B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2008-09-02 Chemocentryx, Inc. Aryl sulfonamides
US9890148B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2018-02-13 Chemocentryx, Inc. Aryl sulfonamides
US7227035B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2007-06-05 Chemocentryx Bis-aryl sulfonamides
US8642808B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2014-02-04 Chemocentryx, Inc. Bis-aryl sulfonamides
US10364240B2 (en) 2002-11-18 2019-07-30 ChemoCentryx. Inc. Aryl sulfonamides
WO2005005421A1 (en) * 2003-07-08 2005-01-20 Novartis Ag Benzenesulfonylamino compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds
US7538135B2 (en) 2003-07-08 2009-05-26 Novartis Ag Benzenesulfonylamino compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds
AU2004255342C1 (en) * 2003-07-08 2009-05-14 Novartis Ag Benzenesulfonylamino compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds
CN100447139C (en) * 2003-07-08 2008-12-31 诺瓦提斯公司 Benzenesulfonylamino compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds
AU2004255342B2 (en) * 2003-07-08 2008-11-20 Novartis Ag Benzenesulfonylamino compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds
JP2007507537A (en) * 2003-10-03 2007-03-29 アムジェン インコーポレーテッド Salts and polymorphs of potent antidiabetic compounds
WO2005070906A1 (en) * 2004-01-21 2005-08-04 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
EP2281819A1 (en) * 2004-01-21 2011-02-09 Novartis AG Benzimidazolyl or benzoxazolyl derivatives
EP2305352A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2011-04-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 5-alpha-reductase inhibitors for use in the treatment of men with metabolic and anthropometric disorders
US7544702B2 (en) 2004-08-12 2009-06-09 Amgen Inc. Bisaryl-sulfonamides
US7893077B2 (en) 2004-08-12 2011-02-22 Amgen Inc. Bisaryl-sulfonamides
JP2010504322A (en) * 2006-09-21 2010-02-12 ピラマル・ライフ・サイエンシーズ・リミテッド 3-Amino-pyridine derivatives for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2008035305A3 (en) * 2006-09-21 2008-06-12 Nicholas Piramal India Ltd Pyridine derivatives for the treatment of metabolic disorders related to insulin resistance or hyperglycemia
WO2008035306A1 (en) * 2006-09-21 2008-03-27 Piramal Life Sciences Limited 3 -amino- pyridine derivatives for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2008035305A2 (en) * 2006-09-21 2008-03-27 Piramal Life Sciences Limited Pyridine derivatives for the treatment of metabolic disorders related to insulin resistance or hyperglycemia
AU2007298539B2 (en) * 2006-09-21 2013-05-02 Piramal Enterprises Limited Pyridine derivatives for the treatment of metabolic disorders related to insulin resistance or hyperglycemia
JP2010504321A (en) * 2006-09-21 2010-02-12 ピラマル・ライフ・サイエンシーズ・リミテッド Pyridine derivatives for the treatment of metabolic disorders associated with insulin resistance or hyperglycemia
US8030324B2 (en) 2006-09-21 2011-10-04 Piramal Life Sciences Ltd. Pyridine derivatives for the treatment of metabolic disorders related to insulin resistance or hyperglycemia
US8349862B2 (en) 2006-09-21 2013-01-08 Piramal Healthcare Limited Pyridine derivatives for the treatment of metabolic disorders related to insulin resistance or hyperglycemia
US8269010B2 (en) 2006-09-21 2012-09-18 Piramal Healthcare Limited 3-amino-pyridine derivatives for the treatment of metabolic disorders
RU2448093C2 (en) * 2006-09-21 2012-04-20 Пирамал Лайф Сайнсиз Лимитед Pyridine derivatives for treating metabolic disorders associated with insulin resistance or hyperglycaemia
US7741519B2 (en) 2007-04-23 2010-06-22 Chemocentryx, Inc. Bis-aryl sulfonamides
EP2998314A1 (en) 2007-06-04 2016-03-23 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
US8304441B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2012-11-06 Metabolic Solutions Development Company, Llc Thiazolidinedione analogues for the treatment of metabolic diseases
US8067450B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2011-11-29 Metabolic Solutions Development Company Thiazolidinedione analogues for the treatment of metabolic diseases
EP2810951A2 (en) 2008-06-04 2014-12-10 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
EP3241839A1 (en) 2008-07-16 2017-11-08 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal, inflammation, cancer and other disorders
WO2010047982A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-04-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2010051206A1 (en) 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
US8598217B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2013-12-03 Astex Therapeutics Ltd. Imidazole derivatives and their use as modulators of cyclin dependent kinases
WO2011069038A2 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, atherosclerosis, coronary heart disease, gallstone, obesity and other cardiovascular diseases
EP2923706A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2015-09-30 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia
US8912335B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2014-12-16 Metabolic Solutions Development Company, Llc PPAR-sparing thiazolidinedione salts for the treatment of metabolic diseases
US9126959B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2015-09-08 Metabolic Solutions Development Company, Llc PPAR-sparing thiazolidinedione salts for the treatment of metabolic diseases
WO2011084459A1 (en) * 2009-12-15 2011-07-14 Metabolic Solutions Development Company Ppar-sparing thiazolidinediones and combinations for the treatment of obesity and other metabolic diseases
WO2011106273A1 (en) 2010-02-25 2011-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic benzimidazole derivatives useful anti-diabetic agents
WO2012027331A1 (en) 2010-08-27 2012-03-01 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating or preventing metabolic syndrome and related diseases and disorders
WO2012040082A2 (en) 2010-09-21 2012-03-29 Intekrin Therapeutics, Inc. Antidiabetic solid pharmaceutical compositions
EP3243385A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2017-11-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic azabenzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2012116145A1 (en) 2011-02-25 2012-08-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel cyclic azabenzimidazole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2013082106A1 (en) 2011-12-02 2013-06-06 The General Hospital Corporation Differentiation into brown adipocytes
US12083107B2 (en) 2011-12-19 2024-09-10 Bjoern Colin Kahrs Pharmaceutical compositions comprising glitazones and Nrf2 activators
US11484530B2 (en) 2011-12-19 2022-11-01 Bjoern Colin Kahrs Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the PPAR agonist INT-131 and Nrf2 activators
WO2013138352A1 (en) 2012-03-15 2013-09-19 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Formulations of guanylate cyclase c agonists and methods of use
EP3708179A1 (en) 2012-03-15 2020-09-16 Bausch Health Ireland Limited Formulations of guanylate cyclase c agonists and methods of use
EP4309673A2 (en) 2012-03-15 2024-01-24 Bausch Health Ireland Limited Formulations of guanylate cyclase c agonists and methods of use
WO2013163758A1 (en) 2012-05-01 2013-11-07 Boyd Shelley Romayne Methods for treating and diagnosing blinding eye diseases
EP3338776A1 (en) 2012-05-01 2018-06-27 Translatum Medicus Inc. Methods for treating and diagnosing blinding eye diseases
WO2014022528A1 (en) 2012-08-02 2014-02-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic tricyclic compounds
WO2014130608A1 (en) 2013-02-22 2014-08-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic bicyclic compounds
WO2014139388A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Novel indole derivatives useful as anti-diabetic agents
WO2014151200A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compositions useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders
WO2014151206A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. Agonists of guanylate cyclase and their uses
WO2014197720A2 (en) 2013-06-05 2014-12-11 Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ultra-pure agonists of guanylate cyclase c, method of making and using same
EP4424697A2 (en) 2013-06-05 2024-09-04 Bausch Health Ireland Limited Ultra-pure agonists of guanylate cyclase c, method of making and using same
WO2015051725A1 (en) 2013-10-08 2015-04-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic tricyclic compounds
US10555929B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2020-02-11 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
US10772865B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2020-09-15 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
WO2016144862A1 (en) 2015-03-09 2016-09-15 Intekrin Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
US11400072B2 (en) 2015-03-09 2022-08-02 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Methods for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and/or lipodystrophy
WO2018106518A1 (en) 2016-12-06 2018-06-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic heterocyclic compounds
WO2018118670A1 (en) 2016-12-20 2018-06-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic spirochroman compounds
US11253508B2 (en) 2017-04-03 2022-02-22 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. PPARy agonist for treatment of progressive supranuclear palsy

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
IL147308A0 (en) 2002-08-14
EA004887B1 (en) 2004-08-26
HK1043369B (en) 2014-06-13
MXPA01013199A (en) 2003-08-20
HK1043369A1 (en) 2002-09-13
CN1171872C (en) 2004-10-20
EP1192137B1 (en) 2013-10-23
NZ516455A (en) 2004-03-26
JP4295458B2 (en) 2009-07-15
EA200200105A1 (en) 2002-06-27
NZ530833A (en) 2005-08-26
EP1192137A1 (en) 2002-04-03
IL147308A (en) 2015-06-30
ZA200200057B (en) 2003-03-19
SG148834A1 (en) 2009-01-29
DK1192137T3 (en) 2013-11-11
CA2377309A1 (en) 2001-01-04
JP2003503387A (en) 2003-01-28
CA2377309C (en) 2010-11-23
CN1368961A (en) 2002-09-11
MX339420B (en) 2016-05-25
ES2437103T3 (en) 2014-01-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6770648B2 (en) Compounds for the modulation of PPARγ activity
CA2377309C (en) Compounds for the modulation of ppar.gamma. activity
US6583157B2 (en) Quinolinyl and benzothiazolyl modulators
EP1296967B1 (en) Benzothiazolyl ppar-gamma modulators
WO2005086904A2 (en) Therapeutic modulation of ppar (gamma) activity
US7960408B2 (en) Quinolinyl and benzothiazolyl modulators
AU2001271637A1 (en) Quinolinyl and benzothiazolyl ppar-gamma modulators
AU779730B2 (en) Compounds for the modulation of PPARgamma activity
MXPA06010180A (en) Therapeutic modulation of ppar (gamma) activity

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2001/013199

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2377309

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2002/00057

Country of ref document: ZA

Ref document number: 200200057

Country of ref document: ZA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 516455

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 60643/00

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2000946961

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200200105

Country of ref document: EA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 008113076

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2000946961

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 516455

Country of ref document: NZ

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 516455

Country of ref document: NZ

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 60643/00

Country of ref document: AU